Steel Vessels Under 90 Meters (295 Feet) in Length 2019: Rules For Building and Classing
Steel Vessels Under 90 Meters (295 Feet) in Length 2019: Rules For Building and Classing
Steel Vessels Under 90 Meters (295 Feet) in Length 2019: Rules For Building and Classing
PART 4
VESSEL SYSTEMS AND MACHINERY
4
Vessel Systems and Machinery
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 General ......................................................................................................1
Section 1 Classification of Machinery .................................................... 3
ii ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring
Systems................................................................................................. 344
Section 1 General .............................................................................. 350
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement
Requirements..................................................................... 356
Section 3 Automatic or Remote Propulsion Control and Monitoring
Systems ............................................................................. 371
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation ............................... 374
Section 5 Vessels Classed with ABCU Notation ............................... 399
Section 6 Vessels Less than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or
Greater than 20 m (65 ft) ................................................... 400
Section 7 Towing Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length
Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) and Equal or
Less than 46 m (150 ft) Classed with ABCU-H
Notation .............................................................................. 403
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 iii
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
PART Chapter 1: General
4
CHAPTER 1 General
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery ............................................ 3
1 General ............................................................................................... 3
3 Certification of Machinery ................................................................... 3
3.1 Basic Requirements ........................................................................ 3
3.3 Type Approval Program................................................................... 3
3.5 Non-mass Produced Machinery ...................................................... 4
3.7 Details of Certification of Some Representative Products ............... 4
3.9 Equipment List................................................................................. 4
5 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems .... 4
7 Machinery Plans and Data .................................................................. 4
7.1 General............................................................................................ 4
7.3 Automation and Remote Control Systems....................................... 4
7.5 Boilers, Pressure Vessels and Heat Exchangers ............................ 5
7.7 Electrical Systems ........................................................................... 5
7.9 Fire Safety ....................................................................................... 6
7.11 Internal Combustion Engines .......................................................... 6
7.13 Piping Systems................................................................................ 7
7.15 Propellers ........................................................................................ 8
7.17 Reduction Gears ............................................................................. 8
7.19 Shafting ........................................................................................... 8
7.21 Steering Gears ................................................................................ 8
7.23 Thrusters (Steerable, Athwartship) .................................................. 8
7.25 Waterjets ......................................................................................... 8
7.27 Windlass or Winch ........................................................................... 9
9 Machinery............................................................................................ 9
11 Machinery Spaces .............................................................................. 9
13 Definitions ........................................................................................... 9
13.1 Category A Machinery Spaces ........................................................ 9
13.3 Machinery Spaces ........................................................................... 9
13.5 Oil Fuel Unit..................................................................................... 9
13.7 Accommodation Spaces .................................................................. 9
13.9 Public Spaces.................................................................................. 9
13.11 Service Spaces ............................................................................... 9
13.13 Cargo Spaces................................................................................ 10
13.15 Special Category Spaces .............................................................. 10
13.17 Sources of Ignition ......................................................................... 10
13.19 Vital Systems................................................................................. 10
13.21 Dead Ship Condition ..................................................................... 10
13.23 Blackout......................................................................................... 11
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 1
15 Astern Propulsion Power .................................................................. 11
15.1 General .......................................................................................... 11
15.3 Steam Turbine Propulsion ............................................................. 11
17 Inclinations ........................................................................................ 11
19 Dead Ship Start ................................................................................. 11
21 Machinery Equations ........................................................................ 11
23 Machinery Space Ventilation ............................................................ 11
25 Engineers’ Alarm ............................................................................... 12
27 Automatic Trips ................................................................................. 12
29 Thrusters and Dynamic Positioning Systems ...................................12
31 Boilers, Pressure Vessels and Turbines ...........................................12
33 Sea Trial ............................................................................................ 12
33.1 General .......................................................................................... 12
33.3 Residual Fuel ................................................................................. 12
35 Units .................................................................................................. 12
37 Materials Containing Asbestos .........................................................12
39 Ambient Temperature ....................................................................... 12
2 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 1: Conditions of Classification of Machinery
4
CHAPTER 1 General
1 General
The provisions of Part 1, Chapter 1, “Scope and Conditions of Classification,” are applicable to the classification
of machinery.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 3
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
7.1 General
Details of dead ship start arrangements (see 4-1-1/25).
Description of all automatic trips that may affect the vessel’s propulsion system
4 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
A list of all major components installed within the particular equipment (i.e., control console, etc.) and the
data as required in 4-7-1/7.1.
Certificates or test reports attesting to the suitability of the particular equipment in compliance with the
environmental criteria set forth in 4-7-2/15 and 4-7-2/17, as applicable. For equipment that have been
already certified by ABS and provided their certification remains valid, the submission of a copy of pertinent
certificate will suffice (see 4-7-2/17.3).
Plans showing the location of control and monitoring stations, controlled equipment and piping/cable runs,
etc.
Arrangements and details of the control consoles and panels, including plan views and elevation details,
installation details and wiring data as listed in 4-7-1/7.9.
A list of all cables connecting equipment associated with the systems (see 4-7-1/7.11).
A complete operational description of the automatic or remote control and monitoring systems (see 4-7-1/7.13).
A simplified one-line diagram (electrical and piping) of all power and automatic or remote control and
monitoring systems (see 4-7-1/7.15).
A schematic diagram of all control, alarm, display and safety systems.
For computer-based systems, the following is to be included:
• Overall description and specification of the systems and equipment.
• Block diagrams for the computer hardware showing interfacing between the work stations, input/output
(I/O) units, local controllers, traffic controllers, data highways, etc.
• Logic flow chart or ladder diagrams.
• Description of the alarm system indicating the ways it is acknowledged, displayed on the monitor or
mimic display board, etc.
• Description of the system redundancy and back-up equipment, if any.
• Description of the data communication protocol, including anticipated data process response delays.
• Description of the system’s security protocol to prevent unauthorized program changes which may
compromise the integrity of the automatic or remote systems.
• Description of the system with regard to the degree of independence or redundancy provided for the
control systems, alarm/display systems and safety systems.
• Description of system’s task priorities.
• Where applicable, description of UPS (uninterruptible power supply) and their capacities, including
system’s power consumption.
• Equipment ratings and environmental parameters.
Installation methods (electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic) (see 4-7-1/7.21).
A matrix chart for each of the systems indicating the information listed in 4-7-1/7.23 upon activation of a
given alarm or safety action.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 5
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
6 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 7
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
7.15 Propellers
For all propellers, a propeller plan giving design data and characteristics of the material
For skewed propellers or propeller blades of unusual design, a detailed stress analysis, as required by 4-3-2/9.3
or 4-3-2/11.3.
For controllable pitch propellers, plans of the propeller hub, propeller blade flange and bolts, internal
mechanisms, hydraulic piping control systems, and instrumentation and alarm systems; also strength
calculations for the internal mechanism
Detailed stress calculations and fitting instructions for keyless propeller connections
7.25 Waterjets
Details and material specifications of force transmitting parts
Design basis stress calculations for the impellers, shafting, steering mechanism and reversing mechanism
(see 4-3-4/1.3)
Calculations or test results to substantiate the suitability and strength of the pressure and suction housing
(see 4-3-4/1.5)
8 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
9 Machinery
Rotating machinery of 100 kilowatts (135 horsepower) and over is to be in accordance with the requirements
of Part 4, Chapters 1 through 6, as applicable. Machinery of less than 100 kilowatts (135 horsepower) is to
be designed, constructed and equipped in accordance with good commercial practice, and will be accepted
subject to a satisfactory performance test conducted to the satisfaction of the Surveyor after installation.
11 Machinery Spaces
Machinery spaces are to be arranged so as to provide access to all machinery and controls as necessary for
operation or maintenance.
13 Definitions
For the purpose of machinery installations, electrical installations, periodically unattended machinery
spaces, fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction, the following terms are defined:
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 9
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
10 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
17 Inclinations
Machinery installations are to be designed to operate under the conditions as shown in 4-1-1/Table 1.
21 Machinery Equations
The equations for rotating parts of the machinery in the following sections are based upon strength
considerations only. Their application does not relieve the manufacturer from responsibility for the presence
of dangerous vibrations in the installation at speeds within the operating range. See also 4-3-1/21.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 11
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
27 Automatic Trips
A description of all automatic trips that may affect the vessel’s propulsion system is to be submitted for review.
33 Sea Trial
33.1 General
A final underway trial is to be made of all machinery, including the steering gear, anchor windlass and
ground tackle. The entire installation is to be operated in the presence of the Surveyor to demonstrate its
reliability and capability to function satisfactorily under operating conditions and its freedom from harmful
vibrations within the operating range. The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the
propeller from maximum ahead speed and to bring the vessel to rest is to be demonstrated on sea trials to
the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
All automatic controls, including trips which may affect the vessel’s propulsion system, are to be tested
underway or alongside the pier to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
See also 4-3-3/15.3, 4-2-1/19 and 4-2-1/21.
35 Units
These Rules are written in three systems of units, i.e., SI units, MKS units and US customary units. Each
system is to be used independently of any other system. Unless indicated otherwise, the format presentation
in the Rules of the three systems of units is as follows:
SI units (MKS units, US customary units).
12 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
TABLE 1
Machine Installations – Inclinations
Angle of Inclination, Degrees (1)
Athwartships Fore & Aft
Installations, Components Static Dynamic Static Dynamic
Main and auxiliary machinery 15 22.5 5 7.5
Safety Equipment
emergency power installations (3) 22.5 22.5 10 10
emergency fire pumps and their drives 22.5 22.5 10 10
Switchgear
electrical and electronic appliances 22.5 (2) 22.5 (2) 10 10
and remote control systems
Notes:
1 Athwartships and fore-aft inclinations occur simultaneously.
2 Up to an angle of inclination of 45 degrees, switches and controls are to remain in their last set
position.
3 In vessels designed for the carriage of liquefied gases and of chemicals, the emergency power
installation is to remain operable with the vessel flooded to its permissible athwartships inclination
up to a maximum of 30 degrees.
TABLE 2
Ambient Temperatures for Unrestricted Service (1 July 2019)
Air
Installations, Location, Temperature Range (°C)
Components Arrangement (1, 2)
Machinery and Enclosed Spaces – General 0 to +45
electrical Components mounted on machinery According to specific machinery and
installations associated with high temperature installation
In spaces subject to higher According to the actual maximum
temperature (details to be submitted) ambient temperature
In spaces with temperature lower than According to the actual ambient
+45°C (details to be submitted) temperature subject to minimum +40
Open Deck(3) −25 to +45
Water
Coolant Temperature (°C)
Seawater +32
Notes:
1 (2014) Electronic equipment is to be suitable for operations up to 55°C.
2 (2014) For environmentally controlled spaces, see 4-6-1/17.3. For automatic or remote control
and monitoring systems required to meet 4-7-2/Table 1 or 4-9-8/Table 1 of the Steel Vessel
Rules, see test 3 of 4-7-2/Table 1, or test 3 of 4-9-8/Table 1 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
3 (1 July 2019) Control, monitoring and safety devices/systems of equipment for essential
services (item (m) of 4-6-1/Table 4 and item (s) of 4-6-1/Table 5) when located on the open
deck are to be rated at –25°C to +45°C. However, the ambient temperature above –25°C may
be acceptable provided that the selected ambient temperature is specified in the contract
specification or the vessel operation manual.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 13
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
TABLE 3
Equipment List for Steel Vessels Under 90 Meters (2012)
This equipment list has been annotated to agree with ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Under 90
meters (295 feet) in Length. This list is not to be considered exhaustive: should additional equipment not listed to
be fitted on board, the same will be specially considered for compliance with the Rules. In case of conflict between
the content of this list and the applicable Rules and regulations, the latter are to be considered applicable.
Notes:
1 Please refer to the specific Rule requirement for the applicable latest revision.
2 ABS Surveyor may require additional certification on any equipment as considered necessary on a case-by-case
basis.
Symbol Meaning
d DESIGN REVIEW – (Design Review Required)
m MATERIAL TESTING – (Material Testing is to be witnessed by an ABS Surveyor)
s MANUFACTURING SURVEYS – (Product is to be inspected during fabrication by an ABS Surveyor)
t TYPE/PROTOTYPE – (Testing conducted on an actual sample or a prototype model is required, as applicable)
obs ON BOARD SURVEYS – Operational, hydrostatic non-destructive testing, or other required tests are to be
witnessed by an ABS surveyor after installation on board vessel
g MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION – (Manufacturer should supply documentation to guarantee that the
material or the equipment complies with an acceptable Standard, (e.g., Standard tests reports, Ex Certification, etc.)
14 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 15
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
16 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 17
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 1 General
Section 1 Conditions of Classification of Machinery 4-1-1
18 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Chapter 2: Prime Movers
4
CHAPTER 2 Prime Movers
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears ......................... 21
1 General ............................................................................................. 21
1.1 Construction and Installation ......................................................... 21
1.3 Piping Systems.............................................................................. 21
1.5 Pressure Vessels and Heat Exchangers ....................................... 21
1.7 Torsional Vibration Stresses.......................................................... 21
1.9 Strengthening for Navigation in Ice ............................................... 21
1.11 Crankcase Ventilation ................................................................... 21
1.13 Warning Notices ............................................................................ 22
1.15 Bedplate ........................................................................................ 22
3 Fuel Oil Pumps and Oil Heaters ....................................................... 22
3.1 Transfer Pumps ............................................................................. 22
3.3 Booster Pumps .............................................................................. 22
3.5 Heaters .......................................................................................... 22
5 Fuel Oil Pressure Piping ................................................................... 23
7 Fuel Oil Injection System .................................................................. 23
7.1 General.......................................................................................... 23
7.3 Piping Between Injection Pump and Injectors ............................... 23
7.5 Piping Between Booster Pump and Injection Pumps .................... 24
9 Lubricating Oil Systems .................................................................... 24
9.1 General.......................................................................................... 24
9.3 Low Oil Pressure Alarms, Temperature and Level Indicators........ 24
9.5 Drain Pipes .................................................................................... 24
9.7 Lubricating Oil Pumps ................................................................... 24
9.9 Filters............................................................................................. 24
9.11 Lubricating-Oil Systems for Reduction Gears................................ 25
11 Cooling Water Systems .................................................................... 25
11.1 General.......................................................................................... 25
11.3 Sea Suctions ................................................................................. 25
11.5 Strainers ........................................................................................ 25
11.7 Circulating Water Pumps ............................................................... 25
13 Starting Systems ............................................................................... 26
13.1 Starting Air Systems ...................................................................... 26
13.3 Starting Air Capacity ...................................................................... 26
13.5 Starting Air Compressors .............................................................. 27
13.7 Protective Devices for Starting-air Mains....................................... 27
13.9 Electrical Starting .......................................................................... 27
13.11 Hydraulic Starting .......................................................................... 27
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 19
15 Engine Exhaust Systems .................................................................. 28
15.1 General .......................................................................................... 28
15.3 Exhaust System Materials ............................................................. 28
15.5 Exhaust Gas Temperature............................................................. 28
15.7 Exhaust Emission Abatement Systems ......................................... 28
17 Couplings .......................................................................................... 28
17.1 Flexible Shaft Couplings ................................................................ 28
17.3 Flanged Couplings and Coupling Bolts .......................................... 29
19 Testing of Pumps Associated with Engine and Reduction Gear
Operation .......................................................................................... 29
19.1 Pumps Hydrostatic Tests ............................................................... 29
19.3 Capacity Tests ............................................................................... 29
21 Trial ................................................................................................... 29
20 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 1: Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears
4
CHAPTER 2 Prime Movers
1 General
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 21
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
Where a common oil mist manifold is employed, the vent pipes from each engine are to be led
independently to the manifold and fitted with a corrosion-resistant flame screen within the manifold.
The arrangement is not to violate the engine manufacturer’s recommendations for crankcase
ventilation. The common oil mist manifold is to be accessible at all times under normal conditions
and effectively vented to the weather. Where venting of the manifold to the weather is accomplished
by means of a common vent pipe, the location of the manifold is to be as close as practicable to
the weather such that the length of the common vent pipe is no greater than one deck height. The
clear open area of the common vent pipe is not to be less than the aggregate cross-sectional area of
the individual vent pipes entering the manifold, and the outlet to the weather is to be fitted with a
corrosion-resistant flame screen. The manifold is also to be fitted with an appropriate draining
arrangement.
1.15 Bedplate
The bedplate or crankcase is to be of rigid construction, oiltight, and provided with a sufficient number of
bolts to secure the same to the vessel’s structure. The structural arrangements for supporting and securing
the main engines are to be submitted for approval. Refer to 3-2-4/11 for structural requirements. For welded
construction, see also Chapter 4 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2).
3.5 Heaters
When fuel oil heaters are required for main engine operation, at least two heaters of approximately equal
size are to be installed. The combined capacity of the heaters is to be not less than required to supply the
main engine(s) at full power.
22 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
7.1 General
Strainers are to be provided in the fuel oil injection pump suction line.
For main propulsion engines, the arrangement is to be such that the strainers may be cleaned without
interrupting the fuel supply to the engine. However, where multiple engines are provided, a dedicated simplex
strainer may be fitted for each engine, provided the vessel can maintain at least one-half of the design
speed or seven knots, whichever is less, while operating with one engine temporarily out of service until its
strainer can be cleaned.
For auxiliary engines, the arrangement is to be such that the strainers may be cleaned without undue
interruption of power necessary for propulsion. Multiple auxiliary engines, each fitted with a separate strainer
and arranged such that changeover to a standby unit can be accomplished without loss of propulsion
capability, will be acceptable for this purpose.
Where strainers are fitted in parallel to enable cleaning without disrupting the oil supply, means are to be
provided to minimize the possibility of a strainer being opened inadvertently. Strainers are to be provided
with suitable means for venting when being put in operation and being depressurized before being opened.
Strainers are to be so located that in the event of leakage, oil cannot be sprayed on to the exhaust manifold
or surfaces with temperatures in excess of 220°C (428°F).
The injection lines are to be of seamless drawn pipe. Fittings are to be extra heavy. The material used may
be either steel or nonferrous, as approved in connection with the design. Also refer to 4-4-4/3.7.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 23
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
9.1 General
The following requirements are applicable for main and auxiliary diesel engines and for reduction gears
associated with diesel propulsion. See also 4-1-1/17 and 4-4-4/9.
9.3 Low Oil Pressure Alarms, Temperature and Level Indicators (2017)
An alarm device with audible and visual signals for failure of the lubricating oil system is to be fitted for
propulsion and auxiliary engines having a rated power greater than 37 kW (50 hp). Pressure and temperature
indicators are to be installed in lubricating oil systems indicating that the proper circulation is being maintained.
24 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
11.1 General
Means are to be provided to ascertain the temperature of the circulating water at the return from each
engine and to indicate that the proper circulation is being maintained. Drain cocks are to be provided at the
lowest point of all jackets. For relief valves, see 4-4-1/9.15.
11.5 Strainers
Where seawater is used for direct cooling of the engines, unless other equivalent arrangements are specially
approved, suitable strainers are to be fitted between the sea valves and the pump suctions. The strainers are
to be either of the duplex type or otherwise arranged so they can be cleaned without interrupting the cooling
water supply.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 25
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
The spare pump need not be provided for multiple-engine installations provided that, in the event of the
loss of one engine, at least forty percent of the total rated propulsion power remains.
13 Starting Systems
For arrangements of engine and shafting systems which differ from those indicated in the table,
the capacity of the starting-air reservoirs will be specially considered based on an equivalent number
of starts.
13.3.2 Diesel-electric Propulsion
The minimum number of consecutive starts required to be provided from the starting-air reservoirs
is to be determined from the following equation:
S = 6 + G(G − 1)
where
S = total number of consecutive starts
G = number of engines necessary to maintain sufficient electrical load to permit
vessel transit at full seagoing power and maneuvering. The value of G need
not exceed 3.
26 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 27
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
15.1 General
The exhaust pipes are to be water-jacketed or effectively insulated. Engine exhaust systems are to be so
installed that the vessel’s structure cannot be damaged by heat from the systems. Exhaust pipes of several
engines are not to be connected together but are to be run separately to the atmosphere unless arranged to
prevent the return of gases to an idle engine. Exhaust lines which are led overboard near the waterline are
to be protected against the possibility of the water finding its way inboard.
17 Couplings
28 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 2 Prime Movers
Section 1 Internal Combustion Engines and Reduction Gears 4-2-1
21 Trial
Before final acceptance, the entire installation is to be operated in the presence of the Surveyor to
demonstrate its ability to function satisfactorily under operating conditions and its freedom from harmful
vibration at speeds within the operating range. See also 4-1-1/33.
For conventional propulsion gear units above 1120 kW (1500 HP), a record of gear-tooth contact is to be
made at the trials. To facilitate the survey of extent and uniformity of gear-tooth contact, selected bands of
pinion or gear teeth on each meshing are to be coated beforehand with copper or layout dye. See 7-6-2/1.1.2.
The gear-tooth examination for conventional gear units 1120 kW (1500 HP) and below and all epicyclic gear
units will be subject to special consideration. The gear manufacturer’s recommendations will be considered.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 29
PART Chapter 3: Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 Propulsion Shafting ............................................................................... 35
1 General ............................................................................................. 35
1.1 Definitions ...................................................................................... 35
3 Plans and Data to be Submitted .......................................................35
5 Materials and Testing ........................................................................ 35
5.1 Material .......................................................................................... 35
5.3 Material Tests ................................................................................ 36
5.5 Inspection ...................................................................................... 36
5.7 Weldability ..................................................................................... 36
7 Design and Construction................................................................... 36
7.1 Shaft Diameters ............................................................................. 36
7.3 Hollow Shafts ................................................................................. 38
7.5 Alternative Criteria ......................................................................... 38
9 Key .................................................................................................... 39
11 Tail Shaft Liners ................................................................................ 39
11.1 Thickness at Bearings ................................................................... 39
11.3 Thickness Between Bearings ........................................................ 39
11.5 Continuous Fitted Liners ................................................................ 39
11.7 Fit Between Bearings..................................................................... 39
11.9 Material and Fit .............................................................................. 39
11.11 Glass Reinforced Plastic Coating .................................................. 40
11.13 Stainless Steel Cladding ................................................................ 40
13 Tail Shaft Bearings ............................................................................ 40
13.1 Water Lubricated Bearings ............................................................ 40
13.3 Oil Lubricated Bearings ................................................................. 40
15 Tail Shaft Propeller End Design ........................................................41
15.1 Keyed ............................................................................................ 41
15.3 Keyless .......................................................................................... 41
17 Flexible Couplings ............................................................................. 41
19 Solid Couplings ................................................................................. 41
19.1 Fitted Bolts ..................................................................................... 41
19.3 Non-fitted Bolts .............................................................................. 42
19.5 Flanges .......................................................................................... 42
19.7 Locking Arrangement..................................................................... 42
19.9 Demountable Couplings ................................................................ 42
30 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
21 Propulsion Shaft Alignment and Vibration ........................................ 43
21.1 General.......................................................................................... 43
21.3 Vessels 61 m (200 ft) in Length and Over ..................................... 43
21.5 Vessels Below 61 m (200 ft) in Length .......................................... 43
23 Circulating Currents .......................................................................... 43
25 Tailshaft Condition Monitoring (TCM) ............................................... 43
25.1 Notation ......................................................................................... 43
25.3 System Requirements ................................................................... 44
25.5 Management of the Monitored Data .............................................. 44
25.7 Surveys ......................................................................................... 45
27 Tailshaft Condition Monitoring (TCM-W) .......................................... 45
27.1 Notation ......................................................................................... 45
27.3 System Requirements ................................................................... 45
27.5 Management of the Monitored Data .............................................. 48
27.7 Test Plan ....................................................................................... 49
27.9 Surveys ......................................................................................... 49
TABLE 1 Shaft Design Factor K for Line Shafts, Thrust Shafts, and
Oil Distribution Shafts ............................................................. 37
TABLE 2 Shaft Design Factor K for Tail Shafts and Stern Tube
Shafts ...................................................................................... 38
TABLE 3 Instrumentation and Alarm ...................................................... 47
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 31
17 Controllable Pitch Propeller System .................................................57
17.1 Blade Pitch Control ........................................................................ 57
17.3 Instrumentation and Alarms ........................................................... 57
17.5 Electrical Components ................................................................... 58
19 Propeller Fitting ................................................................................. 58
19.1 Keyed Fitting .................................................................................. 58
19.3 Keyless Fitting ............................................................................... 58
21 Protection Against Corrosion ............................................................ 61
21.1 Propeller Aft End............................................................................ 61
21.3 Propeller Forward End ................................................................... 61
21.5 Noncorrosive, Non-pitting Alloys .................................................... 61
32 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
9 Power Units ....................................................................................... 70
9.1 Prototype Test ............................................................................... 71
9.3 Production Unit Test ...................................................................... 71
11 Steering Gear Control System .......................................................... 71
11.1 Locations of Control ...................................................................... 71
11.3 General.......................................................................................... 71
11.5 Control System Power Supply ....................................................... 72
11.7 Communication ............................................................................. 72
11.9 Instrumentation and Alarms........................................................... 73
11.11 Operating Instructions ................................................................... 75
13 Electrical Power Supply .................................................................... 75
15 Testing and Trials ............................................................................. 75
15.1 Testing of Piping System ............................................................... 75
15.3 Trials.............................................................................................. 75
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 33
15 Test and Trial .................................................................................... 87
15.1 Fault Simulation Test ..................................................................... 87
15.3 Communication System Test ......................................................... 87
17 Survey After Construction ................................................................. 87
34 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 1: Propulsion Shafting
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
1 General
The construction of the propellers and propulsion shafting for vessels is to be carried out in accordance
with the following requirements and to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. For vessels distinguished in the
Record by the words “Ice Class”, see Part 6, Chapter 1 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 35
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
5.5 Inspection
Shafting and couplings are to be surface-examined at the manufacturer. Tail shafts in the finished machine
condition are to be subjected to a nondestructive examination such as magnetic particle, dye penetrant or
other nondestructive methods and are to be free of linear discontinuities greater than 3.2 mm (1/8 in.),
except that in the following locations, the shafts are to be free of all linear discontinuities:
5.5.1 Tapered Tail Shafts
The forward one-third length of the taper, including the forward end of any keyway and an equal
length of the parallel part of the shaft immediately forward of the taper.
5.5.2 Flanged Tail Shafts
The flange fillet area.
D = 100K 3 ( H R)[c1 (U + c 2 )]
where
c1 = 560 (41.95, 3.695) for vessels 45.7 m (150 ft) in length and over
= 472.5 (35.4, 3.12) for vessels 20 m (65 ft) and over, but below 45.7 m (150 ft), where
the material of the shaft is Grade 2 and the shaft is protected
36 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
c1 = 540 (40.3, 3.55) for vessels 20 m (65 ft) and over, but below 45.7 m (150 ft), for
all other materials and unprotected Grade 2 shaft material
= 416.4 (31.22, 2.75) for vessels below 20 m (65 ft)
c2 = 160 (16.3, 23180)
D = greater of the required solid shaft diameter, in mm (in.), as required by 4-3-1/7.1, or
4-3-1/21 reflective of static and dynamic stresses, except hollow shaft in 4-3-1/7.3
K = shaft design factor (see 4-3-1/Table 1 and 4-3-1/Table 2)
H = power at rated speed, kW (PS, HP), [(MKS units: 1 PS = 0.735 kW),
(US units: 1 HP = 0.746 kW)]
R = rpm at rated speed
U = minimum specified ultimate tensile strength of the material, in N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi).
For calculation purposes, U is not to be taken as more than the following:
= 415 N/mm2 (42.2 kgf/mm2, 60,000 psi) for carbon, and alloy steel tail shafts fitted
with salt-water lubricated bearings and non-continuous shaft liners.
= 600 N/mm2 (61.2 kgf/mm2, 87,000 psi) for carbon, alloy and austenitic stainless steel
tail shafts fitted with oil lubricated bearings or with continuous shaft liners or
equivalent.
= 930 N/mm2 (95.0 kgf/mm2, 135,000 psi) for other shaft sections and for tail shafts
manufactured of age-hardened martensitic stainless steels, higher-strength austenitic
stainless steels such as ASTM Type XM-19, XM-21, or XM-28, or other high
strength alloy materials.
Note: In general, the minimum specified ultimate tensile strength of steel used for propulsion shafting is to be
between 400 N/mm2 (40.7 kgf/mm2, 58,000 psi) and 930 N/mm2 (95.0 kgf/mm2, 135,000 psi). See also
4-3-1/5.1.
TABLE 1
Shaft Design Factor K for Line Shafts, Thrust Shafts, and Oil Distribution Shafts
Design Features (1)
In way of
Axial
Radial On Both Bearings
Holes, Sides of used as
Integral Shrink Fit Transverse Longitudinal Thrust Thrust Straight
Propulsion Type Flange Coupling Keyways (2) Holes (3) Slots (4) Collars Bearings Sections
Turbine
Electric Drives
Diesel Drives
through slip 0.95 0.95 1.045 1.045 1.14 1.045 1.045 0.95
couplings
(electric or
hydraulic)
All Other Diesel
1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.0
Drives
Notes:
1 Geometric features other than those listed will be specially considered
2 After a length of not less than 0.2D from the end of the keyway, the shaft diameter may be reduced to the diameter
calculated for straight sections.
Fillet radii in the transverse section of the bottom of the keyway are to be not less than 0.0125D
3 Diameter of bore not more than 0.3D
4 Length of the slot not more than 1.4D, width of the slot not more than 0.2D, whereby D is calculated with k = 1.0
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 37
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
TABLE 2
Shaft Design Factor K for Tail Shafts and Stern Tube Shafts (See Note 1)
Propeller Attachment Method (2)
Stern Tube Keyless Attachment
Propulsion Type Configuration Keyed (3) by Shrink Fit (4) Flanged (5) Stern Tube Shafts (7, 8)
All Oil-lubricated bearings 1.26 1.22 1.22 1.15
All Water-lubricated 1.26 1.22 1.22 1.15
bearings with
continuous shaft
liners or equivalent
All Water-lubricated 1.29 1.25 1.25 1.18
bearings with non-
continuous
shaft liners(6)
Notes:
1 The tail shaft diameter may be reduced to the stern tube shaft diameter forward of the bearing supporting
the propeller, and the stern tube shaft diameter reduced to the line shaft diameter inboard of the forward
stern tube seal. The inboard end of tail shafts or tube shafts within the vessel, as applicable, is to be
designed the same as line shafts, with shaft design factors in accordance with 4-3-1/Table 1.
2 Other attachments are subject to special consideration.
3 Fillet radii in the transverse section at the bottom of the keyway are not to be less than 0.0125D.
4 See also 4-3-1/15.
5 The fillet radius in the base of the flange for the tail shaft supporting the propeller is to be at least 0.125D.
Special consideration will be given to fillets of multiple radii design. The fillet radius is to be accessible
for nondestructive examination during tail shaft surveys. See 7-5-1/3 and Section 7-5-2 of the ABS
Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7). For other fillet radii, see 4-3-1/19.5.
6 For Great Lakes service, K factor corresponding to continuous liner configuration may be used.
7 K factor applies to shafting between the forward edge of the propeller-end bearing and the inboard stern
tube seal.
8 Where keyed couplings are fitted on stern tube shaft, the shaft diameters are to be increased by 10% in
way of the coupling. See Note 2 of 4-3-1/Table 1.
Do = D 3 1 /[1 − ( Di / Do ) 4 ]
where
Do = required outside diameter, in mm (in.)
D = solid shaft diameter required by 4-3-1/7, as applicable, in mm (in.)
Di = actual shaft bore, in mm (in.)
38 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
9 Key (2004)
In general, the key material is to be of equal or higher strength than the shaft material. The effective area of
the key in shear is to be not less than A, given below. The effective area is to be the gross area subtracted
by materials removed by saw cuts, set screw holes, chamfer, etc., and is to exclude the portion of the key in
way of spooning of the key way.
D 3 YS
A= ⋅
5.1rm YK
where
A = shear area of key, mm2 (in2)
D = line shaft diameter, mm (in.), as determined by 4-3-1/7.1
rm = shaft radius at mid-length of the key, mm (in.)
YS = specified yield strength of shaft material, N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi)
YK = specified yield strength of key material, N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi)
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 39
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
40 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
17 Flexible Couplings
See 4-2-1/17.1.
19 Solid Couplings
where
db = diameter of bolts at joints, in mm (in.)
D = minimum required shaft diameter designed considering the largest combined torque
(static and dynamic), acting at the shaft in vicinity of the respective coupling flanges;
mm (in.), see 4-3-1/21, but not less than the minimum required line shaft diameter, as
per 4-3-1/7, in mm (in.)
U = minimum specific tensile strength of shaft material, in N/mm2, (kgf/mm2, psi)
c = 160 (16.3, 23180)
N = number of bolts fitted in one coupling
B = bolt circle diameter, in mm (in.)
Ub = minimum specific tensile strength of bolt material, in N/mm2, (kgf/mm2, psi). To be
not less than U. Ub, is to be taken not more than 1.7U or 1000 N/mm2 (102 kgf/mm2,
145,000 psi), whichever is less, for calculation purposes.
Notes: (2008)
1 The bolts are to be assembled with an interference fit.
2 The use of other materials will be subject to special consideration based on submitted engineering
analyses.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 41
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
19.5 Flanges
The thickness of coupling flanges is not to be less than the minimum required diameter of the coupling
bolts or 0.2 times D (as defined in 4-3-1/7), whichever is greater. The fillet radius at the base of an integral
flange is not to be less than 0.08 times the actual shaft diameter. Consideration of a recognized shaft coupling
standard will be given to fillets of multiple radii design. In general, the surface finish for fillet radii is not
to be rougher than 1.6 µmeters (63 µin.) RMS. For the fillet radius for tail shaft to propeller coupling flange,
see Note 4 in 4-3-1/Table 2.
42 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
21.1 General
Propulsion shafting is to be aligned with the location and spacing of the shaft bearings, being such as to
give acceptable bearing reactions and shaft bending moments and also acceptable amplitudes of vibration
for all conditions of vessel loading and operation.
The designer or the builder is to evaluate the propulsion shafting system, taking into consideration any
forces or factors which may affect the reliability of the propulsion shafting system, including weight of the
propeller and shafts, hydrodynamic forces acting on the propeller, number of propeller blades in relation to
diesel engine cylinders, misalignment forces, thermal expansion, flexibility of engine and thrust bearing
foundations, engine induced vibrations, gear tooth loadings, flexible couplings, effect of power take-off
arrangements from the propulsion shafting system driving auxiliaries, etc., as applicable, as well as any
limits for vibrations and loadings specified by the equipment manufacturers.
25.1 Notation
Where requested by the Owner, the class notation TCM (Tailshaft Condition Monitoring) may be
assigned to a vessel with tailshafts specifically arranged with oil-lubricated stern tube bearings, provided
the following requirements are complied with.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 43
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
44 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
The shipboard record is to contain conclusions regarding the condition of the oil and whether it
remains suitable for further use. Conclusions are to be supported by comparative parameters.
In case of oil replacement, a record containing the reason for replacement of the oil is to be
maintained for Surveyor's review at the next Annual Survey.
25.7 Surveys
25.7.1 Initial Survey
All systems in 4-3-1/25 are to be examined and tested to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor
in accordance with the approved plans.
For initial survey of existing vessels, refer to 7-9-19/1.3 of the ABS Rules for Survey After
Construction (Part 7).
25.7.2 Survey After Construction
Refer to Section 7-9-19 of the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
27.1 Notation
Where requested by the Owner, the class notation TCM-W (Tailshaft Condition Monitoring -
Water Lubricated) may be assigned to a vessel with tailshafts specifically arranged with closed or
opened type water-lubricated stern tube bearings, provided the following requirements are complied with.
Exposed open water-lubricated bearings installed in an I or V shaped shaft struts without forced lubricating
systems are not within the scope of this notation.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 45
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
• Non-metallic piping is allowed in this essential system provided it meets the requirements
of category A and other machinery space (See 4-4-2/Table 2)
• In addition to above, an emergency supply of lubricating water is to be provided in
case of failure of the primary lubricating system
iii) Lubricant Tank (if applicable)
• Tanks are to be of metallic construction. Alternatively, the designer or builder may use
non-metallic construction in accordance with a recognized or international standard
acceptable to ABS. Specifications for the tank, including thermal and mechanical
properties and chemical and fire resistance, are to be submitted for review.
• Mounting, securing arrangements and electrical bonding arrangements are to be
submitted for approval.
• Valves are to be readily accessible and controllable from the floors or gratings. Open
or closed indicators are to be provided, see 4-4-2/11.3. Where the valves are power-
operated, the valves are to allow for manual operation in the event of a failure of the
power supply.
• Tank Vents and Sounding are to comply with 4-4-3/9 and 4-4-3/13.
iv) Water Filtration System
• The normal operational condition is to be displayed and any failures are to be alarmed
as indicated in 4-3-1/Table 3 below.
• Two independent water filtration systems are to be provided to maintain continuous
operation of the vessel.
• An auto change-over system is to be provided in case of failure.
27.3.1(d) Control and Instrument. Instruments for monitoring the water lubricating stern tube
system are to be provided, as indicated in 4-3-1/Table 3 below. All alarms are to be audible and
visual and are to be of the self-monitoring type so that a circuit failure will cause an alarm
condition. There are to be provisions for testing alarms.
46 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
TABLE 3
Instrumentation and Alarm (1 July 2018)
System – Opened
Monitored Main Control Navigation
Loop (OL) & Closed Alarm Condition Display Local
Parameter Station (2) Bridge (1, 4)
Loop (CL)
Flow OL & CL Low/High x x x x
Pressure OL & CL Low/High x x x x
Diff. Pressure OL & CL High x x x x
(Filter)
Diff. Pressure CL High x x x x
(Across S/T)
Bearing OL & CL High x x x x
Temperature
Water CL High x x x x
Temperature
Salinity CL High x x x x
Wear Down(3) OL & CL High x x x x
Tank Level CL Low x x x x
Water filtration OL & CL Failure x x x x
System
Pump OL & CL Failure x x x x
Power Circuit OL & CL Failure x x x x
Notes:
1 Either an individual indication or a common trouble alarm may be fitted at this location, provided the individual
indication is installed at the equipment (or main control station).
2 For vessels not fitted with a main control station, the indication is to be installed at the equipment or other suitable
location.
3 Where continuous monitoring system is installed.
4 Applicable only for ACCU Notation.
27.3.1(e) Lubricant Sampling and Testing. Sampling and testing procedures are to be available
on board as follows:
• A sampling point is to be provided after the water filtration system for periodical testing.
• Suitable test kits are to be provided onboard.
• Testing is to be conducted as per manufacturer’s recommendations.
• For closed loop systems, an additional sampling system is to be provided in the return lubricant
line, after bearing lubrication.
27.3.1(f) Shaft Alignment Calculations.
• The calculations, alignment procedures, and stern tube inclination details for these shafting
arrangements are to comply with 4-3-1/21.3.1.
• Additionally, the shaft alignment calculations are to be analyzed for both initial conditions
and conditions of manufacturer’s maximum allowable wear down limits.
• All calculations and data are to be submitted to and reviewed by ABS.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 47
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
48 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 1 Propulsion Shafting 4-3-1
27.9 Surveys
27.9.1 Bearing and Coating Inspection
• Stern tube bearings are to be examined at installation to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.
• The shaft sleeve/liner is to be examined at installation to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.
• Where direct access is not available, arrangements are to be made for borescope inspection of
the system (e.g., bearing, shaft surface, et al.)
• The inspection procedures for corrosion protection coatings and borescope inspection are to
be submitted to ABS.
27.9.2 Initial Survey
All systems in 4-3-1/27 are to be examined and tested to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor
in accordance with the approved plans.
For initial survey of existing vessels, refer to 7-9-20/3.3 of the ABS Rules for Survey After
Construction (Part 7).
27.9.3 Survey After Construction
Refer to Section 7-9-20/3 of the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 49
PART Section 2: Propellers
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
SECTION 2 Propellers
1 General
The construction of the propellers and propulsion shafting for vessels is to be carried out in accordance
with the following requirements and to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. Upon satisfactory compliance with
the requirements, a notation will be made in the Record indicating the type of propeller and the material of
which it is made. See Part 6, Chapter 1 of the Steel Vessel Rules for vessels assigned an Ice Class notation.
50 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
TABLE 1
Propeller Materials (2011)
Elongation, %
Tensile Strength Yield Strength Gauge Length
Type Material N/mm2 kgf/mm2 lb/in2 N/mm2 kgf/mm2 lb/in2 4d 5d
2 Manganese bronze 450 46 65,000 175 18 25,000 20 18
3 Nickel-manganese 515 53 75,000 220 22.5 32,000 18 16
bronze
4 Nickel-aluminum 590 60 86,000 245 25 36,000 16 15
bronze
5 Manganese-nickel- 630 64 91,000 275 28 40,000 20 18
aluminum bronze
CF-3 Stainless steel 485 49 70,000 205 21 30,000 35 32
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 51
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
9 Blade Design
= ( D + 79) / 99 US units for solid propellers with D > 6.1 m (20 ft). S is
not to exceed 1.025.
t0.25 = required thickness at the one-quarter radius, in mm (in.)
K1 = 337 (289, 13)
H = power at rated speed, kW (hp, HP)
hp = metric horsepower
HP = US horsepower
R = rpm at rated speed
N = number of blades
P0.25 = pitch at one-quarter radius divided by propeller diameter
P0.7 = pitch at seven-tenths radius divided by propeller diameter, corresponding to
the design ahead conditions
W = expanded width of a cylindrical section at the 0.25 radius, in mm (in.)
a = expanded blade area divided by the disc area
D = propeller diameter, in m (ft)
K = rake of propeller blade, in mm (in.) (positive for aft rake and negative for
forward rake)
Cs = as/WT (section area coefficient at the 0.25 or 0.35 radius). Also see below.
Cn = Io/UfWT2 (section modulus coefficient at the 0.25 or 0.35 radius). Also see
below.
Io = moment of inertia of the expanded cylindrical section at 0.25 or 0.35 radius
about a straight line through the center of gravity parallel to the pitch line or
to the nose-tail line, in mm4 (in4)
as = area of expanded cylindrical section at the 0.25 or 0.35 radius, in mm2 (in2)
52 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
Uf = maximum normal distance from the moment of inertia axis to points on the
face boundary (tension side) of the section, in mm (in.)
T = maximum thickness at the 0.25 or 0.35 radius, in mm (in.), from propeller
drawing
f, w = material constants from the following table:
Representative Propeller Materials SI and MKS Units US Customary Units
Type (See Part 2, Chapter 3) f w f w
2 Manganese bronze 2.10 8.30 68 0.30
3 Nickel-manganese bronze 2.13 8.00 69 0.29
4 Nickel-aluminum bronze 2.62 7.50 85 0.27
5 Mn-Ni-AI bronze 2.37 7.50 77 0.27
Cast steel 2.10 8.30 68 0.30
CF-3 Austenitic stainless steel 2.10 7.75 68 0.28
Note: The f values of materials not covered will be specially considered upon submittal of complete material
specifications including corrosion fatigue data to 108 cycles.
The values of Cs and Cn, computed as stipulated above, are to be indicated on the propeller
drawing. If the Cn value exceeds 0.10, the required thickness is to be computed with Cn = 0.10.
For vessels below 61 m (200 ft) in length, the required thickness may be computed with the assumed
values of Cn = 0.10 and Cs = 0.69.
where
A = 1.0 + (6.0/P0.7) + 3P0.35 (free running)
= 7.2 + (2.0/P0.7) + 3P0.35 (bollard, APS, dynamic positioning)
B = (4900wa/N) (R/100)2(D/20)3
C = (1 + 0.6P0.35)(Wf − B)
t0.35 = required thickness at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.)
K2 = 271 (232, 10.4)
P0.35 = pitch at 0.35 radius divided by propeller diameter, corresponding to the
design ahead conditions
W = expanded width of a cylindrical section at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.)
H, R, N, P0.7, a, D, K, Cs, Cn, f, and w are as defined in 4-3-2/9.1.1.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 53
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
C = (1 + 0.6P0.35)(Wf − B)
t0.35 = required thickness at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.)
K3 = 288 (247, 11.1)
P0.35 = pitch at 0.35 radius divided by propeller diameter, corresponding to the
design ahead conditions
W = expanded width of a cylindrical section at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.)
H, R, N, P0.7, a, D, K, Cs, Cn, f, and w are as defined in 4-3-2/9.1.1.
A propeller blade is to be considered as a wide tipped blade if the maximum expanded blade cord
length occurs at or above 0.8R, with R being the distance measured from the centerline of the
propeller hub.
11.1 Definitions
11.1.1 Maximum Skew Angle
Maximum skew angle (θ) is measured from ray A passing through the tip of blade to ray B tangent
to the mid-chord line of the projected blade outline. See 4-3-2/Figure 1.
11.1.2 Rake Angle
Rake angle (φ) for the purpose of this Subsection is the angle measured from the plane perpendicular
to shaft centerline to the tangent to generating line at 0.6 radius. See 4-3-2/Figure 2.
11.3 Application
11.3.1 θ ≤ 25°
The requirements in 4-3-2/9.1 are applicable where the maximum skew angle is 25 degrees or less.
54 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
m = 1 + 0.0065 (θ − 25)
where
t0.6 = required thickness at the 0.6 radius, in mm (in.)
K = 12.6 (6.58, 1.19)
C0.9 = expanded chord length at the 0.9 radius divided by propeller diameter
C0.6 = expanded chord length at the 0.6 radius divided by propeller diameter
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 55
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
Maximum Skew Angle Rake Angle at the 0.6 Radius, Positive Aft
C D
φ
skew B
A angle θ
0.6
radius
mid-chord The rake angle φ , measured at
line 0.6 radius, is formed between
line D, which is tangent to the
leading generating line, and the line C,
edge which is perpendicular to the
propeller shaft centerline.
13 Studs
56 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 57
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
19 Propeller Fitting
Ds 1 K 2 +1 1
δmin = Pmin
2τ
K 2 − 1 + ν b + E (1 − ν s ) mm (in.)
E b s
If the rated propeller thrust, T, is not known, it can be estimated as the thrust of a free running
vessel, using the following equations, whichever yields the greater value of pmin:
c1 H c 2 × 10 6 H
T= or T= N (kgf, lbf)
V PR
19.3.2 Design Criteria at 0°C (32°F)
The maximum permissible contact surface (grip) pressure, Pmax, at 0°C (32°F), and the corresponding
maximum permissible pull-up length, δmax, are to be determined from the following equations:
σ E ( K 2 − 1)
Pmax = N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi)
3K + 1
4
Pmax
δmax = δmin mm (in.)
Pmin
58 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 59
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
60 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
FIGURE 3
Keyless Propeller – Theoretical Contact Surface Area
Between Propeller Boss and Shaft (1998)
(Refer to 4-3-1/15.3 and 4-3-2/19.3)
2
r2
1
r1
Ds
// //
L
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 61
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 2 Propellers 4-3-2
FIGURE 4
Propeller Hub Details
3 Rake
12 7
1 2 11
8
Keyway detail
0.125D
5 7
4
8 8
10 7
6
Typical hub seals
4
62 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 3: Steering Gear
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
1 General
1.1 Application
These requirements apply to vessels which have rule-required upper rudder stock diameter less than 230 mm
(9 in.). Where the rule-required upper rudder stock diameter is 230 mm (9 in.) or above, the Steel Vessel
Rules are to be applied.
Where a rudder is not fitted and steering is achieved by change of setting of the propulsion units, such as
the use of cycloidal, azimuthing or similar type propulsion systems, Section 4-3-5 in Part 4 of the Steel
Vessel Rules is to be applied.
1.3 Definitions
1.3.1 Main Steering Gear
Main steering gear is the machinery, rudder actuators, power units, ancillary equipment and the
means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g., tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting
movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the vessel.
1.3.2 Auxiliary Steering Gear
Auxiliary steering gear is the equipment other than any part of the main steering gear necessary to
steer the vessel in the event of failure of the main steering gear, but not including the tiller,
quadrant or components serving the same purpose.
1.3.3 Steering Gear Control System (1 July 2011)
Steering gear control system is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigation
bridge to the steering gear power actuating system. Steering gear control systems comprise
transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers,
piping and cables required to control the steering gear power actuating system. For the purpose of
the Rules, steering wheels, steering levers, and rudder angle feedback linkages are not considered
to be part of the control system.
1.3.4 Power Units
A steering gear power unit is:
i) In the case of electric steering gears, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment,
ii) In the case of electro-hydraulic steering gears, an electric motor and its associated electrical
equipment and connected pump(s), and
iii) In the case of other hydraulic steering gears, a driving engine and connected pump(s).
1.3.5 Power Actuating System
Power actuating system is the hydraulic equipment provided for supplying power to turn the
rudder stock, comprising a power unit or units together with the associated pipes and fittings and a
rudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share common mechanical components (i.e.,
tiller, quadrant, rudder stock, or components serving the same purpose).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 63
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
64 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
ii) For the tug operating alone, the hard over rudder angle is to be tested at the maximum
angle and conditions defined by the designer. The owner is to be aware of this operating
mode and the rudder angle operating restrictions.
iii) The test conditions defined in condition 4-3-3/1.9.2ii) are to be considered as the limit for
operation while the tug is alone and means are to be provided to avoid exceeding this
limit; the following should be considered:
a) A warning plate indicating the maximum rudder angle and conditions for operating
the tug alone is to be fitted at the navigating position.
b) An audible and visual alarm is to be fitted at the navigation bridge if the maximum
rudder angle is exceeded.
The above arrangement shall be considered subject to the flag Administration approval.
3 Materials
3.1 General
All steering gear components transmitting a force to the rudder and pressure retaining components of the
hydraulic rudder actuator are to be of steel or other approved ductile material. The use of gray cast iron or
other material having an elongation less than 12% in 50 mm (2 in.) is not acceptable.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 65
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
5 Design
66 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
where
P = steering gear relief valve setting pressure, bar (kgf/cm2, psi)
N = number of active pistons or vanes
A = area of piston or vane, mm2 (cm2, in2)
L2 = torque arm, equal the distance from the point of application of the force on
the arm to the center of the rudder stock at 0 deg of the rudder angle, m (ft)
C = factor, 10000 (1000, 2240)
θ = maximum permissible rudder angle (normally 35 degrees)
5.4.2(b) Maximum allowable torque for rudder stock. The maximum allowable torque “Tar” for
the actual rudder stock diameter is to be determined in accordance with the following equation:
Tar = 2.0(Dr/Nu)3/Ks kN-m (tf-m, Ltf-ft)
where
Ks = material factor for rudder stock (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Dr = actual rudder stock diameter at minimum point below the tiller or the rotor,
mm (in.)
Nu = factor, 42.0 (89.9, 2.39)
5.5 Tiller
Tillers are to comply with the following requirements. All terms in the formulae are to have consistent units.
5.5.1
Depth of the tiller hub is not to be less than the rule-required upper rudder stock diameter.
5.5.2
Thickness of the tiller hub is not to be less than one third of the rule-required upper rudder stock
diameter.
5.5.3
Notwithstanding 4-3-3/5.5.2 above, the polar section modulus of the tiller hub is not to be less than:
Kh
0.196S 3
Ks
where
S = rule-required upper rudder stock diameter.
Ks = material factor of the rudder stock (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Kh = material factor of the hub (see 3-2-11/1.3)
5.5.4
The shear area of the tiller key is not to be less than:
0.196S 3 K k
⋅
r Ks
where
r = mean radius of the rudder stock in way of the key
Kk = material factor of the key (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Other symbols are defined above.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 67
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
5.5.5
Bearing stress of the tiller and rudder stock keyways are not to be more than 0.9 times the material
yield stress.
5.5.6 (2016)
If the tiller is shrink-fitted to the rudder stock, preloading and stress calculations and fitting instructions
are to be submitted. The calculated torsional holding capacity is to be at least two times the transmitted
torque based on the steering gear relief valve setting. Preload stress is not to exceed 90% of the
minimum yield strength. Maximum equivalent Von-Mises Stress is not to exceed minimum yield
strength considering all loads including preload stress and two times transmitted torque.
5.5.7
Section modulus of the tiller arm at any point within its length is not to be less than:
0.167 S 3 (L2 − L1 ) K t
⋅
L2 Ks
where
L2 = distance from the point of application of the force on the tiller to the center
of rudder stock
L1 = distance between the section of the tiller arm under consideration and the
center of the rudder stock
Kt = material factor of the tiller or quadrant arm (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Other symbols are defined above.
5.5.8 (2009)
Split or semi-circular tiller or quadrant hubs assembled by bolting are to have bolts on each side
having a total cross-sectional area not less than that given below (use a consistent system of units):
0.196S 3 K b
⋅
L3 Ks
where
L3 = distance between the center of the bolts and the center of the rudder stock
Kb = material factor of bolt (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Other symbols are as defined above.
The thickness of the bolting flange is not to be less than the minimum required diameter of the bolt.
5.5.9
Where the tiller is of welded construction, weld design and weld sizes are to be proportioned such
that they are commensurate with the strength of the tiller.
5.7 Pin
Shear area of the tiller pin is not to be less than:
0.196S 3 K p
⋅
L2 Ks
where
Kp = material factor of the pin (see 3-2-11/1.3)
Other symbols are defined above.
68 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
0.113S 3U R
L2
where
UR = ultimate tensile strength of the rudder stock
Other symbols are defined above.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 69
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
5.13.3 Buffers
Steering gears other than the hydraulic type are to be designed with suitable buffer arrangement to
relieve the gear from shocks to the rudder.
7 Hydraulic System
7.5 Filtration
A means is to be provided to maintain cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid.
9 Power Units
If the rule required upper rudder stock diameter is 120 mm (4.7 in.) or greater, power units are to be tested
and certified in accordance with the following requirements. If the rule-required upper rudder stock
diameter is less than 120 mm (4.7 in.), and if the vessel is 500 gross tons or greater, power units are to be
tested and certified in accordance with 4-3-3/9.3 only. For vessels less than 500 gross tons, power units
may be accepted based on manufacturer’s guarantee for suitability for the intended purpose and subject to
satisfactory functional tests after installation.
70 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 71
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
The control cables and piping are to be separated throughout their length as widely as is practicable.
Wires, terminals and the components for duplicated steering gear control systems installed in
units, control boxes, switchboards or bridge consoles are to be separated throughout their length as
widely as is practicable. Where physical separation is not practicable, separation may be achieved
by means of a fire retardant plate.
11.3.1(b) Duplication. All electric components of the steering gear control system are to be
duplicated. This does not require duplication of a steering wheel or steering lever.
11.3.1(c) Steering Mode Selector Switch. If a joint steering mode selector switch (uniaxial switch)
is employed for both steering gear control systems, the connections for the circuits of the control
systems are to be divided accordingly and separated from each other by an isolating plate or by air gap.
11.3.1(d) Follow-up Amplifier. In the case of double follow-up control, the amplifiers are to be
designed and fed so as to be electrically and mechanically separated. In the case of non-follow-up
control and follow-up control, the follow-up amplifiers are to be protected selectively.
11.3.1(e) Additional Control Systems. Control circuits for additional control systems (e.g., steering
lever or autopilot) are to be designed for all-pole disconnection.
11.3.1(f) Feed-back Units and Limit Switches. The feed-back units and limit switches, if any, for
the steering gear control systems are to be separated electrically and mechanically connected to
the rudder stock or actuator separately.
11.3.1(g) Hydraulic Control Components. Hydraulic system components in the power actuating
or hydraulic servo systems controlling the power systems of the steering gear, (e.g., solenoid
valves, magnetic valves) are to be considered as part of the steering gear control system and shall
be duplicated and separated.
Hydraulic system components in the steering gear control system that are part of a power unit may
be regarded as being duplicated and separated when there are two or more separate power units
provided and the piping to each power unit can be isolated.
11.3.2 Duplicate Power Units
If the main steering gear consists of duplicated (or more) power units and an auxiliary steering is
not fitted, the two independent means of control are to comply with the requirements of 4-3-3/11.3.1.
11.3.3 Single Power Units
If the main steering gear consists of a single power unit and the auxiliary steering gear is not power
operated, only one control system for the main steering gear need be provided.
11.3.4 Computer-based Systems
Steering control systems that are computer-based systems are to comply with Section 4-9-3 of the
Steel Vessel Rules and are to be considered Category III.
11.3.5 System Response Under Failure (1 July 2017)
The failures (as listed, but not limited to items in 4-3-3/11.9) likely to cause uncontrolled movements
of rudder are to be clearly identified. In the event of detection of such failure, the rudder should
stop in the current position. Alternatively, the rudder may be set to return to the midship/neutral
position. Failure Mode and Effect Analysis methodology may be used to identify the failures.
11.7 Communication
A means of communication is to be provided between the navigation bridge and all other locations where
steering can be effected, such as the steering gear compartment, the space where the power units are
located and the space where auxiliary steering gear is to be operated, as applicable.
72 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 73
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
11.9.8(a) The steering failure alarm system is to actuate an audible and visible alarm in the
wheelhouse when the actual position of the rudder differs by more than 5 degrees from the rudder
position ordered by the follow-up control systems for more than:
• 30 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 70 degrees;
• 6.5 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 5 degrees; and
The time period calculated by the following formula for ordered rudder positions changes between
5 degrees and 70 degrees:
t = (R/2.76) + 4.64
where:
t = maximum time delay in seconds
R = ordered rudder change in degrees
11.9.8(b) The steering failure alarm system must be separate from, and independent of, each
steering gear control system, except for input received from the steering wheel shaft.
11.9.8(c) Each steering failure alarm system is to be supplied by a circuit that:
i) Is independent of other steering gear system and steering alarm circuits.
ii) Is fed from the emergency power source through the emergency distribution panel in the
wheelhouse, if installed; and
iii) Has no overcurrent protection except short circuit protection
11.9.9 Autopilot Override (2003)
11.9.9(a) Steering gear systems provided with an autopilot system are to have a device at the
primary steering station to completely disconnect the autopilot control to permit change over to
manual operation of the steering gear control system. A display is to be provided at the steering
station to ensure that the helmsman can readily and clearly recognize which mode of steering
control (autopilot or manual) is in operation.
11.9.9(b) In addition to the changeover device as in 4-3-3/11.9.9(a), for primary steering stations,
where fitted with an automatic autopilot override to change over from autopilot control to manual
operation, the following are to be provided.
i) The automatic override of the autopilot is to occur when the manual helm order is 5 degrees
of rudder angle or greater.
ii) An audible and visual alarm is to be provided at the primary steering station in the event
that the automatic autopilot override fails to respond when the manual helm order is 5
degrees of rudder angle or greater. The alarm is to be separate and distinct from other
bridge alarms and is to continue to sound until it is acknowledged.
iii) An audible and visual alarm that is immediately activated upon automatic autopilot override
actuation is to be provided at the primary steering station. The alarm is to be distinct from
other bridge alarms and is to continue to sound until it is acknowledged.
The following instrumentation and alarms are to be provided.
11.9.10 Loop Failures (1 July 2011)
A visual and audible alarm is to be given on the navigation bridge to indicate a loop failure.
Note: Monitoring is to be provided for short circuit, broken connections and earth faults for command and feedback
loops. Monitoring for loop failures is not required, when a steering failure alarm system is provided.
See 4-3-3/11.9.8(a), (b) and (c).
74 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
15.3 Trials
The steering gear is to be tried out on the trial trip in order to demonstrate to the Surveyor’s satisfaction
that the requirements of the Rules have been met. The trial is to include the operation of the following:
15.3.1 (2017)
The main steering gear, including demonstration of the performance requirements of 4-3-3/1.9 or
with the rudder fully submerged. Where full rudder submergence cannot be obtained in ballast
conditions, steering gear trials are to be conducted at a displacement as close as reasonably possible to
full-load displacement as required by Section 6.1.2 of ISO 19019:2005 on the conditions that either:
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 75
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
i) The rudder is fully submerged (zero speed waterline) and the vessel is in an acceptable
trim condition.
ii) The rudder load and torque at the specified trial loading condition have been predicted
(based on the system pressure measurement) and extrapolated to the full load condition
using the following method to predict the equivalent torque and actuator pressure at the
deepest seagoing draft:
QF = QTα
2
A VF
α = 1.25 F
AT VT
where
α = extrapolation factor
QF = rudder stock moment for the deepest service draft and maximum
service speed condition
QT = rudder stock moment for the trial condition
AF = total immersed projected area of the movable part of the rudder in
the deepest seagoing condition
AT = total immersed projected area of the movable part of the rudder in
the trial condition
VF = contractual design speed of the vessel corresponding to the maximum
continuous revolutions of the main engine at the deepest seagoing
draft
VT = measured speed of the vessel (considering current) in the trial
condition
Where the rudder actuator system pressure is shown to have a linear relationship to the
rudder stock torque, the above equation can be taken as:
PF = PTα
where
PF = estimated steering actuator hydraulic pressure in the deepest
seagoing draft condition
PT = maximum measured actuator hydraulic pressure in the trial
condition
Where constant volume fixed displacement pumps are utilized, the requirements can be
deemed satisfied if the estimated steering actuator hydraulic pressure at the deepest draft
is less than the specified maximum working pressure of the rudder actuator. Where a
variable delivery pump is utilized, pump data should be supplied and interpreted to
estimate the delivered flow rate that corresponds to the deepest seagoing draft in order to
calculate the steering time and allow it to be compared to the required time.
Where AT is greater than 0.95AF, there is no need for extrapolation methods to be applied.
iii) Alternatively the designer or builder may use computational fluid dynamic (CFD) studies
or experimental investigations to predict the rudder stock moment at the full sea going
draft condition and service speed. These calculations or experimental investigations are to
be to the satisfaction of ABS.
In any case for the main steering gear trial, the speed of the vessel corresponding to the number of
maximum continuous revolution of main engine and maximum design pitch applies.
76 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 3 Steering Gear 4-3-3
15.3.2
The auxiliary steering gear, if required, including demonstration to the performance requirements
of 4-3-3/1.11 and transfer between main and auxiliary steering gear.
15.3.3
The power units, including transfer between power units.
15.3.4
The emergency power supply required by 4-6-2/5.3.5.
15.3.5
The steering gear controls, including transfer of control and local control.
15.3.6
The means of communications, as required by 4-3-3/11.7.
15.3.7
The alarms and indicators required by 4-3-3/11.9 (test may be done at dockside).
15.3.8
The storage and recharging system contained in 4-3-3/7.9 (test may be done at dockside).
15.3.9
The isolating of one power actuating system and checking for regaining steering capability are required
by 4-3-3/7.7, if applicable (test may be done at dockside).
15.3.10
Where the steering gear is designed to avoid hydraulic locking, this feature is to be demonstrated.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 77
PART Section 4: Waterjets
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
SECTION 4 Waterjets
1 Waterjets
1.1 General
Full details are to be submitted for the force transmitting parts of waterjet units, including material
specifications. For vessels over 24 m (79 ft), the units are to be manufactured under Surveys. Mill certificates
are to be provided for the components of the steering section. The material tests for the impellers, shafts
and couplings are to be witnessed by the Surveyor. Hydraulic cylinders are to be manufactured and inspected
in accordance with the requirements of 4-4-6/3. The use of galvanically dissimilar metallic materials is to
be considered in the waterjet design.
1.3 Design
Design basis stress calculations for the impellers, shafting, steering mechanism and reversing mechanism
are to be submitted to substantiate the suitability and strength of component parts for the intended service.
For the purpose of design review, the stress calculations are to cover the “worst case” condition for each
component. The factor of safety for the above components is not to be less than 2.0 when determined by
the following equation:
1 S S
= s + a
FS U E
nor less than 4.0 when determined by the following equation:
U
FS =
Ss
where
FS = factor of safety
Ss = steady stress of low cycle alternating stress
Sa = alternating stress
U = ultimate tensile strength of material
E = corrected fatigue strength of material (based on 108 cycles)
1.5 Housings
Calculations or test results to substantiate the suitability and strength of the pressure and suction housing
are to be submitted for review. The condition with the inlet of the suction blocked is also to be considered.
A factor of safety of not less than four based on the ultimate tensile strength of the material (or two based
on the yield strength) is to be maintained at each point in the housing. Housing are to be hydrostatically
tested to 1.5 times the maximum working pressure or to 3.4 bar (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi), whichever is greater.
78 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 4 Waterjets 4-3-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 79
PART Section 5: Propulsion Redundancy
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
1 General
1.1 Application
The requirements in this Section apply to vessels equipped with propulsion and steering systems designed
to provide enhanced reliability and availability through functional redundancy. Application of the requirements
of this Section is optional. When a vessel is designed, built and surveyed in accordance with this Section,
and when found satisfactory, a classification notation, as specified in 4-3-5/3, as appropriate, may be granted.
It is a prerequisite that the vessels are also to be classed to either À ACCU or À ABCU notation, in
accordance with Part 4, Chapter 7.
1.3 Objective
The objective of this Section is to provide requirements which reduce the risk to personnel, the vessel,
other vessels or structures, the environment and the economic consequences due to a single failure causing
loss of propulsion or steering capability. This is achieved through varying degrees of redundancy based
upon the vessel’s Classification Notations, as described in 4-3-5/3.
The requirements in this Section are intended so that, following a single failure, the vessel is capable of either:
i) Maintaining course and maneuverability at reduced speeds without intervention by other vessels, or
ii) Maintaining position under adverse weather conditions, as described in 4-3-5/7.1, to avoid uncontrolled
drift and navigating back to safe harbor when weather conditions are suitable.
In addition, this Section addresses aspects which would reduce the detrimental effects to the propulsion
systems due to a localized fire in the machinery spaces.
1.5 Definitions
For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions are applicable:
1.5.1 Auxiliary Services System
All support systems (e.g., fuel oil system, lubricating oil system, cooling water system, compressed
air and hydraulic systems, etc.) which are required to run propulsion machinery and propulsors.
1.5.2 Propulsion Machinery Space
Any space containing machinery or equipment forming part of the propulsion systems.
1.5.3 Propulsion Machine
A device (e.g., diesel engine, turbine, electrical motor, etc.) which develops mechanical energy to
drive a propulsor.
1.5.4 Propulsion System
A system designed to provide thrust to a vessel, consisting of one or more propulsion machines,
one or more propulsors, all necessary auxiliaries and associated control, alarm and safety systems.
80 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
1.5.5 Propulsor
A device (e.g., propeller, waterjet) which imparts force to a column of water in order to propel a
vessel, together with any equipment necessary to transmit the power from the propulsion machinery
to the device (e.g., shafting, gearing, etc.).
1.5.6 Steering System
A system designed to control the direction of movement of a vessel, including the rudder, steering
gear, etc.
3 Classification Notations
Where requested by the Owner, propulsion and steering installations which are found to comply with the
requirements specified in this Section and which have been constructed and installed under survey by the
Surveyor may be assigned with the following class notations, as appropriate.
i) R1 A vessel fitted with multiple propulsion machines but only a single propulsor and steering
system will be assigned the class notation R1.
ii) R2 A vessel fitted with multiple propulsion machines and also multiple propulsors and steering
systems (hence, multiple propulsion systems) will be assigned the class notation R2.
iii) R1-S A vessel fitted with only a single propulsor but having the propulsion machines arranged
in separate spaces such that a fire or flood in one space would not affect the propulsion machine(s)
in the other space(s) will be assigned the class notation R1-S.
iv) R2-S A vessel fitted with multiple propulsors (hence, multiple propulsion systems) which has
the propulsion machines and propulsors, and associated steering systems arranged in separate
spaces (propulsion machinery space and steering gear flat) such that a fire or flood in one space
would not affect the propulsion machine(s) and propulsor(s), and associated steering systems in
the other space(s) will be assigned the class notation R2-S.
Example arrangements for each of the above notations are shown in 4-3-5/Figure 1.
v) + (Plus Symbol) The mark + will be affixed to the end of any of the above class notations
(e.g., R1+, R2-S+) to denote that the vessel’s propulsion capability is such that, upon a single
failure, propulsive power can be maintained or immediately restored to the extent necessary to
withstand adverse weather conditions without drifting, in accordance with 4-3-5/7.3. The lack of
the mark + after the class notation indicates that the vessel is not intended to withstand the adverse
weather conditions in 4-3-5/7.3, but can maintain course and maneuverability at a reduced speed
under normal expected weather conditions, in accordance with 4-3-5/7.1.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 81
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
FIGURE 1
Arrangements of Propulsion Redundancy
R1 R1-S
A-0 BHD
A-60/WT BHD
SG PM-1 SG PM-1
RG RG
PM-2 PM-2
R2 R2-S
SG1 RG 1 SG1 RG 1
PM-1 PM-1
A-0 BHD A-60/WT BHD
SG2 SG2
PM-2 PM-2
RG 2 RG 2
STEERING GEAR
REDUCTION PROPULSION
GEAR MACHINERY E-MOTOR
AZIMUTH THRUSTER
E-MOTOR
SG RG
PM
AZIMUTH THRUSTER
82 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
9 System Design
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 83
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
9.1.1. R1 Notation
For R1 notation, the propulsion machines and auxiliary service systems may be located in the
same propulsion machinery space and the propulsion machines may drive a single propulsor.
9.1.2 R2 Notation
For R2 notation, at least two propulsors are to be provided such that a single failure of one will
not result in propulsion performance inferior to that required by 4-3-5/7.1 or 4-3-5/7.3, as applicable.
The propulsion machines and auxiliary service systems may, however, be located in the same
propulsion machinery space.
9.1.3 R1-S Notation
For R1-S notation, the propulsion machines and auxiliary service systems are to be separated in
such a way that total loss of any one propulsion machinery space (due to fire or flood) will not
result in propulsion performance inferior to that required by 4-3-5/7.1 or 4-3-5/7.3, as applicable.
The propulsion machines may, however, drive a single propulsor, and the main propulsion gear or
main power transmitting gear is to be located outside the propulsion machinery spaces separated
by a bulkhead meeting the criteria per 4-3-5/9.3.
9.1.4 R2-S Notation
For R2-S notation, at least two propulsors are to be provided, and the propulsion systems are to be
installed in separate spaces such that a single failure in one propulsor or a total loss of any one
propulsion machinery space (due to fire or flood) will not result in propulsion performance inferior
to that required by 4-3-5/7.1 or 4-3-5/7.3, as applicable.
84 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
For R2 notation(s), where there are multiple engine installations driving two (2) or more independent
shafts with OEM attached pumps feeding vital auxiliary machinery services (fuel, lube oil, cooling water,
etc.), the failure of the attached pump is not to degrade the vessel propulsion capability beyond what is
permitted in 4-3-5/7, (half design speed or 7 knots, whichever is less.) A spare pump is required to be
carried.
With the exception of the fuel oil service tank venting system, interconnections between auxiliary service
systems will be considered, provided that the same are fitted with means (i.e., valves) to disconnect or
isolate the systems from each other.
For R1-S and R2-S notations, the above-mentioned independent auxiliary service systems are to be segregated
in the separate propulsion machinery spaces. With the exception of fuel oil service tank venting systems,
interconnections of auxiliary service systems will be acceptable, provided that the required disconnection
or isolation means are fitted at both sides of the bulkhead separating the propulsion machinery spaces.
Position status of the disconnection or isolation means is to be provided at the navigation bridge and the
centralized control station. Penetrations in the bulkhead separating the propulsion machinery spaces and
steering gear flats (as in the case of R2-S notation) are not to compromise the fire and watertight integrity
of the bulkhead.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 85
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
13 Operating Manual
An operating manual, which is consistent with the information and criteria upon which the classification is
based, is to be placed aboard the vessel for the guidance of the operating personnel. The operating manual
is to give clear guidance to the vessel’s crew about the vessel’s redundancy features and how they may be
effectively and speedily put into service in the event that the vessel’s normal propulsion capability is lost.
The operating manual is to include the following, as a minimum:
i) Vessel’s name and ABS ID number
ii) Simplified diagram and descriptions of the propulsion systems in normal condition
iii) Simplified diagram and descriptions of the propulsion redundancy features
iv) Reduced propulsion capability in terms of estimated worst sea-states which the vessel may
withstand without drifting (for vessels with + in the Class Notation)
v) Test results for the vessel’s maneuverability at reduced speed (for vessels without + in the Class
Notation).
vi) Step-by-step instructions for the use of the redundancy features
vii) Description of the communication systems
viii) Detailed instructions for local propulsion machinery control
The operating manual is to be submitted for review by ABS solely to verify the presence of the above
information, which is to be consistent with the design information and limitations considered in the vessel’s
classification. ABS is not responsible for the operation of the vessel.
Any modifications made to the existing propulsion systems are to be approved by ABS. The operating
manual is to be updated accordingly and submitted to ABS for review.
86 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 5 Propulsion Redundancy 4-3-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 87
PART Section 6: Contra-Rotating Propellers
4
CHAPTER 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
1 General
1.1 Application
Contra-rotating propeller units having a rated power of 100 kW (135 hp) and over, intended for propulsion
or for auxiliary services essential for propulsion, maneuvering and safety (see 4-1-1/3.1) of the vessel, are
to be designed, constructed, certified and installed in accordance with the provisions of this section.
Contra-rotating propeller systems having a rated power less than 100 kW (135 hp) are not required to comply
with the provisions of this Section but are to be designed, constructed and equipped in accordance with good
commercial and marine practice. Acceptance of such systems will be based on the manufacturer’s affidavit,
verification of nameplate data and subject to a satisfactory performance test after installation conducted in
the presence of the Surveyor.
1.5 Definitions
Definitions pertaining to the various components and subsystems of a contra-rotating propeller system are
listed as follows:
• Gears, see 4-3-1/1.3 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
• Shafting, see 4-3-1/1.1
• Propellers, see 4-3-2/1.1
88 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 6 Contra-Rotating Propellers 4-3-6
3 Materials
Material requirements and testing for the various components and subsystems are to be in accordance with
the following:
• Gears, see 4-3-1/3 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
• Shafting, see 4-3-1/5.
• Propellers, see 4-3-2/7.
5 Design
5.1 Gears
The gear design is to be in accordance with the requirements in 4-3-1/5 of the Steel Vessels Rules.
5.1.1 Gears with Multiple Prime Mover Inputs/Multiple Outputs
For single helical gears with arrangements utilizing multiple prime mover inputs, and multiple
outputs (e.g., the contra-rotating shafts), the following analyses for all operating modes are to be
conducted:
• All bearing reactions
• Tooth modifications
• Load distributions on the gear teeth
• Contact and tooth root bending stresses
A summary of the results of these analyses for each operating mode is to be submitted for review.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 89
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 6 Contra-Rotating Propellers 4-3-6
5.11 Propellers
The propeller designer is to provide the power absorbed at rated speed for both propellers. The propellers
are to be designed in accordance with the requirements of 4-3-2/9.
Arrangements are to be provided in the event of damage to either propeller or failure of one of the prime
movers’ auxiliary functions to be isolated from the propulsion system to permit the remaining propeller to
continue to function.
90 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 3 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery
Section 6 Contra-Rotating Propellers 4-3-6
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 91
PART Chapter 4: Pumps and Piping Systems
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 General ....................................................................................................99
1 Construction and Installation............................................................. 99
1.1 General Requirements................................................................... 99
1.3 Piping Groups ................................................................................ 99
3 Plans and Data to be Submitted .......................................................99
3.1 Plans.............................................................................................. 99
3.3 All Piping Systems ......................................................................... 99
3.5 Booklet of Standard Details ........................................................... 99
5 Material Tests and Inspection .........................................................100
5.1 Specifications and Purchase Orders............................................ 100
5.3 Special Materials ......................................................................... 100
7 Definitions ....................................................................................... 100
7.1 Piping/Piping Systems ................................................................. 100
7.3 Joints ........................................................................................... 100
7.5 Fittings ......................................................................................... 100
7.7 Positive Closing Valves ............................................................... 100
7.9 Recognized Standard of Construction ......................................... 100
7.11 Standard or Extra-Heavy Pipe ..................................................... 100
9 General Installation Details ............................................................. 101
9.1 Protection .................................................................................... 101
9.3 Pipes Near Switchboards ............................................................ 101
9.5 Expansion or Contraction Stresses.............................................. 101
9.7 Molded Expansion Joints ............................................................. 101
9.9 Bulkhead, Deck or Tank Top Penetrations .................................. 102
9.10 Damage Stability Consideration .................................................. 102
9.11 Collision Bulkhead Penetrations .................................................. 103
9.13 Sluice Valves and Cocks ............................................................. 103
9.15 Relief Valves ................................................................................ 103
9.17 Instruments .................................................................................. 103
9.19 Flexible Hoses ............................................................................. 104
9.21 Control of Static Electricity ........................................................... 106
9.23 Leakage Containment.................................................................. 106
92 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
3 Pressure Tests ................................................................................ 108
3.1 General........................................................................................ 108
3.3 Fuel Oil Service System .............................................................. 108
3.5 Fuel Oil Suction and Transfer Lines ............................................ 108
3.7 Starting Air Piping ........................................................................ 108
3.9 Hydraulic Power Piping ............................................................... 108
3.11 All Piping ..................................................................................... 108
3.13 Specific Systems ......................................................................... 108
3.15 Hydrostatic Tests of Shell Valves ................................................ 108
3.17 Pneumatic Tests in Lieu of Hydrostatic Tests.............................. 109
5 Metallic Pipes .................................................................................. 109
5.1 Test and Inspection of Group I Piping ......................................... 109
5.3 Steel Pipe .................................................................................... 109
5.5 Copper Pipe ................................................................................ 110
5.7 Brass Pipe ................................................................................... 110
5.8 Other Materials ............................................................................ 110
5.9 Design ......................................................................................... 110
5.11 Working Pressure and Thickness – Alternative Consideration .... 111
7 Plastic Pipes ................................................................................... 112
7.1 General........................................................................................ 112
7.3 Plans and Data to be Submitted .................................................. 112
7.5 Design ......................................................................................... 113
7.7 Installation of Plastic Pipes .......................................................... 115
7.9 Manufacturing of Plastic Pipes .................................................... 117
7.11 Plastic Pipe Bonding Procedure Qualification ............................. 117
7.13 Tests by the Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Plastic
Piping in the Dry Condition (For Level 1 and Level 2) ................... 118
7.15 Test by Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Water-Filled
Plastic Piping (For Level 3) ............................................................ 119
7.17 Tests by Manufacturer – Flame Spread ...................................... 121
7.19 Testing By Manufacturer – General............................................. 122
7.21 Testing Onboard After Installation ............................................... 122
9 Material of Valves and Fittings ........................................................ 126
9.1 General........................................................................................ 126
9.3 Forged or Cast Steel ................................................................... 126
9.5 Cast Iron ...................................................................................... 126
9.7 Ductile (Nodular) Iron .................................................................. 126
9.9 Brass and Bronze ........................................................................ 127
9.11 Plastic .......................................................................................... 127
11 Valves ............................................................................................. 127
11.1 General........................................................................................ 127
11.3 Construction ................................................................................ 127
11.5 Hydrostatic Test and Identification .............................................. 128
13 Pipe Fittings .................................................................................... 128
13.1 General........................................................................................ 128
13.3 Hydrostatic Test and Identification .............................................. 128
13.5 Nonstandard Fittings ................................................................... 128
13.7 Mechanical Joints ........................................................................ 128
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 93
15 Welded Nonstandard Valves and Fittings .......................................129
17 Flanges ........................................................................................... 129
17.1 General ........................................................................................ 129
17.3 Group I Piping Flanges ................................................................ 129
17.5 Group II Piping Flanges ............................................................... 129
17.7 Group II Plastic Piping Flanges ................................................... 129
19 Sea Inlets and Overboard Discharges ............................................129
19.1 Installation ................................................................................... 129
19.3 Valve Connections to Shell .......................................................... 129
19.5 Materials ...................................................................................... 130
19.7 Shell Reinforcement .................................................................... 130
19.9 Common Overboard Discharge ................................................... 130
21 Machinery and Pumping Systems ..................................................130
21.1 Valves Required .......................................................................... 130
21.3 Sea Chests .................................................................................. 130
23 Scuppers and Drains ...................................................................... 130
23.1 General ........................................................................................ 130
23.3 Protection from Sea Water Entry ................................................. 131
23.5 Gravity Drains from Superstructures or Deckhouses ................... 134
23.7 Vessels Receiving Subdivision Loadlines .................................... 134
25 Cooler Installations External to the Hull ..........................................134
25.1 General ........................................................................................ 134
25.3 Integral Keel Cooler Installations ................................................. 134
25.5 Non-integral Keel Cooler Installations.......................................... 134
94 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
5 Bilge and Ballast Piping .................................................................. 136
5.1 General........................................................................................ 136
5.3 Installation ................................................................................... 136
5.5 Manifolds, Cocks and Valves ...................................................... 136
5.7 Strainers ...................................................................................... 137
5.9 Size of Bilge Suctions .................................................................. 137
5.11 Gravity Drains.............................................................................. 138
5.13 Ballast Water Treatment Systems ............................................... 138
5.15 Oil Pollution Prevention Measures .............................................. 138
5.16 Integrated Bilge Water Treatment System (IBTS), If Installed ..... 140
7 Direct and Emergency Bilge Suctions for Main Machinery
Spaces ............................................................................................ 140
7.1 Direct Bilge Suction ..................................................................... 140
7.3 Emergency Bilge Suctions........................................................... 140
9 Vent Pipes ....................................................................................... 140
9.1 General........................................................................................ 140
9.3 Height and Wall Thickness .......................................................... 141
9.5 Size ............................................................................................. 141
9.7 Location ....................................................................................... 141
9.9 Vent Outlets................................................................................. 142
11 Overflow Pipes ................................................................................ 146
11.1 General Requirements ................................................................ 146
11.3 Overflows from Combustible and Flammable Liquid Tanks......... 146
11.5 Overflow Common Header .......................................................... 146
11.7 Fuel Oil Overflow ......................................................................... 147
13 Sounding ......................................................................................... 147
13.1 General........................................................................................ 147
13.3 Sounding Pipes ........................................................................... 147
13.5 Gauge Glasses............................................................................ 148
13.7 Level Indicating Systems and Devices ........................................ 149
SECTION 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks ............................. 150
1 Fuel Oil Piping Systems .................................................................. 150
1.1 General Arrangement .................................................................. 150
1.3 Piping, Valves and Fittings .......................................................... 151
1.5 Oil Heating Arrangements ........................................................... 151
1.7 Multiple Internal Combustion Engine Installations ....................... 152
1.9 Overflows from Combustible and Flammable Liquid Tanks......... 152
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 95
3 Fuel Oil Transfer and Filling ............................................................ 152
3.1 General ........................................................................................ 152
3.3 Pipes in Oil Tanks ........................................................................ 152
3.5 Control Valves or Cocks .............................................................. 152
3.7 Valves on Oil Tanks ..................................................................... 152
3.9 Remote Shutdown of Pumps ....................................................... 153
3.11 Oil Drain Tanks ............................................................................ 153
5 Fuel Oil Service and Injection Systems ..........................................153
7 Low Flash Point Fuels ..................................................................... 153
7.1 General ........................................................................................ 153
7.3 Fuel Heating ................................................................................ 154
7.5 Fuel Oil Tank Vents ..................................................................... 154
9 Lubricating Oil Systems .................................................................. 154
9.1 General ........................................................................................ 154
9.3 Sight Flow Glasses ...................................................................... 154
9.5 Internal Combustion Engines ....................................................... 154
9.7 Reduction Gears .......................................................................... 154
9.9 Electrical Machinery..................................................................... 154
9.11 Hose Reels .................................................................................. 154
11 Additional Measures for Oil Pollution Prevention............................154
11.1 General ........................................................................................ 154
11.3 Tank Protection Requirements .................................................... 155
11.5 Class Notation – POT .................................................................. 156
96 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
3.5 Materials ...................................................................................... 160
3.7 Rudder Actuators ........................................................................ 160
3.9 Cylinders below Pressures or Temperatures Indicated in
4-4-6/3.1 ...................................................................................... 160
3.11 Exemptions.................................................................................. 160
5 Pneumatic Systems ........................................................................ 160
5.1 Application ................................................................................... 160
5.3 Pneumatic System Components ................................................. 160
5.5 Pneumatic System Requirements ............................................... 161
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 97
SECTION 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks .......................................................168
1 Fixed Oxygen-Acetylene Installations .............................................168
1.1 Application ................................................................................... 168
1.3 Gas Storage ................................................................................ 168
1.5 Piping System Components ........................................................ 169
1.7 Testing ......................................................................................... 169
3 Fuel Storage and Refueling Systems for Helicopter Facilities ........170
3.1 Fuels with Flash Point Above 60°C (140°F)................................. 170
3.3 Fuels with Flash Point at or Below 60°C (140°F) – Installations
on an Open Deck ......................................................................... 170
3.5 Fuels with Flash Points at or Below 60°C (140°F) – Installation
within Enclosed Spaces ............................................................... 171
5 Liquefied Petroleum Gases............................................................. 171
5.1 General ........................................................................................ 171
5.3 Storage Cylinders ........................................................................ 171
5.5 Installation and Testing ................................................................ 171
7 Chemical and Gas Carriers............................................................. 172
9 Offshore Support Vessels ............................................................... 172
11 Ammonia System ............................................................................ 172
11.1 Compartmentation ....................................................................... 172
11.3 Safety Measures .......................................................................... 172
11.5 Ammonia Piping........................................................................... 172
13 Liquid Mud Cargo Tanks ................................................................. 172
98 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 1: General
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
SECTION 1 General
Group II includes all piping intended for working pressures and temperatures below those stipulated under
Group I. Group II also includes cargo-oil and tank cleaning piping in cargo area on oil carriers, and open-
ended lines such as drains, overflows, engine exhausts, boiler escape pipes, and vents, regardless of the
working pressures or temperatures.
3.1 Plans
Before proceeding with the work, plans in accordance with 4-1-1/7 are to be submitted, showing clearly
the diagrammatic details or arrangement of the equipment.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 99
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
7 Definitions
7.3 Joints
The term Joint refers to the method of connecting pipes by adhesive bonding, brazing, welding, bolted
flanging, threading, etc.
7.5 Fittings
The term Fittings refers to bends, elbows, fabricated branch pieces, etc.
100 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
9.1 Protection
Pipes, valves and operating rods are to be effectively secured and adequately protected from mechanical
damage. These protective arrangements are to be fitted so that they may be removed to enable examination
of the pipes, valves and operating rods.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 101
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
102 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
9.17 Instruments
9.17.1 Temperature
Thermometers and other temperature sensing devices registering through pressure boundaries are
to be provided with instrument wells to allow for instrument removal without impairing the
integrity of the pressurized system.
9.17.2 Pressure
Pressure sensing devices are to be provided with valve arrangements to allow for instrument
isolation and removal without impairing the pressurized system’s integrity.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 103
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
104 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
9.19.3(d) Hose Application. Flexible hose assemblies are to be selected for the intended location
and application taking into consideration ambient conditions, compatibility with fluids under working
pressure and temperature conditions consistent with the manufacturer’s instructions and other
relevant requirements of this Section.
Flexible hose assemblies intended for installation in piping systems where pressure pulses and/or
high levels of vibration are expected to occur in service, are to be designed for the maximum
expected impulse peak pressure and forces due to vibration. The tests required by 4-4-1/9.19.5 are
to take into consideration the maximum anticipated in-service pressures, vibration frequencies and
forces due to installation.
9.19.4 Installation
In general, flexible hoses are to be limited to a length necessary to provide for relative movement
between fixed and flexibly mounted items of machinery, equipment or systems.
Flexible hose assemblies are not to be installed where they may be subjected to torsion deformation
(twisting) under normal operating conditions.
The number of flexible hoses, in piping systems is to be kept to minimum and is to be limited for
the purpose stated in 4-4-1/9.19.2.
Where flexible hoses are intended to be used in piping systems conveying flammable fluids that
are in close proximity of heated surfaces the risk of ignition due to failure of the hose assembly
and subsequent release of fluids is to be mitigated as far as practicable by the use of screens or
other similar protection.
Flexible hoses are to be installed in clearly visible and readily accessible locations (i.e., the hose is
to be located such that inspection can be accomplished without the need to remove any bolted
inspection plate or similar obstruction. A mirror or other means may be used for inspection where
space is limited).
The installation of flexible hose assemblies is to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions and use limitations with particular attention to the following:
• Orientation
• End connection support (where necessary)
• Avoidance of hose contact that could cause rubbing and abrasion
• Minimum bend radii
9.19.5 Tests
9.19.5(a) Test procedures. Acceptance of flexible hose assemblies is subject to satisfactory
prototype testing. Prototype test programs for flexible hose assemblies are to be submitted by the
manufacturer and are to be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate performance in accordance with
the specified standards.
The tests are, as applicable, to be carried out on different nominal diameters of hose type complete
with end fittings for pressure, burst, impulse resistance and fire resistance in accordance with the
requirements of the relevant standard. The following standards are to be used as applicable.
• ISO 6802 – Rubber and plastics hoses and hose assemblies – Hydraulic pressure impulse test
without flexing.
• ISO 6803 – Rubber and plastics hoses and hose assemblies – Hydraulic pressure impulse test
with flexing.
• ISO 15540 – Ships and marine technology – Fire resistance of hose assemblies – Test methods.
• ISO 15541 – Ships and marine technology – Fire resistance of hose assemblies – Requirements
for test bench.
• ISO 10380 – Pipework – Corrugated metal hoses and hose assemblies.
Other standards may be accepted where agreed.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 105
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 1 General 4-4-1
9.19.5(b) Burst test. All flexible hose assemblies are to be satisfactorily prototype burst tested to
an international standard to demonstrate they are able to withstand a pressure not less than four (4)
times its design pressure without indication of failure or leakage.
Note: The international standards (e.g., EN or SAE for burst testing of non-metallic hoses) require the pressure
to be increased until burst without any holding period at 4 x MWP.
9.19.6 Marking
Flexible hoses are to be permanently marked by the manufacturer with the following details:
• Hose manufacturer’s name or trademark.
• Date of manufacture (month/year).
• Designation type reference.
• Nominal diameter.
• Pressure rating
• Temperature rating.
Where a flexible hose assembly is made up of items from different manufacturers, the components
are to be clearly identified and traceable to evidence of prototype testing.
106 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 2: Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
1 Pumps
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 107
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
3.1 General
In addition to the testing and inspection of materials, as required in Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for
Materials and Welding (Part 2), the following tests on the fabricated piping are to be witnessed by the
Surveyor after bending and the attachment of flanges.
Small bore pipes and tubes of less than 15 mm outside diameter may be exempted from the required
hydrostatic tests.
108 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
The valve assembly is to be subjected to a hydrostatic seat leakage test. The test is to be performed with
closed valve with the other end open to atmosphere. The pressure is to be applied independently on each side.
Test pressure is not to be less than 5 bar (5.1 kgf/cm2, 72.5 psi). Holding time is 5 minutes for all sizes.
5 Metallic Pipes
(2019) While references are made to material specifications in the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding
(Part 2), equivalent materials complying with a national or international standard will be considered for
acceptance.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 109
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
5.9 Design
5.9.1 Maximum Allowable Working Pressure and Minimum Thickness
The maximum allowable working pressure and the minimum thickness of pipes are to be determined
by the following equations, with due consideration being given to the reduction in thickness at the
outer radius of bent pipes:
KS (t − C ) WD
W= t= +C
D − M (t − C ) KS + MW
where
W = maximum allowable working pressure, in bar, kgf/cm2 (psi). See Note 1.
t = minimum thickness of pipe, in mm (in.). See Note 5.
K = 20 (200, 2)
D = actual external diameter of pipe, in mm (in.)
S = maximum allowable fiber stress, in N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi) from 4-4-2/Table 1.
See Note 2.
M = factor from 4-4-2/Table 1
C = allowance for threading, grooving or mechanical strength
= 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) for plain-end steel or wrought-iron pipe or tubing up to
115 mm O.D. (4 in. NPS). See Note 3.
= 0.00 mm (0.000 in.) for plain-end steel or wrought-iron pipe or tubing up to
115 mm O.D. (4 in. NPS) used for hydraulic piping systems. See Note 3.
= 0.00 mm (0.000 in.) for plain-end steel or wrought-iron pipe or tubing 115 mm
O.D. (4 in. NPS) and larger. See Note 3.
= 1.27 mm (0.05 in.) for all threaded pipe 17 mm O.D. (3/8 in.) and smaller
= depth of thread, h, for all threaded pipe over 17 mm O.D. (3/8 in.). See Note 4.
= depth of groove for grooved pipe
= 0.00 mm (0.000 in.) for plain-end nonferrous pipe or tubing. See Note 3.
110 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
Notes:
1 The value of W used in the equations is to be not less than 8.6 bar (8.8 kgf/cm2, 125 psi),
except that for suction and other low-pressure piping of nonferrous material, the actual
working pressure may be applied if a suitable addendum is provided against erosion
and outside damage. However, in no case is the value of W to be less than 3.4 bar
(3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) for use in the equations.
2 Values of S for other materials are not to exceed the stress permitted by ASME B31.1
Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping.
3 Plain-end pipe or tubing includes those joined by any method in which the wall thickness
is not reduced.
4 The depth of thread, h, may be determined by the equation h = 0.8/n where n is the
number of threads per inch, or in metric units by the equation h = 0.8n where n is the
number of mm per thread.
5 If pipe is ordered by its nominal wall thickness, the manufacturing tolerance on wall
thickness is to be taken into account.
TABLE 1
Allowable Stress Values S for Steel Piping N/mm2 (kgf/mm2, psi) (2019)
Part 2, Chapter 3, Service Temperature—Degrees C (F)
Section 12/Paragraph
No. and (Grade) −29°C (−20°F) to
Nominal Composition Tensile Strength 334°C (650°F) 372°C (700°F) 399°C (750°F) 427°C (800°F)
M = 0.8 M = 0.8 M = 0.8 M = 0.8
2-3-12/5.1 (Gr. 1) 310 46.9 46.6
Elec. res. Carbon Steel (31.5, 45000) (4.78, 6800) (4.75, 6500)
2-3-12/5.1 (Gr. 2) 330 70.3 68.3 62.8 53.1
Elec. res. Carbon Steel (33.7, 48000) (7.17, 10200) (6.96, 9900) (6.40, 9100) (5.41, 7700)
330 82.8 80.6 73.7 62.1
Seamless Carbon Steel (33.7, 48000) (8.44, 12000) (8.22, 11700) (7.52, 10700) (6.33, 9000)
2-3-12/5.1 (Gr. 3) 415 88.3 84.1 75.8 63.4
Elec. res. Carbon Steel (42, 60000) (9.0, 12800) (8.58, 12200) (7.73, 11000) (6.47, 9200)
415 103.5 99.2 89.6 74.4
Seamless Carbon Steel (42, 60000) (10.55, 15000) (10.12, 14400) (9.14, 13000) (7.59, 10800)
2-3-12/5.3 (Gr. 4) 330 82.8 80.7 73.7 62.1
Carbon Steel (33.7, 48000) (8.44, 12000) (8.23, 11700) (7.52, 10700) (6.33, 9000)
2-3-12/5.3 (Gr. 5) 415 103.5 99.2 89.6 74.4
Carbon Steel (42, 60000) (10.55, 15000) (10.12, 14400) (9.14, 13000) (7.59, 10800)
Notes:
1 Intermediate values of S may be determined by interpolation.
2 For grades of piping other than those given in 4-4-2/Table 1, S values are not to exceed those permitted by
ASME B31.1 Code for Pressure Piping. See 4-4-2/5.11.
3 (2019) See 4-4-2/5.3.1.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 111
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
7 Plastic Pipes
112 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
7.5 Design
7.5.1 Internal Pressure
A pipe is to be designed for an internal pressure not less than the design pressure of the system in
which it will be used. The maximum internal pressure, Pint, for a pipe is to be the lesser of the
following:
Psth Plth
Pint = Pint =
4 2.5
where
Psth = short-term hydrostatic test failure pressure
Plth = long-term hydrostatic test failure pressure (> 100,000 hours)
The hydrostatic tests are to be carried out under the following standard conditions:
• Atmospheric pressure = 1 bar (1 kgf/cm2, 14.5 psi)
• Relative humidity = 30%
• Fluid temperature = 25°C (77°F)
The hydrostatic test failure pressure may be verified experimentally or determined by a combination
of testing and calculation methods which are to be submitted to ABS for approval.
7.5.2 External Pressure
External pressure is to be considered for any installation which may be subject to vacuum conditions
inside the pipe or a head of liquid on the outside of the pipe. A pipe is to be designed for an external
pressure not less than the sum of the pressure imposed by the maximum potential head of liquid
outside the pipe plus full vacuum, 1 bar (1 kgf/cm2, 14.5 psi), inside the pipe. The maximum external
pressure for a pipe is to be determined by dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of 3.
The collapse test pressure may be verified experimentally or determined by a combination of testing
and calculation methods which are to be submitted to ABS for approval.
7.5.3 Axial Strength
7.5.3(a) The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight and other dynamic and
sustained loads is not to exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinal direction. Forces due to
thermal expansion, contraction and external loads, where applicable, are to be considered when
determining longitudinal stresses in the system.
7.5.3(b) In the case of fiber reinforced plastic pipes, the sum of the longitudinal stresses is not to
exceed one-half of the nominal circumferential stress derived from the maximum internal pressure
determined according to 4-4-2/7.5, unless the allowable longitudinal stress is verified experimentally
or by a combination of testing and calculation methods.
7.5.4 Temperature (2007)
The maximum allowable working temperature of a pipe is to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations, but in each case, it is to be at least 20°C (36°F) lower than the minimum heat
distortion temperature of the pipe material determined according to ISO 75 method A or equivalent.
The minimum heat distortion temperature is not to be less than 80°C (176°F). This minimum heat
distortion temperature requirement is not applicable to pipes and pipe components made of
thermoplastic materials, such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polybutylene (PB) and
intended for non-essential services.
Where low temperature services are considered, special attention is to be given with respect to
material properties.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 113
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
114 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 115
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
116 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 117
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
7.11.2(b) Selection of the pipes used for test assembly is to be in accordance with the following:
i) When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm (8 in.) nominal outside diameter or smaller,
the test assembly is to be the largest pipe size to be joined.
ii) When the largest size to be joined is greater than 200 mm (8 in.) nominal outside diameter,
the size of the test assembly is to be either 200 mm (8 in.) or 25% of the largest piping
size to be joined, whichever is greater.
7.11.2(c) When conducting performance qualifications, each bonder and each bonding operator
are to make up test assemblies, the size and number of which are to be as required above.
7.13 Tests by the Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Plastic Piping in the Dry Condition
(For Level 1 and Level 2)
7.13.1 Test Method
7.13.1(a) The specimen is to be subjected to a furnace test with fast temperature increase similar
to that likely to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The time/temperature is to be
as follows:
at the end of 5 minutes 945°C (1733°F)
at the end of 10 minutes 1033°C (1891°F)
at the end of 15 minutes 1071°C (1960°F)
at the end of 30 minutes 1098°C (2008°F)
at the end of 60 minutes 1100°C (2012°F)
118 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
7.13.2(f) If the insulation contains or is liable to absorb moisture, the specimen is not to be tested
until the insulation has reached an air dry-condition, defined as equilibrium with an ambient
atmosphere of 50% relative humidity at 20 ± 5°C (68 ± 9°F). Accelerated conditioning is permissible,
provided the method does not alter the properties of the component material. Special samples are
to be used for moisture content determination and conditioned with the test specimen. These
samples are to be so constructed as to represent the loss of water vapor from the specimen having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
7.13.3 Test Condition
A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen is to be maintained automatically at 0.7 ± 0.1 bar
(0.7 ± 0.1 kgf/cm2, 10 ± 1.5 psi) during the test. Means are to be provided to record the pressure
inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the specimen in order to indicate leakage.
7.13.4 Acceptance Criteria
7.13.4(a) During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the sample is to occur.
7.13.4(b) (2015) After termination of the furnace test, the test specimen together with fire
protective coating, if any, is to be allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
tested to the maximum allowable pressure of the pipes, as defined in 4-4-2/7.5.1 and 4-4-2/7.5.2.
The pressure is to be held for a minimum of 15 minutes. Pipes without leakage qualify as Level 1
or 2 depending on the test duration. Pipes with negligible leakage (i.e., not exceeding 5% flow loss)
qualify as Level 1W or Level 2W depending on the test duration. Where practicable, the hydrostatic
test is to be conducted on bare pipe (i.e., coverings and insulation removed) so that any leakage
will be apparent.
7.13.4(c) Alternative test methods and/or test procedures considered to be at least equivalent,
including open pit testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes are too large for the
test furnace.
7.15 Test by Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Water-Filled Plastic Piping (For Level 3)
7.15.1 Test Method
7.15.1(a) A propane multiple burner test with a fast temperature increase is to be used.
7.15.1(b) For piping up to and including 152 mm (6 in.) O.D., the fire source is to consist of two
rows of five burners, as shown in 4-4-2/Figure 1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2
(36,000 BTU/hr-ft2) ± 10% is to be maintained 12.5 ± 1 cm (5 ± 0.4 in.) above the centerline of
the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/hr
(11 lb/hr) for a total heat release of 65 kW (3700 BTU/min.). The gas consumption is to be
measured with an accuracy of at least ±3% in order to maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with
a minimum purity of 95% is to be used.
7.15.1(c) For piping greater than 152 mm (6 in.) O.D., one additional row of burners is to be
included for each 51 mm (2 in.) increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux averaging
113.6 kW/m2 (36,000 BTU/hr-ft2) ± 10% is still to be maintained at the 12.5 ± 1 cm (5 ± 0.4 in.)
height above the centerline of the burner array. The fuel flow is to be increased as required to
maintain the designated heat flux.
7.15.1(d) The burners are to be type “Sievert No. 2942” or equivalent which produces an air
mixed flame. The inner diameter of the burner heads is to be 29 mm (1.14 in.). See 4-4-2/Figure 1.
The burner heads are to be mounted in the same plane and supplied with gas from a manifold. If
necessary, each burner is to be equipped with a valve in order to adjust the flame height.
7.15.1(e) The height of the burner stand is also to be adjustable. It is to be mounted centrally
below the test pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipe’s axis. The distance between the
burner heads and the pipe is to be maintained at 12.5 ± 1 cm (5 ± 0.4 in.) during the test. The free
length of the pipe between its supports is to be 0.8 ± 0.05 m (31.5 ± 2 in.). See 4-4-2/Figure 2.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 119
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
FIGURE 1
Fire Endurance Test Burner Assembly
50
90 +
+ 70
70 +
+ 70
70 +
420
+ 70
70 + 32
+ 70
70 + 85
+ 90
50
20 60 20 100
100
a) Top View b) Side View of
one Burner
FIGURE 2
Fire Endurance Test Stand with Mounted Sample
1500 ± 100
800 ± 50
125 ± 10
120 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 121
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
122 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
TABLE 2
Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix for Plastic Pipes (2019)
LOCATION
PIPING SYSTEMS A B C D E F G H I J K
CARGO (Flammable cargoes with flash point ≤60°C (140°F)
1 Cargo lines NA NA L1 NA NA 0 NA 0 (10) 0 NA L1 (2)
2 Crude oil washing lines NA NA L1 NA NA 0 NA 0 (10) 0 NA L1 (2)
3 Vent lines NA NA NA NA NA 0 NA 0 (10) 0 NA X
INERT GAS
4 Water seal effluent line NA NA 0 (1) NA NA 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 (1) NA 0
5 Scrubber effluent line 0 (1)
0 (1)
NA NA NA NA NA NA 0 (1) NA 0
6 Main line 0 0 L1 NA NA NA NA NA 0 NA L1 (6)
7 Distribution lines NA NA L1 NA NA 0 NA NA 0 NA L1 (2)
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS (flash point > 60°C (140°F)
8 Cargo lines X X L1 X X NA (3) 0 0 (10) 0 NA L1
9 Fuel oil X X L1 X X NA (3) 0 0 0 L1 L1
10 Lubricating oil X X L1 X X NA NA NA 0 L1 L1
11 Hydraulic oil X X L1 X X 0 0 0 0 L1 L1
SEA WATER (See Note 1)
12 Bilge main and branches L1 (7) L1 (7) L1 X X NA 0 0 0 NA L1
13 Fire main and water spray L1 L1 L1 X NA NA NA 0 0 X L1
14 Foam system L1W L1W L1W NA NA NA NA NA 0 L1W L1W
15 Sprinkler system L1W L1W L3 X NA NA NA 0 0 L3 L3
16 Ballast L3 L3 L3 L3 X 0 (10) 0 0 0 L2W L2W
17 Cooling water, essential services L3 L3 NA NA NA NA NA 0 0 NA L2W
18 Tank cleaning services, fixed machines NA NA L3 NA NA 0 NA 0 0 NA L3 (2)
19 Non-essential systems 0 0 0 0 0 NA 0 0 0 0 0
FRESH WATER
20 Cooling water, essential services L3 L3 NA NA NA NA 0 0 0 L3 L3
21 Condensate return L3 L3 L3 0 0 NA NA NA 0 0 0
22 Non-essential systems 0 0 0 0 0 NA 0 0 0 0 0
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCUPPERS
23 Deck drains (internal) L1W L1W NA L1W 0 NA 0 0 0 0 0
(4) (4) (4)
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 123
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
TABLE 2 (continued)
Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix for Plastic Pipes (2015)
Notes:
1 Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely controlled valves are to be provided at the vessel’s side. These valves
are to be controlled from outside the space.
2 Remote closing valves are to be provided at the cargo tanks.
3 When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with a flash point greater than 60°C (140°F), “0” may replace “NA”
or “X”.
4 (2015) For drains serving only the space concerned, “0” may replace “L1W”.
5 When controlling functions are not required by statutory requirements, “0” may replace “L1”.
6 For pipe between machinery space and deck water seal, “0” may replace “L1”.
7 For passenger vessels, “X” is to replace “L1”.
8 Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2, as defined in Regulation 13 of the International Convention on
Load Lines, 1966, are to be “X” throughout, unless fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable of
being operated from a position above the freeboard deck in order to prevent downflooding.
9 For essential services such as fuel oil tank heating and ship’s whistle, “X” is to replace “0”.
10 For tankers where compliance with Regulation 19.3.6 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required, “NA” is to
replace “0”.
124 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
TABLE 3
Standards for Plastic Pipes – Typical Requirements for All Systems (2007)
Test Typical Standard Notes
1 Internal pressure (1) 4-4-2/7.5.1 Top, Middle, Bottom (of each
ASTM D 1599, pressure range)
ASTM D 2992 Tests are to be carried out on pipe
spools made of different pipe sizes,
ISO 15493 or equivalent fittings and pipe connections.
2 External pressure (1) 4-4-2/7.5.2 As above, for straight pipes only.
ISO 15493 or equivalent
3 Axial strength (1) 4-4-2/7.5.3 As above.
4 Load deformation ASTM D 2412 or equivalent Top, Middle, Bottom (of each
pressure range)
5 Temperature limitations (1) 4-4-2/7.5.4 Each type of resin
ISO 75 Method A GRP piping system:
HDT test on each type of resin acc. to
ISO 75 method A.
Thermoplastic piping systems:
ISO 75 Method AISO 306 Plastics –
Thermoplastic materials –
Determination of Vicat softening
temperature (VST)
VICAT test according to ISO 2507
Polyesters with an HDT below 80°C
should not be used.
6 Impact resistance (1) 4-4-2/7.5.5 Representative sample of each type of
ISO 9854: 1994, ISO 9653: 1991 ISO construction
15493
ASTM D 2444, or equivalent
7 Ageing Manufacturer's standard Each type of construction
ISO 9142:1990
8 Fatigue Manufacturer’s standard or service Each type of construction
experience.
9 Fluid absorption ISO 8361:1991
10 Material compatibility (2) ASTM C581
Manufacturer’s standard
Notes:
1 Where the manufacturer does not have a certified quality system, test to be witnessed by the Surveyor. See 4-4-2/7.9.
2 If applicable.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 125
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
TABLE 4
Standards for Plastic Pipes – Additional Requirements
Depending on Service and/or Location of Piping (2007)
Test Typical Standard Notes
1 Fire endurance (1,2) 4-4-2/7.5.6 Representative samples of each type
of construction and type of pipe
connection.
2 Flame spread (1,2) 4-4-2/7.5.7 Representative samples of each type
of construction.
3 Smoke generation (2) IMO Fire Test Procedures Code Representative samples of each type
of construction.
4 Toxicity (2) IMO Fire Test Procedures Code Representative samples of each type
of construction.
5 Electrical conductivity (1,2) 4-4-2/7.5.8 Representative samples of each type
ASTM F1173-95 or ASTM of construction
D 257, NS 6126/ 11.2 or equivalent
Notes:
1 Where the manufacturer does not have a certified quality system, test to be witnessed by the Surveyor. See 4-4-2/7.9.
2 If applicable.
Note: Test items 1, 2 and 5 in 4-4-2/Table 4 are optional. However, if not carried out, the range of approved applications for the
pipes will be limited accordingly (see 4-4-2/Table 2).
9.1 General
The physical characteristics of such material are to be in accordance with the applicable requirements of
Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2) or other such appropriate material specifications
as may be approved in connection with a particular design for the stresses and temperatures to which they
may be exposed. Manufacturers are to make physical tests of each melt and, upon request, are to submit
the results of such tests to ABS.
126 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
9.11 Plastic
Rigid plastic compounds for valves and fittings in plastic piping systems will be considered for Group II
piping systems. The design pressure and temperature together with the physical characteristics of the
material verifying compliance with the requirements of 4-4-2/7 are to be submitted in all cases.
11 Valves
11.1 General
11.1.1 Standard Valves
Valves constructed and tested in accordance with a recognized standard may be used, subject to
compliance with 4-4-2/11.5.
11.1.2 Non-Standard Valves
All other valves not certified by the manufacturer as being in accordance with a recognized standard
may be accepted based on evidence verifying their suitability for the intended service. Acceptable
evidence includes testing or analysis demonstrating adequacy including both structural and material
capability aspects. Drawings of such valves showing details of construction and materials are to be
submitted for review, as well as the basis for valve pressure rating, such as design calculations or
appropriate burst test data.
11.3 Construction
All valves are to close with a right hand (clockwise) motion of the handwheel when facing the end of the
stem and are to be either of the rising-stem type or fitted with an indicator to show whether the valve is
open or closed.
All valves of Group I piping systems having nominal diameters exceeding 50 mm (2 in.) are to have
bolted, pressure seal or breech lock bonnets and flanged or welding ends. Welding ends are to be the butt
weld type, except that socket weld ends may be used for valves having nominal diameters of 80 mm (3 in.)
or less, up to and including 39.2 bar (40.0 kgf/cm2) pressure rating class (ASME 600 Class), and for valves
having nominal diameters of 65 mm (2.5 in.) or less, up to and including 98.1 bar (100 kgf/cm2) pressure
rating class (ASME 1500 Class).
All cast iron valves are to have bolted bonnets or are to be of the union bonnet type. For cast iron valves of
the union bonnet type, the bonnet ring is to be of steel, bronze or malleable iron.
Stems, discs or disc faces, seats and other wearing parts of valves are to be of corrosion-resistant materials
suitable for the intended service.
Valves are to be designed for the maximum pressure to which they will be subjected. The design pressure
is to be at least 3.4 bar (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi). Valves used in open systems, such as vent and drain lines, (for
example, level gauge and drain cocks) may be designed for a pressure below 3.4 bar (3.5 kg/cm2, 50 psi),
subject to the requirements of 4-4-2/11.1. Large fabricated ballast manifolds which connect lines exceeding
200 mm (8 in.) nominal pipe size may be used when the maximum pressure to which they will be subjected
does not exceed 1.7 bar (1.75 kgf/cm2, 25 psi).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 127
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
All valves for Group I piping systems and valves intended for use in oil lines are to be constructed so that
the stem is positively restrained from being screwed out of the body (bonnet). Plug valves, butterfly valves
and valves employing resilient material will be subject to special consideration. Valve operating systems
for all valves which cannot be manually operated are to be submitted for approval.
13 Pipe Fittings
13.1 General
All fittings in Group I piping are to have flanged or welded ends in sizes over 89 mm O.D. (3 in. N.P.S.).
Screwed fittings may be used in Group I piping systems, provided the temperature does not exceed 496°C
(925°F) and the pressure does not exceed the maximum pressure indicated below for the pipe size.
Flared, flareless and compression fittings may be used for tube sizes not exceeding 60 mm O.D. (2 in.
NPS) in Group I piping. In Group II piping, screwed fittings, flared, flareless and compression tube fittings
will be accepted without size limitations. Flared fittings are to be used for flammable fluid systems, except
that both flared and flareless fittings of the non-bite type may be used when the tubing system is of steel or
nickel-copper or copper-nickel alloys. Only flared fittings are to be used when tubing for flammable fluid
systems is of copper or copper-zinc alloys. See 4-4-6/1.7 for hydraulic systems.
128 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
17 Flanges
17.1 General
Flanges are to be designed and fabricated in accordance with a recognized standard. Slip-on flanges from
flat plate may be substituted for hubbed slip-on flanges in Group II piping systems.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 129
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
19.5 Materials
All shell fittings and valves required by 4-4-2/21 and 4-4-2/23 are to be of steel, bronze or other approved
ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. The use of nodular
iron, also known as ductile iron or spheroidal-graphite iron, will be accepted, provided the material has an
elongation of not less than 12% in 50 mm (2 in.). All pipes to which this subsection refers are to be of steel
or other equivalent material, subject to special approval.
130 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
23.1.2 Definitions
23.1.2(a) Gravity drain system. A gravity drain system is a piping system in which flow is
accomplished solely by the difference between the height of the inlet end and the outlet end. For
the purposes of the Rules, gravity drain systems include those which discharge both inside and
outside the vessel.
23.1.2(b) Gravity discharge. A gravity discharge is an overboard drain from a watertight space
such as spaces below freeboard deck or within enclosed superstructures or deckhouses. Back-
flooding through a gravity discharge would affect the reserve buoyancy of the vessel.
23.1.2(c) Inboard end. The inboard end of an overboard gravity discharge pipe is that part of the
pipe at which the discharge originates. The inboard end to be considered for these requirements is
the lowest inboard end where water would enter the vessel if back-flooding would occur.
23.1.2(d) Scupper. A scupper is an overboard drain from a non-watertight space or deck area.
Back-flooding through a scupper would not affect the reserve buoyancy of the vessel.
23.1.3 Basic Principles
Enclosed watertight spaces (spaces below freeboard deck or within enclosed superstructures or
deckhouses) are to be provided with means of draining. This may be achieved by connection to
the bilge system or by gravity drains. In general, a gravity drain is permitted wherever the position
of the space allows liquid to be discharged by gravity through an appropriate opening in the
boundary of the space. Unless specifically stated (see 4-4-2/23.5.1(b) or the following paragraph),
the discharge can be directed overboard or inboard. Where directed overboard, means are to be
provided to prevent entry of sea water through the opening in accordance with 4-4-2/23.3. Where
directed inboard, suitable arrangements are to be provided to collect and dispose of the drainage.
Non-watertight spaces (open superstructures or deckhouses) and open decks, where liquid can
accumulate, are also to be provided with means of draining. In general, a gravity drain is permitted
for all non-watertight spaces. All such drains are to be directed overboard.
Gravity drains are to be capable of draining the space when the vessel is on even keel and either
upright or listed 5 degrees on either side.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 131
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
23.3.1(b) Manned Machinery Space. Where sanitary discharges and scuppers lead overboard
through the shell in way of manned machinery spaces, the fitting to the shell of a locally operated
positive closing valve, together with a non-return valve inboard, will be acceptable.
See 4-4-2/Figure 1 for the acceptable arrangements of scuppers, inlets and discharges.
FIGURE 3
Overboard Discharges – Valve Requirements (2012)
Discharges coming from enclosed spaces below the freeboard deck Discharges coming from other
or on the freboard deck spaces
Discharges
Alternatives where inboard end
General requirement through outboard end > 450 mm otherwise
where inboard end manned below FB deck or
< 0.01L above SWL machinery > 0.01L above SWL > 0.02L above SWL < 600 mm above SWL
space
Superstructure
or Deckhouse Deck
FB FB FB FB FB FB
Deck Deck Deck Deck Deck Deck
TWL TWL
*/
132 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
FIGURE 4
SOLAS Vessels – Overboard Discharges from Spaces below
Freeboard Deck – Valve Requirements (2007)
Remote Control
Freeboard Deck
DSLL
Manned Machinery
Space
23.3.4 Scuppers and Discharges below the Freeboard Deck – Shell Penetration
Scuppers and discharge pipes originating at any level and penetrating the shell either more than
450 mm (17.5 in.) below the freeboard deck or less than 600 mm (23.5 in.) above the summer load
waterline are to be provided with a non-return valve at the shell. This valve, unless required above,
may be omitted if the length of piping up to the freeboard deck has a wall thickness at least equal
to the thickness of the shell plating or extra-heavy pipe, whichever is less.
23.3.5 Required Minimum Wall Thicknesses for Pipes (2012)
For pipes in the gravity drain systems covered by 4-4-2/23.3, the wall thickness of steel piping are
not be less than given below:
23.3.5(a) Piping where substantial thickness is required. For scupper and discharge pipes between
hull plating and the closeable or non-return valve, where substantial thickness is required:
i) External diameter of pipes equal to or less than 80 mm (3.15 in.): thickness not less than
7.0 mm (0.276 in.)
ii) External diameter of pipes 180 mm (7.1 in.): thickness not less than 10.0 mm (0.394 in.)
iii) External diameter of pipes equal to or more than 220 mm (8.7 in.): thickness not less than
12.5 mm (0.5 in.)
Intermediate sizes are to be determined by linear interpolation.
23.3.5(b) Piping where substantial thickness is not required. For scupper and discharge pipes
inboard of a closeable or non-return valve, where substantial thickness is not required:
i) External diameter of pipes equal to or less than 155 mm (6.1 in.): thickness not less than
4.5 mm (0.177 in.)
ii) External diameter of pipes equal to or more than 230 mm (9.1 in.): thickness not less than
6.0 mm (0.236 in.)
Intermediate sizes are to be determined by linear interpolation.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 133
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 2 Pumps, Pipes, Valves and Fittings 4-4-2
134 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 3: Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Q = pump capacity
d = required diameter of main bilge line suction, mm (in.). See 4-4-3/5.9.
When more than two pumps are connected to the bilge system, their arrangement and aggregate capacity
are not to be less effective.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 135
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
5.1 General
The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping systems is to be such as to prevent the possibility of water
or oil passing into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another, whether from the
sea, water ballast or oil tanks. The bilge and ballast mains are to have separate control valves at the pumps.
5.3 Installation
Bilge or ballast pipes, where permitted to pass through compartments intended for the carriage of oil, are to
be of either steel or wrought iron.
Where bilge pipes in way of deep tanks are not led through a watertight or oil-tight tunnel, the bilge lines
are to be of steel and extra heavy. Similarly, where ballast pipes in way of deep tanks other than ballast
tanks are not led through a watertight or oil-tight tunnel, the ballast lines are to be of steel and extra heavy.
For both bilge and ballast piping, the number of joints is to be kept to a minimum and to be arc welded or
extra heavy flanged. The piping within a deep tank is to be installed to take care of expansion. A non-
return valve is to be fitted at the open end of bilge pipes.
136 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
where
d = internal diameter of pipe, in mm (in)
L = length of vessel, as defined in 3-1-1/3, in m (ft)
B = breadth of vessel, as defined in 3-1-1/5, in m (ft)
c = length of compartment, in m (ft)
D = molded depth to bulkhead or freeboard deck, in m (ft), except that for the
main line in a vessel having an enclosed cargo space on the bulkhead or
freeboard deck which is internally drained in accordance with 4-4-2/23.5.1(b)
and which extends for the full length of the vessel, D is to be measured to the
next deck above the bulkhead or freeboard deck. Where the enclosed cargo
spaces cover a lesser length, D is to be taken as a molded depth to the
bulkhead or freeboard deck plus h/L, where and h are aggregate length
and height, respectively, of the enclosed cargo spaces.
5.9.3 Main Line Reduction
Where engine room bilge pumps are fitted primarily for drainage within the engine room, L may
be reduced by the combined length of the cargo tanks or cargo holds. In such cases, the cross
sectional area of the bilge main is not to be less than twice the required cross sectional area of the
engine room branch lines.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 137
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
138 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
TABLE 1
Dimensions and Details of Standard Discharge Connection Flange (2014)
Dimension
Outside diameter 215 mm
Inner diameter According to pipe outside diameter
Bolt circle diameter 183 mm
Slots in flange 6 holes 22 mm in diameter equidistantly placed on a bolt circle of the above
diameter, slotted to the flange periphery. The slot width to be 22 mm
Flange thickness 20 mm
Bolts and nuts: 6 sets, each of 20 mm in diameter and of suitable length
The flange is designed to accept pipes up to a maximum internal diameter of 125 mm and is to be of steel
or other equivalent material having a flat face. This flange, together with a gasket of oil-proof material, is
to be suitable for a service pressure of 6 kg/cm2
5.15.4(c) Sludge Piping (2018). There are to be no discharge connections from the sludge piping
system to the bilge system, except that:
• The sludge tank discharge piping and bilge-water piping may be connected to a common
piping leading to the standard discharge connection referred to in 4-4-3/5.15.4(b) provided the
connection of both systems does not allow the transfer of sludge to the bilge system.
• The sludge tank may be fitted with drains, with manually operated self-closing valves and
arrangements for subsequent visual monitoring of the settled water, that lead to an oily bilge
water holding tank or bilge well, or an alternative arrangement, provided such arrangement
does not connect directly to the bilge discharge piping system.
Piping to and from sludge tanks is to have no direct connection overboard other than the standard
discharge connection referred to in 4-4-3/5.15.4(b).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 139
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
5.16 Integrated Bilge Water Treatment System (IBTS), If Installed (1 July 2019)
MARPOL MEPC.1/Circ.642 as amended by MEPC.1/Circ.676 and MEPC.1/Circ.760 issued revised guidelines
for handling oily wastes in machinery spaces of ships incorporating an Integrated Bilge Water Treatment
System (IBTS). Drains piped directly from clean drains to a clean drain tank may then be pumped directly
overboard through the discharge arrangement, independent from the system for oily bilge water or oil.
“Clean drains” mean internal drains such as those resulting from the leakage of and condensate from equipment
used for seawater, fresh water, steam, air conditioning, etc., which are NOT normally contaminated by oil.
Clean drains may include:
i) Main Engine Air Cooler Air
ii) Cooling fresh water or sea water
iii) Steam drains, boiler water drains
Note: Any open drain in the engine room falls under the definition of oily bilge water from engine rooms. This water
must be disposed ashore or via an oily water separator. No arrangement is to allow any open water drain to be led
or connected to the clean water drain system, including the clean water drain tank.
9 Vent Pipes
140 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
9.5 Size
Vent pipes are to have a minimum internal diameter not less than 38 mm (1.5 in.) and not less than the
internal diameter of the fill line. Where tanks are to be filled by pump pressure, the aggregate area of the
vents in the tank is to be at least 125% of the effective area of the filling line, except that when overflows
are fitted, the area of the overflow is to be at least 125% of the effective area of the filling line and the
vents need not exceed the above minimum size. For vessels with length, L, (as defined in 3-1-1/3.1) between
80 meters (263 feet) and 90 meters (295 feet), the minimum diameter of vent pipes on the fore deck is not
to be less than 65 mm [see 3-2-14/11.7.3(b)].
Notwithstanding the above, the pump capacity and pressure head are to be considered in the sizing of vents
and overflows. When high capacity and/or high head pumps are used, calculations demonstrating the adequacy
of the vent and overflows are to be submitted.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 141
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
142 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
9.9.3(c) Materials.
i) Casings of vent outlet closing devices are to be of approved metallic materials adequately
protected against corrosion.
ii) For galvanized steel air pipe heads, the zinc coating is to be applied by the hot method
and the thickness is to be 70 to 100 micrometers (2.756 to 3.937 mil).
iii) For areas of the head susceptible to erosion (e.g., those parts directly subjected to ballast
water impact when the tank is being pressed up, for example the inner chamber area above
the air pipe, plus an overlap of 10° or more to either side) an additional harder coating should
be applied. This is to be an aluminum bearing epoxy, or other equivalent coating, applied
over the zinc.
iv) Closures and seats made of non-metallic materials are to be compatible with the media
intended to be carried in the tank and to seawater, and suitable for operating at ambient
temperatures between –25°C and 85°C (–13°F and 185°F).
9.9.3(d) Type Testing.
i) Testing of Vent Outlet Automatic Closing Devices. Each type and size of vent outlet
automatic closing device is to be surveyed and type tested at the manufacturer's works or
other acceptable location.
The minimum test requirements for a vent outlet automatic closing device are to include the
determination of the flow characteristics of the vent outlet closing device, the measurement
of the pressure drop versus the rate of volume flow using water and with any intended
flame or insect screens in place and also tightness tests during immersion/emerging in
water, whereby the automatic closing device is to be subjected to a series of tightness tests
involving not less than two (2) immersion cycles under each of the following conditions:
• The automatic closing device is to be submerged slightly below the water surface at a
velocity of approximately 4 m/min (13.12 ft/min) and then returned to the original
position immediately. The quantity of leakage is to be recorded.
• The automatic closing device is to be submerged to a point slightly below the surface
of the water. The submerging velocity is to be approximately 8 m/min and the air pipe
vent head is to remain submerged for not less than 5 minutes. The quantity of leakage
is to be recorded.
• (2014) Each of the above tightness tests are to be carried out in the normal position as
well as at an inclination of 40 degrees under the strictest conditions for the device. In
cases where such strictest conditions are not clear, tests shall be carried out at an
inclination of 40 degrees with the device opening facing in three different directions:
upward, downward, sideways (left or right). See 4-4-3/Figures 1 to 4.
The maximum allowable leakage per cycle is not to exceed 2 ml/mm (1.312 × 10-2 gal/inch)
of nominal diameter of inlet pipe during any individual test.
ii) Discharge/Reverse Flow Test (2014). The air pipe head shall allow the passage of air to
prevent excessive vacuum developing in the tank. A reverse flow test shall be performed.
A vacuum pump or another suitable device shall be connected to the opening of the air
pipe leading to the tank. The flow velocity shall be applied gradually at a constant rate
until the float gets sucked and blocks the flow. The velocity at the point of blocking shall
be recorded. 80% of the value recorded will be stated in the certificate. Each type and size
of vent outlet automatic closing device is to be surveyed and type tested at the manufacturer’s
works or other acceptable location.
iii) Testing of Non-Metallic Floats. Impact and compression loading tests are to be carried
out on the floats before and after pre-conditioning as follows:
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 143
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
FIGURE 1
Example of Normal Position (2014)
Opening
144 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
FIGURE 2
Example of Inclination 40 Degrees Opening Facing Upward (2014)
Vertical
Opening
40 degrees
FIGURE 3
Example of Inclination 40 Degrees Opening Facing Downward (2014)
Vertical
Opening
40 degrees
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 145
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
FIGURE 4
Example of Inclination 40 Degrees Opening Facing Sideways (2014)
Vertical
Opening
40 degrees
146 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
13 Sounding
13.1 General
All tanks are to be fitted with a suitable means of determining the level of the liquid therein. Such means
may be sounding pipes, gauge glasses or other approved level indicating systems or devices.
All compartments, including cofferdams and pipe tunnels, which are not readily accessible are to be fitted
with sounding pipes if the compartment is adjacent to the sea or has pipes carrying liquids passing through it.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 147
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
148 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-4-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 149
PART Section 4: Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
FIGURE 1
Acceptable Fuel Oil Tanks Arrangements Inside Category A Machinery Spaces (2013)
A
Cofferdam
Cofferdam
F.O.T
≤ 30 m3 Side Shell
F.O.T F.O.T
≤ 30 m3
Machinery Machinery
Aft. Bhd
Space Space
(Category A) (Category A)
Fwd. Bhd
F.O.T
Cofferdam
Double Bottom
A Section A-A
150 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
1.1.1(b) Free Standing Tanks In general, the use of free standing fuel oil tanks is to be avoided.
Where permitted, they are to be placed in an oil tight spill tray of ample size with adequate means
of drainage in accordance with 4-4-1/9.23.
1.1.2 Spillage (2011)
No fuel oil tank is to be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by
falling on heated surfaces or electrical equipment. Precautions are to be taken to prevent any oil
that may escape under pressure during inspection or maintenance of any pump, filter or heater
from coming into contact with a source of ignition as defined in 4-1-1/13.17.
To prevent the ignition of fuel oil, all hot surfaces likely to reach a temperature above 220°C (428°F)
during service are to be insulated with non-combustible, and preferably non-oil-absorbent materials.
Such insulation materials, if not impervious to oil, are to be encased in oil-tight steel sheathing or
equivalent. The insulation assembly is to be well-installed and supported having regard to its possible
deterioration due to vibration.
1.1.3 Service and Settling Tanks (2004)
Vessels of 500 gross tonnage and above with the keel laid or in similar stage of construction on or
after 1 July 1998 are to meet the following requirements of i), ii), and iii):
i) The vent pipes for fuel oil service and settling tanks which directly serve the engines are
to be located and arranged and/or suitably protected from mechanical damage in order to
minimize the possibility of being broken and allowing the ingress of seawater splashes or
rainwater into the above mentioned tanks. At least two fuel oil service tanks are to be
provided and the capacity with one service tank unavailable is to be sufficient for at least
eight hours operation of the propulsion plant at maximum continuous rating and the
generator plant (excluding emergency generator) at the normal sea load.
ii) Where the propulsion plant and auxiliary machinery are supplied by different service tanks
or where more than one type of fuel is used onboard the vessel, the number and capacity
of the fuel oil service tanks is to be sufficient such that the propulsion plant, including all
auxiliary machinery vital for propulsion, and the generator plant have both a main fuel oil
supply and a back-up fuel oil supply. The capacity of the tanks with one service tank
unavailable is to be sufficient to provide the machinery it serves with enough fuel oil for
at least eight hours operation, as required above.
iii) Alternatives equivalent to the above arrangements will be considered.
A service tank is a fuel tank which contains only fuel of a quality ready for use, that is, fuel of a
grade and quality that meets the specification required by the equipment manufacturer. A service
tank is to be declared as such and is not to be used for any other purpose.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 151
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
1.5.2 Tanks
Unless specially approved otherwise, fuel oil in storage tanks is not to be heated to temperatures
within 10°C (18°F) below flash point of the fuel oil.
Where heating arrangements are provided for settling and service tanks, the control and alarm
requirements of 4-4-4/1.5.1 are applicable.
3.1 General
Where fuel oil transfer arrangements are furnished, two transfer pumps are to be provided and one of them
is to be independent of the main engine. The fuel oil pumping arrangements are to be distinct from the
other pumping systems as far as practicable, and the means provided for preventing dangerous interconnection
in service are to be thoroughly effective.
152 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
If the valves are located inside of the tank, they may be of cast iron and arranged for remote control only,
but additional valves for local control are to be located in the machinery space.
Where independent filling lines are fitted, they are to enter at or near the top of the tank, but if this is
impracticable, they are to be fitted with non-return valves at the tank.
The valves required above may be remotely operated by reach rods or by electric, hydraulic or pneumatic
means. The source of power to operate these valves is to be located outside of the space in which the
valves are located. The positioning of the valve by either local or remote means is not to interfere with the
ability of the other means to close the valve. This remote means of closure is to override all other means of
valve control. The use of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic system is not acceptable to directly keep the
valve in the open position.
Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used in the construction of the valves or the closure
mechanism, unless adequately protected to ensure effective closure facility in the event of fire. If electric
cables are utilized, they are to be fire-resistant, meeting the requirements of IEC 60331. See 4-6-4/13.1.3.
Hydraulic systems are to be in accordance with 4-4-6/1 for both Class I and II piping systems. For a pneumatic
system, the air supply may be from a source from within the space, provided a separate receiver complying
with the following is located outside of the space:
i) Sufficient capacity to close all connected valves twice.
ii) Fitted with low air pressure alarm.
iii) Air supply line is fitted with a non-return valve adjacent to the receiver.
7.1 General
Fuel oils with a flash point of 60°C (140°F) closed-cup or below may be accepted for the following:
7.1.1
Vessels classed for restrictive service within areas having a climate ensuring that ambient temperatures
of spaces where such fuel oil is stored will not rise within 10°C (18°F) below its flash point may
use fuel oil with flash point of 60°C (140°F) or below, but not less than 43°C (110°F).
7.1.2
For emergency generators, fuel oil with a flash point of not less than 43°C (110°F) may be used.
See 4-6-2/5.5.2.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 153
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
154 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 155
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-4-4
156 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 5: Internal Combustion Engine Systems
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
7 Exhaust Piping
Exhaust piping for internal combustion engines is to comply with 4-2-1/15.
9 Starting-air Systems
Starting-air systems for internal combustion engines are to comply with 4-2-1/13.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 157
PART Section 6: Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
1 Hydraulic Systems
1.1 General
The arrangements for Group I hydraulic piping systems are to be in accordance with the requirements of
this section, except that hydraulic systems which form part of a unit which is independently manufactured
and assembled and which does not form part of the vessel’s piping system are not covered by this section.
Plans clearly showing the arrangements and details are to be submitted for review.
Hydraulic pumps, actuators, motors and accessories are to be suitable for the intended duty, compatible
with the working fluid and are to be designed to operate safely at full power conditions. In general, the
hydraulic fluid is to be non-flammable or have a flash point above 157°C (315°F).
The requirements for fuel oil tanks contained in 4-4-4/1.1.2 and 4-4-4/1.3 are applicable to tanks containing
hydraulic fluid. See also 4-3-3/7 and 4-3-2/17.
1.3 Valves
1.3.1 General
In general, valves are to comply with the requirements of 4-4-2/9 and 4-4-2/11.
1.3.2 Relief Values
Relief valves are to be provided for the protection of the hydraulic system. Each relief valve is to
be capable of relieving not less than full pump flow with a maximum pressure rise of not more
than 10% of the relief valve setting.
1.5 Piping
Piping is to meet the requirements of 4-4-1/5 and 4-4-2/5, except that mill tests need not be witnessed by
the Surveyor. In such cases, mill certificates are to be provided which verify the chemical and mechanical
properties for the pipe.
158 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 6 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems 4-4-6
3.1 General
Fluid power cylinders subject to pressures or temperatures greater than those indicated below are to be
designed, constructed and tested in accordance with a recognized standard for fluid power cylinders.
• Hydraulic fluid – flammable: 7 bar (7.1 kgf/cm2, 101.5 psi) or 60°C (140°F)
• Hydraulic fluid – non-flammable: 16 bar (16.3 kgf/cm2, 232 psi) or 200°C (392°F)
• Air: 16 bar (16.3 kgf/cm2, 232 psi) or 200°C (392°F)
Acceptance will be based on the manufacturer’s certification of compliance and on verification of permanent
identification on each cylinder bearing the manufacturer's name or trademark, standard of compliance and
maximum allowable working pressure and temperature.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 159
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 6 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems 4-4-6
ii) Each individual unit is to be hydrostatically tested to 1.5 times the maximum allowable working
pressure (2 times, for cast iron and nodular iron cylinders) by the manufacturer. A test certificate is
to be submitted.
iii) Each cylinder is to be affixed with a permanent nameplate or marking bearing the manufacturer’s
name or trademark and the maximum allowable working pressure and temperature.
3.5 Materials
i) The materials of the cylinders are to comply with the requirements of the standard or code to which
they are designed and constructed. Where the design is verified though burst tests, the materials of
the cylinder are to comply with 4-4-1/3 of the Steel Vessel Rules or other acceptable standards.
ii) Ordinary cast iron having an elongation of less than 12% is not to be used for cylinders expected
to be subjected to shock loading.
iii) Copies of certified mill test reports are to be made available to the Surveyor upon request.
5.1 Application
Requirements of 4-4-6/5 apply to shipboard pneumatic systems for control and actuation services. Requirements
for starting air systems are in 4-2-1/13. Pneumatic systems fitted in self-contained equipment not associated
with propulsion and maneuvering of the vessel and completely assembled by the equipment manufacturer
need not comply with this subsection. Such pneumatic systems, however, are to comply with the accepted
practice of the industry
160 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 6 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems 4-4-6
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 161
PART Section 7: Cargo Systems
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Note: Vessels classed as Oil Carrier in accordance with Part 5C, Chapter 2 of the ABS Rules for Building and Classing
Steel Vessels are to meet the additional requirements in 4-4-7/1 through 4-4-7/5 of these Rules.
1 Cargo Pumps
1.1 Construction
Cargo pumps are to be so designed as to minimize the danger of sparking.
1.3 Installation
Care is to be taken to prevent leaks at the stuffing box. Where the shafts pass through gastight bulkheads,
flexible couplings are to be provided in shafts between the pumps and prime movers, and stuffing boxes
which can be lubricated from outside of the pump room are to be fitted at the bulkheads. The seal parts of
the glands are to be of non-sparking construction. If a bellows piece is incorporated in the design, it is to be
pressure-tested before being fitted.
Cargo pumps, ballast pumps and stripping pumps installed in cargo pump rooms and driven by shafts
passing through pump room bulkheads are to be fitted with temperature sensing devices for bulkhead shaft
glands, bearings and pump casings. High temperature alarms (audible and visual) are to be provided at the
cargo control room or the pump control station.
162 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 7 Cargo Systems 4-4-7
For vessels of 5000 tons deadweight and above, cargo piping, including vent and sounding piping for cargo
tanks, is not to pass through ballast tanks, except for short runs of welded steel extra heavy pipe or equivalent
construction.
For vessels less than 5000 tons deadweight, cargo piping passing through ballast tanks is to be steel of
extra heavy or equivalent construction. In the portion of the cargo piping located within the ballast tank,
only expansion bends (not glands) are to be installed to allow for expansion and contraction stresses. All
joints within the ballast tanks are to be welded or have extra heavy flanges. The number of flanged joints is
to be kept to a minimum.
Where requested by the Owner, vessels in which all cargo piping and valve control piping is located above
the double bottom will be distinguished in the Record by the notation CPP (Cargo Piping Protected). The
CPP notation is not a condition of classification.
Cargo loading pipes are to be led as low as practicable in the cargo tank. Also see 4-4-1/9.21 and 4-4-2/3.5.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 163
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 7 Cargo Systems 4-4-7
164 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 7 Cargo Systems 4-4-7
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 165
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 7 Cargo Systems 4-4-7
166 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 7 Cargo Systems 4-4-7
7 Cargo Oil Systems on Vessels Other Than Bulk Oil Carrier Type
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 167
PART Section 8: Other Piping Systems and Tanks
4
CHAPTER 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
168 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-4-8
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 169
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-4-8
3.3 Fuels with Flash Point at or Below 60°C (140°F) – Installations on an Open Deck
3.3.1 General
The designated fuel storage and refueling areas are to be suitably isolated from areas which contain a
source of vapor ignition, escape routes and embarkation stations, and are not to be located on landing
areas. The storage and refueling areas are to be permanently marked as an area where smoking and
open flames are not permitted.
3.3.2 Tanks
Fixed fuel storage tanks are to be of metal construction. Mounting, securing arrangements and
electrical bonding of the storage tank and refueling system are to be approved.
3.3.3 Vents and Sounding
Fuel storage tank venting and sounding arrangements are to comply with 4-4-3/9.5, 4-4-3/9.7, 4-4-4/7.5
and 4-4-3/13.
3.3.4 Tank Valves
Fuel storage tank outlet valves are to be provided with a means of remote closure. Means are also
to be provided for remote shutdown of the refueling pumps.
3.3.5 Spill Containment (2015)
To contain spillage and retain fire extinguishing agents, a coaming of at least 150 mm (6 in.) in height
is to be provided. The coaming is to surround the fuel storage area, which consists of the fuel tank,
associated piping and any pumping unit adjacent to the storage tank. Where the pumping unit or
any other unit such as dispenser/coalescer unit is remote from the tank, a separate coaming is to be
provided around each unit.
Drainage is to be provided for the area enclosed by the coaming, complying with the following:
i) The area within the coaming is to be sloped toward the drain line.
ii) Drainage from the area within the coaming is to be led through a valve designed for
selective output (e.g., 3-way valve) either to a holding tank complying with 4-4-8/3.3.2
and 4-4-8/3.3.3 above or directly overboard. No other valves may be fitted in the drain line.
iii) The cross sectional area of the drain line from the fuel tank coaming is to be at least twice
that of the fuel storage tank outlet connection.
Fuel tank coamings not provided with drainage arrangements in accordance with the above are to
be sized to contain the full volume of the fuel storage tank plus 150 mm (6 in.) of foam.
3.3.6 Electrical Equipment (2016)
All electrical equipment installed within 3 meters (10 ft) of either the tank vent outlet or the
pumping/refueling equipment is to be of a certified safe type. Electrical equipment installed may be
any of the types indicated in 4-6-3/11.1.1 and is to be IEC Publication 60079-20-1 group IIA class T3.
170 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-4-8
3.5 Fuels with Flash Points at or Below 60°C (140°F) – Installation within Enclosed Spaces
3.5.1 Independent Tanks
Fuel storage tanks and their venting and sounding arrangements are to comply with 4-4-8/3.3.2
and 4-4-8/3.3.3. The valving arrangements on the tanks are to comply with 4-4-4/3.7.
3.5.2 Integral Tanks
The venting and sounding arrangements for integral tanks are to comply with 4-4-8/3.3.3. Overflow
and valving arrangements are to comply with 4-4-3/11 and 4-4-4/3.7, respectively. Cofferdams
meeting the requirements of 5C-2-1/5.3 of the Steel Vessel Rules are to be provided to separate
fuel tanks from the spaces mentioned therein.
3.5.3 Access Arrangements
The access to the fuel storage and refueling compartment is to be from the open deck by means of
a trunk, if necessary. The compartment is to be bounded by gas tight bulkheads/decks and there is
to be no direct access from any other compartment to the fuel storage and refueling compartment
or access trunk.
3.5.4 Electrical Equipment (2016)
Electrical equipment installed in the refueling pump room and the space in which an independent
helicopter fuel tank storage is located is to be of a certified safe type. All electrical equipment
installed within three (3) meters (10 ft) of the tank vent outlet is to be of a certified safe type.
Electrical equipment installed may be any of the types indicated in 4-6-3/11.1.1 and is to be IEC
Publication 60079-20-1 group IIA class T3.
3.5.5 Pumps
Fuel pumps for helicopter refueling are to comply with 4-4-7/1 and are to be provided with remote
shut-down.
3.5.6 Piping
Helicopter refueling piping systems are to comply with 4-4-7/3.1.
3.5.7 Bilge/Drainage System
Provision is to be made for drainage of the refueling pump room and cofferdams. A separate bilge
pump, ejector or a bilge suction from a refueling pump may be provided for this purpose. The
arrangements are to be in accordance with 4-4-7/5.1.
3.5.8 Ventilation
Systems for the refueling pump room and the space in which an independent helicopter fuel tank
is located are comply with 4-6-6/1.13.1.
5.1 General
Liquefied petroleum gas may be used for cooking and heating on all vessels except passenger vessels.
Liquefied petroleum gas systems are to be of the vapor withdrawal type only. Cylinders designed to admit
the liquid phase of the gas into any other part of the system are prohibited. All component parts of the
system, except cylinders, appliances and low pressure tubing, shall be designed to withstand a pressure of
34 bar (35 kgf/cm2, 500 psi) without rupture.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 171
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 4 Pumps and Piping Systems
Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-4-8
11 Ammonia System
11.1 Compartmentation
Ammonia handling machinery is to be installed in a dedicated compartment with at least two access doors.
The doors are to be of the self-closing, gastight type with no hold-back arrangements.
172 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Chapter 5: Fire Extinguishing Systems
4
CHAPTER 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 All Vessels ............................................................................................ 176
1 General ........................................................................................... 176
1.1 Classification Requirements ........................................................ 176
1.3 Governmental Authority ............................................................... 176
1.5 Automated Propulsion Machinery Spaces ................................... 176
1.7 Plans and Specifications ............................................................. 176
1.9 Fire Control Plans ........................................................................ 176
1.11 Additional Fixed Fire Fighting Systems ....................................... 176
3 Fire Pumps, Fire Main, Hydrants and Hoses .................................. 177
3.1 Materials ...................................................................................... 177
3.3 Fire Pumps .................................................................................. 177
3.5 Fire Main ..................................................................................... 177
3.7 Hydrants ...................................................................................... 177
3.9 Hoses .......................................................................................... 178
3.11 Nozzles........................................................................................ 178
5 Means for Closing of Openings, Stopping of Machinery and Oil
Containment .................................................................................... 179
5.1 Ventilation Fans and Openings ................................................... 179
5.3 Other Auxiliaries .......................................................................... 179
5.5 Oil Tank Suction Pipes ................................................................ 179
7 Helicopter Facilities ......................................................................... 179
7.1 Application ................................................................................... 179
7.3 Provisions for Helicopter Deck .................................................... 179
7.5 Provisions for Enclosed Helicopter Facilities ............................... 180
7.7 Operation Manual ........................................................................ 180
9 Portable Extinguishers .................................................................... 180
11 Paint and Flammable Liquid Lockers.............................................. 181
11.1 Lockers of 4 m2 (43 ft2) or More Floor Area and Lockers with
Access to Accommodation Spaces .............................................. 181
11.3 Lockers of Less Than 4 m2 (43 ft2) Floor Area Having no
Access to Accommodation Spaces ............................................. 181
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 173
SECTION 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over ...................... 183
1 Fire Safety Measures ...................................................................... 183
3 Size of Fire Main ............................................................................. 183
5 Main and Emergency Fire Pumps...................................................183
5.1 Main Fire Pumps.......................................................................... 183
5.3 Emergency Fire Pumps ............................................................... 184
7 International Shore Connection ......................................................185
9 Machinery Spaces .......................................................................... 186
9.1 Fixed Local Application Firefighting Systems .............................. 186
9.3 Segregation of Purifiers for Heated Fuel Oil ................................ 186
9.5 Spaces Containing Equipment with Oil Filled Capacitors ............ 187
11 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems ...................................................187
11.1 Gas Smothering ........................................................................... 187
11.3 Carbon Dioxide Systems ............................................................. 189
11.5 Foam ........................................................................................... 189
11.7 Fixed Water Spraying Systems ................................................... 190
11.9 Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems ..................................... 190
13 Additional Requirements for Vessels of 500 Gross Tons and
Over Engaged in International Voyages .........................................191
15 Fireman’s Outfit ............................................................................... 192
16 Emergency Escape Breathing Devices (EEBDs) ...........................192
16.1 Accommodation Spaces .............................................................. 192
16.3 Machinery Spaces ....................................................................... 192
17 Portable Fire Extinguishers ............................................................. 193
19 Portable Foam Applicator Units ......................................................193
19.1 Specification ................................................................................ 193
19.3 System Performance ................................................................... 193
21 Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems ..........................................193
23 Sample Extraction Smoke Detection Systems ...............................193
25 Accommodation and Service Spaces .............................................194
25.1 Fixed Systems ............................................................................. 194
25.3 Portable Fire Extinguishers .......................................................... 194
27 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Arrangements in way of Cargo
Spaces ............................................................................................ 194
27.1 Cargo Vessels of 2000 Gross Tons and Over ............................. 194
27.3 Exceptions ................................................................................... 194
27.5 Controls ....................................................................................... 194
29 Ro-Ro Cargo Spaces ...................................................................... 194
29.1 Fire Detection .............................................................................. 194
29.3 Fire Extinguishing Arrangements ................................................. 194
29.5 Portable Fire Extinguishers .......................................................... 195
29.7 Ro-Ro Spaces Carrying Motor Vehicles with Fuel in Their
Tanks ........................................................................................... 195
31 Cargo Spaces Carrying Vehicles with Fuel in Their Tanks
(Other Than Ro-Ro Spaces) ...........................................................195
174 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
33 Additional Requirements for Vessels Intended to Carry Oil in
Bulk ................................................................................................. 195
33.1 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems ............................................... 195
33.3 Fire Main Isolation Valves ........................................................... 196
33.5 Gas Detectors ............................................................................. 196
33.7 Fireman’s Outfits ......................................................................... 196
35 Chemical and Gas Carriers............................................................. 196
37 Release of Smoke from Machinery Space ..................................... 196
SECTION 3 Requirements for Vessels Under 500 Gross Tons ........................... 197
1 Fire Pumps ...................................................................................... 197
1.1 Number of Pumps ....................................................................... 197
1.3 Capacity ...................................................................................... 197
3 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems ................................................... 197
3.1 Fixed Systems ............................................................................. 197
3.3 Portable Extinguishers................................................................. 197
5 Carbon Dioxide Systems ................................................................ 197
5.1 Storage ........................................................................................ 197
7 Axe .................................................................................................. 198
9 Vessels Intended to Carry Oil in Bulk ............................................. 198
9.1 Cargo Pump Rooms .................................................................... 198
9.3 Cargo Tank Protection................................................................. 198
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 175
PART Section 1: All Vessels
4
CHAPTER 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
1 General
176 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
3.1 Materials
Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used for fire mains unless adequately protected.
In order to be considered not “readily rendered ineffective by heat”, a component is to be certified as having
passed an applicable, recognized fire test, or the material is to have a melting temperature higher than the
test temperature specified in an applicable fire test.
3.7 Hydrants
3.7.1 Number and Position of Hydrants
The number and position of the hydrants are to be such that at least two jets of water not emanating
from the same hydrant, one of which is to be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of
the vessel normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the vessel is being navigated. In
addition, the arrangements are to be such that at least two jets of water can reach any part of any
cargo space when empty.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 177
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
3.7.2 Materials
Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not be used for fire protection systems unless
adequately protected. See 4-5-1/3.1.
3.7.3 Installation
The pipes and hydrants are to be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. In
vessels where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants are to be such that they are
always readily accessible and the pipes are to be arranged to avoid risk of damage by such cargo.
3.11 Nozzles
3.11.1 Size
Standard nozzle sizes are to be 12 mm (0.5 in.), 16 mm (0.625 in.) and 19 mm (0.75 in.), or as near
thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted subject to compliance with 4-5-1/3.3.3.
For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 mm (0.5 in.) need not be
used. For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size is to be such as to obtain the
maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in 4-5-1/3.3.3 from the
smallest pump; however, a nozzle size greater than 19 mm (0.75 in.) need not be used.
3.11.2 Type
All nozzles are to be of an approved dual-purpose type (i.e., spray and jet type) incorporating a
shut-off. Fire hose nozzles of plastic type material such as polycarbonate may be accepted subject
to review of their capacity and serviceability as marine use fire hose nozzles.
178 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
7.1 Application
For each helicopter deck on board a vessel designated for helicopter operations, fire fighting system and
equipment complying with 4-5-1/7.3.2 and 4-5-1/7.3.3 as applicable, are to be provided.
Helicopter deck (helideck) is a purpose-built helicopter landing area, on a vessel including all structure,
fire fighting appliances and other equipment necessary for the safe operation of helicopters, but not those
areas for occasional or emergency helicopter operations (e.g., circle H marked on hatch covers for drop-
off/pickup of pilot). Helicopter facility is a helideck including any refueling and hangar facility.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 179
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
The foam agent is to meet the performance standards for Level B foam in the International Civil
Aviation Organization’s Airport Services Manual (Part 1 Chapter 8, Paragraph 8.1.5, Table 8-1)
and be suitable for use with sea water.
7.3.5 Fireman’s Outfits
In addition to the fireman’s outfits required in 4-5-2/15, two additional sets of fireman’s outfits are
to be provided and stored near the helicopter deck.
7.3.6 Other Equipment
The following equipment is to be provided near the helicopter deck and is to be stored in a manner
that provides for immediate use and protection from the elements:
• Adjustable wrench
• Fire resistant blanket
• Bolt cutters with arm length of 60 cm (24 in.) or more
• Grab hook or salving hook
• Heavy duty hack saw, complete with six spare blades
• Ladder
• Lifeline of 5 mm (3/16 in.) diameter × 15 m (50 ft) length
• Side cutting pliers
• Set of assorted screw drivers
• Harness knife complete with sheath
9 Portable Extinguishers
Portable extinguishers are to be provided in the quantities and locations indicated in 4-5-1/Table 1 and
4-5-1/Table 2.
180 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
11.1 Lockers of 4 m2 (43 ft2) or More Floor Area and Lockers with Access to Accommodation
Spaces
Paint lockers and flammable liquid lockers of floor area 4 m2 (43 ft2) or more and also such lockers of any
floor area with access to accommodation spaces are to be provided with one of the fixed fire extinguishing
systems specified below:
i) CO2 system, designed for 40 % of the gross volume of the space.
ii) Dry powder system, designed for at least 0.5 kg/m3 (0.03 lb/ft3).
iii) Water spraying system, designed for 5 liters/m2/minute (0.12 gpm/ft2). The water spraying system
may be connected to the vessel’s fire main system, in which case, the fire pump capacity is to be
sufficient for simultaneous operation of the fire main system, as required in 4-5-2/5.1, and the water
spray system. Precautions are to be taken to prevent the nozzles from being clogged by impurities
in the water or corrosion of piping, nozzles, valves and pump.
iv) Systems or arrangements other than those referenced above may be also considered, provided they
are not less effective.
11.3 Lockers of Less Than 4 m2 (43 ft2) Floor Area Having no Access to Accommodation
Spaces
For paint lockers and flammable liquid lockers of floor area less than 4 m2 (43 ft2) having no access to
accommodation spaces, portable fire extinguisher(s) sized in accordance with 4-5-1/11.1i) and which can
be discharged through a port in the boundary of the lockers may be accepted. The required portable fire
extinguishers are to be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively, a port or hose connection may be
provided for this purpose to facilitate the use of water from the fire main.
TABLE 1
Classification of Portable and Semi-portable Extinguishers (1 July 2019)
Fire extinguishers are designated by type as follows: A, for fires in combustible materials such as wood; B, for fires in
flammable liquids and greases; C, for fires in electrical equipment.
Fire extinguishers are designated by size where size II is the smallest and size V is the largest. Size II is a hand portable
extinguisher, and sizes III, IV and V are semi-portable extinguishers.
Classification Water, liters Foam, liters Carbon Dioxide, Dry Chemical, Wet Chemical,
Type Size (U.S. gallons) (U.S. gallons) kg (lb) kg (lb) liters (U.S. gallons)
A II 9 (2.5) 9 (2.5) — 5 (11) (2) 9 (2.5)
B II — 9 (2.5) 5 (11) 5 (11) —
B III — 45 (12) 15.8 (35) 9.0 (20) —
B IV — 76 (20) 22.5 (50) 22.5 (50) —
B V — 152 (40) 45 (100) (1) 22.5 (50) (1) —
C II — — 5 (11) 5 (11) —
C III — — 15.8 (35) 9.0 (20) —
C IV — — 22.5 (50) 13.5 (30) —
F or K II — — — — 9 (2.5)
Notes:
1 For outside use, double the quantity of agent that must be carried.
2 Must be specifically approved as type A, B, or C extinguisher.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 181
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 1 All Vessels 4-5-1
TABLE 2
Portable and Semi-portable Extinguishers (1 July 2009)
Space Classification Quantity and Location (5)
Safety Areas
Communicating corridors A-II 1 in each main corridor not more than 46 m (150 ft) apart. (May be located in
stairways.)
Pilothouse (1 July 2009) C-II 2 in vicinity of exit. See Notes 4 and 6.
Radio room C-II 1 in vicinity of exit. See Note 4.
Accommodations
Sleeping Accommodations A-II 1 in each sleeping accommodation space. (Where occupied by more than four
persons.)
Service Spaces
Galleys B-II or C-II 1 for each 230 m2 (2500 ft2) or fraction thereof for hazards involved.
Storerooms A-II 1 for each 230m2 (2500 ft2) or fraction thereof located in vicinity of exits,
either inside or outside of spaces. See Note 4.
Workshops A-II 1 outside the space in vicinity of exit. See Note 4.
Machinery Spaces
Internal combustion or gas B-II 1 for each 746 kW (1000 hp), but not less than 2 nor more than 6. See Note 1.
turbine-engines and B-III 1 required. See Note 3.
Electric motors or generators C-II 1 for each motor or generator unit. See Note 2.
of the open type
Notes:
1 When installation is on weather deck or open to atmosphere at all times, one B-II for every three engines is allowable.
2 Small electrical appliances, such as fans, etc., are not to be counted or used as basis for determining number of
extinguishers required.
3 Not required on vessels of less than 500 gross tons.
4 Vicinity is intended to mean within 1 m (3 ft).
5 For vessels of 1000 gross tons and above, at least five extinguishers are to be provided for accommodation spaces,
service spaces, spaces where the vessel’s radio, main navigation equipment or emergency source of power is
located, and locations where the fire recording or fire control equipment is located.
6 (1 July 2009) For cargo ships less than 500 gross tons, “C-I” portable extinguishers may be used.
182 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 2: Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over
4
CHAPTER 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 183
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
5.1.5 Arrangement
Unless an emergency fire pump complying with 4-5-2/5.3 is provided, the two main fire pumps,
including their power source, fuel supply, electric cables, and lighting and ventilation for the spaces
in which they are located, are to be in separate compartments so that a fire in any one compartment
will not render both main pumps inoperable. Only one common boundary is allowed between the
compartments, in which case, the single common boundary is to be at least to A-0 standard.
No direct access is allowed between the compartments except that where this is impracticable, an
access meeting the requirements in 4-5-2/5.1.6 may be considered.
5.1.6 Alternative Arrangement
Where it is impracticable to do otherwise, a direct access between the compartments containing
the main fire pumps may be considered, provided:
i) A watertight door capable of being operated locally from both sides of the bulkhead, and
from a safe and accessible location outside of these spaces is provided. The means for the
latter operation is expected to be available in the event of fire in these spaces; or
ii) An air lock consisting of two gastight steel doors. The doors are to be self-closing without
any hold back arrangements.
iii) In addition to the arrangements specified in 4-5-2/5.1.6i) or 4-5-2/5.1.6ii) above, a second
protected means of access is to be provided to the space containing the fire pumps.
5.1.7 Isolation
Isolating valves and other arrangements, as necessary, are to be provided so that if a fire pump and
its associated piping within its compartment are rendered inoperable, the fire main can be pressurized
with a fire pump located in another compartment.
184 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
5.3.4 Starting
Internal combustion engines larger than 15 kW (20 hp) are to be provided with power starting systems
having a capacity sufficient for at least six starts within 30 minutes, including at least two within
the first ten minutes. For engines of 15 kW (20 hp) and smaller, manual means of starting is sufficient.
Any internal combustion engine driving an emergency fire pump is to be capable of readily being
started in its cold condition down to a temperature of 0°C (32°F). If this is impracticable or if
lower temperatures are likely to be encountered, consideration is to be given to the provision and
maintenance of heating arrangements.
5.3.5 Fuel Supply
Any service fuel tank is to contain sufficient fuel to enable the pump to run on full load for at least
three hours and sufficient reserves of fuel are to be available outside of the main machinery space
to enable the pump to be run on full load for an additional 15 hours.
5.3.6 Suction
The total suction head and the net positive suction head of the pump is to be such that the
requirements of 4-5-2/5.3.3 and 4-5-2/5.1.4 will be satisfied under all conditions of list, trim, roll
and pitch likely to be encountered in service. The sea valve is to be operable from a position near
the pump or locked in the open position (provided possible flooding can be detected).
FIGURE 1
International Shore Connection
Coupling permanently attached that will
fit the vessel's hydrants and hose.
14.5 mm (9/16 in.)min.
Flat Face
64 mm
(21/2 in.)
132 mm
(51/4 in.)
178 mm
(7 in.)
19 mm
(3/4 in.)
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 185
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
9 Machinery Spaces
Category A machinery spaces are to be protected by a fixed fire extinguishing system complying with 4-5-2/11.
186 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 187
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
Gray cast iron piping components are not to be used for fixed gas fire extinguishing systems. All
discharge piping, fittings and nozzles in the protected spaces are to be constructed of materials
having a melting temperature which exceeds 925°C (1697°F). The piping and associated equipment
are to be adequately supported.
Threaded joints in CO2 systems are to be allowed only inside protected spaces and in CO2 cylinder
rooms.
TABLE 1
Minimum Steel Pipe Wall Thickness for CO2 Medium Distribution Piping (2013)
Nominal OD A B Nominal OD A B
size, mm mm mm mm size, in. in. in. in.
15 21.3 2.8 2.6 1/2 0.840 0.110 0.102
20 26.9 2.8 2.6 3/4 1.050 0.110 0.102
25 33.7 4.0 3.2 1 1.315 0.157 0.126
32 42.4 4.0 3.2 11/4 1.660 0.157 0.126
40 48.3 4.0 3.2 11/2 1.9 0.157 0.126
50 60.3 4.5 3.6 2 2.375 0.177 0.142
65 76.1 5.0 3.6 21/2 2.875 0.197 0.142
80 88.9 5.5 4.0 3 3.5 0.220 0.157
90 101.6 6.3 4.0 31/2 4.0 0.248 0.157
100 114.3 7.1 4.5 4 4.5 0.28 0.177
125 139.7 8.0 5.0 5 5.563 0.315 0.197
150 168.3 8.8 5.6 6 6.625 0.346 0.22
Notes:
1 The above minimum thicknesses are derived from those thicknesses available
in ISO 4200 Series 1 (OD), JIS (N.P.S.), or ASTM (N.P.S.). Diameter and
thickness according to other recognized standards will be accepted.
2 For threaded pipes, where approved, the thickness is to be measured to the
bottom of the thread.
3 The internal surface of pipes outside of the engine room is to be galvanized.
4 For larger diameters the minimum wall thickness will be subject to special
consideration by ABS.
5 In general, the minimum thickness is the nominal wall thickness and no
allowance need be made for negative tolerance or reduction in thickness due
to bending.
11.1.3 Alarm
(2018) Means are to be provided for automatically giving audible and visual warning of the release of
fire extinguishing gas into any space to which personnel normally have access. The audible alarms
are to be located so as to be audible throughout the protected space with all machinery operating,
and the alarms are to be distinguished from other audible alarms by adjustment of sound pressure
or sound patterns. The alarm is to operate for at least a 20 second period before the gas is released.
Alarms may be pneumatically (by the extinguishing medium or by air) or electrically operated.
Conventional cargo spaces and small spaces (such as small compressor rooms, paint lockers, lamp
stores, etc.) with only a local release need not be provided with such an alarm. Conventional cargo
spaces means cargo spaces other than ro-ro spaces or container holds equipped with integral reefer
containers, and they need not be provided with means for automatically giving audible and visual
warning of the release.
188 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
11.1.3(a) Electric. If electrically operated, the alarms are to be supplied with power from the
main and an emergency source of electrical power.
11.1.3(b) Pneumatic. If pneumatically operated by air, the air supply is to be dry and clean and
the supply reservoir is to be automatically kept charged at all times and is to be fitted with a low
pressure alarm. The air supply may be taken from the starting air receivers. Any stop valve fitted in
the air supply line is to be locked or sealed in the open position. Any electrical components associated
with the pneumatic system are to be powered from the main and an emergency source of electrical
power.
11.1.3(c) Uninterruptible Power Supply (2013). For fire extinguishing systems that protect the
machinery space containing the main source of power, instead of the power supply arrangements
required above for electrically operated alarms and electrical components associated with pneumatic
alarms, an uninterruptible power supply which is supplied with power from the emergency switchboard
is to be provided.
11.1.4 Controls
Except as otherwise permitted herein, two independent manual control arrangements are to be
provided, one of them being positioned at the storage location and the other in a readily accessible
position outside the protected space.
11.1.5 Air Reservoirs (2019)
The volume of starting air receivers converted to free air volume is to be added to the gross
volume of the machinery space when calculating the necessary quantity of the extinguishing
medium. Alternatively, a discharge pipe from the safety relief valves or other pressure relief
devices may be fitted and led directly to the open air.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 189
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
190 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
protected space may be specially considered, based on the type of agent and the possible hazards
for the personnel within the space.
11.9.4(b) Alarm. (2019) An audible and visual predischarge alarm in accordance with 4-5-
2/11.1.3 and paragraph 6 of IMO MSC/Circ. 848 as amended by MSC.1/Circ. 1267 is to be
provided inside the protected space in which personnel normally work or to which they have
access.
11.9.4(c) Controls (2017). Except as otherwise permitted herein two independent manual control
arrangements are to be provided, one of them being positioned at the storage location and the
other in a readily accessible position outside of the protected space.
Automatic actuation is not permitted when the protected space is normally manned or interferes
with the safety navigation of the vessel. If the protected space is normally unmanned and may be
entered occasionally for brief periods such as for repairs, maintenance or other purpose, automatic
actuation may be allowed in addition to manual actuation, provided that the following conditions
are met
i) The egress from the protected space is horizontal. Exit doors from the spaces are to be
outward-swinging self-closing doors (i.e., opening in the direction of escape routes) which
can be opened from the inside, including when the doors are locked from the outside.
ii) Notices that the space is protected by an automatic activation system are prominently
posted at the entrance to the space.
iii) A switch is provided near the entrance to disable the automatic release feature of the system.
The switch is to have an indicator of its status such as red pilot light to indicate when the
switch is activated (automatic release feature disabled). A sign is to be posted near the switch
indicating that the automatic release feature is to be disabled when the space is occupied
and that the automatic actuation is to be enabled when leaving the space. The sign is to
also indicate that the manual release of the system remains enabled and the space is to be
vacated immediately when the release alarm sounds.
iv) When the automatic release feature is disabled, all other controls, alarms, etc., are to remain
activated.
v) An indicator at the control console is provided to indicate when the automatic release
feature has been disabled.
vi) The medium release warning alarm is to operate for the length of time needed to evacuate
the space, but in no case less than 30 seconds for space exceeding 6000 ft3 (170 m3) and
20 seconds for spaces 6000 ft3 (170 m3) or less before the medium is released.
vii) The automatic release of a clean agent fire extinguishing system is to be approved by the
vessel’s flag Administration.
11.9.4(d) Nozzles. The nozzle type, maximum nozzle spacing, maximum height and minimum
nozzle pressure are to be within the limits to provide fire extinction as tested and verified in the
appropriate fire test (see 4-5-2/11.9.2).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 191
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
TABLE 2
Minimum Number of Required EEBDs (2005)
A. In machinery spaces for category A containing internal combustion machinery used for main
propulsion (1):
a) One (1) EEBD in the engine control room, if located within the machinery space
b) One (1) EEBD in workshop areas. If there is, however, a direct access to an escape way from the
workshop, an EEBD is not required; and
c) One (1) EEBD on each deck or platform level near the escape ladder constituting the second means of
escape from the machinery space (the other means being an enclosed escape trunk or watertight door at
the lower level of the space).
B. In machinery spaces of category A other than those containing internal combustion machinery used
for main propulsion,
One (1) EEBD should, as a minimum, be provided on each deck or platform level near the escape ladder
constituting the second means of escape from the space (the other means being an enclosed escape trunk or
watertight door at the lower level of the space).
C. In other machinery spaces
The number and location of EEBDs are to be determined by the Flag Administration.
Note:
1 Alternatively, a different number or location may be determined by the Flag Administration
taking into consideration the layout and dimensions or the normal manning of the space.
192 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
19.1 Specification
A portable foam applicator unit is to consist of a foam nozzle/branch pipe, either of a self-inducing type or
in combination with a separate inductor, capable of being connected to the fire main by a fire hose, together
with a portable tank containing at least 20 l (5.3 US gal.) of foam concentrate and at least one spare tank of
foam concentrate of the same capacity.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 193
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
27.3 Exceptions
A fixed system need not be fitted in the case of cargo holds fitted with steel hatch covers, and where all
ventilators and other openings leading to the holds can be effectively closed, and the vessel is constructed
and intended solely for carrying ore, coal, grain, unseasoned timber or noncombustible cargoes.
27.5 Controls
As an alternative to providing the controls required by 4-5-2/11.1.4, a single manual means may be provided
at the storage location.
194 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
29.7 Ro-Ro Spaces Carrying Motor Vehicles with Fuel in Their Tanks
29.7.1
Each ro-ro cargo space intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their
own propulsion is to meet the requirements of 4-6-6/5.5.
29.7.2
Gravity drainage systems are not to be led to machinery spaces or other spaces where sources of
ignition are present.
29.7.3
In addition, each space is to be provided with at least three water fog applicators and one portable
foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of 4-5-2/19, provided that at least two such
units are available on the vessel for use in such ro-ro cargo spaces.
29.7.4
Portable fire extinguishers suitable for fighting oil fires are to be provided at each vehicle deck
level in all spaces where vehicles are carried. Extinguishers are to be located not more than 20 m
(65 ft) apart on both sides of the vessel. Portable extinguishers required under 4-5-2/29.5 may be
credited in meeting this requirement.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 195
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 2 Requirements for Vessels 500 Gross Tons and Over 4-5-2
196 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 3: Requirements for Vessels Under 500 Gross Tons
4
CHAPTER 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
1 Fire Pumps
1.3 Capacity
The capacity of each power-driven fire pump is to be in accordance with the 4-5-3/Table 1. Hand pumps,
where permitted, are to have a minimum capacity of 1.1 m3/hr (5 gpm).
5.1 Storage
Generally, the cylinders are to be located outside of the protected space in a room which is situated in a safe
and readily accessible location. The access doors to the storage space are to open outwards. The storage
room is to be gastight and effectively ventilated. The ventilation system is to be independent of the protected
space. Any entrance to the storage room is to be independent of the protected space, except that where this
is impracticable due to space limitations, the following requirements may be considered:
i) The door between the storage location and the protected space is to be self-closing with no hold-
back arrangements.
ii) The space where cylinders are stored is to be adequately ventilated by a system which is independent
of the protected space.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 197
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 5 Fire Extinguishing Systems
Section 3 Requirements for Vessels Under 500 Gross Tons 4-5-3
iii) Means are to be provided to prevent unauthorized release of gas, such as containment behind a
break glass.
iv) There is to be provision to vent the bottles to the atmosphere in order to prevent a hazard to
personnel occupying the storage area.
v) An additional entrance to the storage location, independent of the protected space, is provided.
7 Axe
One fire axe is to be provided on each vessel 20 m (65 ft) in length and over.
TABLE 1
Fire Pump Minimum Capacity for Vessels Less Than 500 Gross Tons
Vessel Length Minimum Capacity
Less than 20 m (65 ft) 5.50 m3/hr (25 gpm)
20 m (65 ft) or greater but less than 30.5 m (100 ft) 11.0 m3/hr (50 gpm)
30.5 m (100 ft) or greater but less than 61 m (200 ft) 14.3 m3/hr (66.6 gpm)
61 m (200 ft) or greater Capacity to be in accordance with 4-5-2/5.1
198 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Chapter 6: Electrical Installations
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 General .................................................................................................. 207
1 Applications ..................................................................................... 207
3 Definitions ....................................................................................... 207
3.1 Cascade Protection ..................................................................... 207
3.3 Earth ............................................................................................ 207
3.5 Earthed Distribution System ........................................................ 207
3.7 Essential Services ....................................................................... 207
3.9 Explosion-proof (Flameproof) Equipment .................................... 208
3.11 Hazardous Area (Hazardous Location) ....................................... 208
3.13 High Voltage ................................................................................ 208
3.15 Hull-return System ....................................................................... 208
3.17 Increased Safety ......................................................................... 208
3.19 Inhomogeneous Field .................................................................. 208
3.21 Intrinsically-safe........................................................................... 208
3.23 Low Voltage................................................................................. 208
3.25 Minimum Comfortable Condition of Habitability ........................... 209
3.27 Nominal Voltage .......................................................................... 209
3.29 Non-periodic Duty Rating ............................................................ 209
3.31 Non-sparking Fan ........................................................................ 209
3.33 Overvoltage Category ................................................................. 209
3.35 Overvoltage Withstand Test ........................................................ 209
3.37 Periodic Duty Rating .................................................................... 209
3.39 Pollution Degree .......................................................................... 209
3.41 Portable Apparatus ...................................................................... 209
3.43 Pressurized Equipment ............................................................... 209
3.45 Semi-enclosed Space ................................................................. 209
3.47 Separate Circuit........................................................................... 210
3.49 Short Circuit................................................................................. 210
3.51 Short-time Rating ........................................................................ 210
4 Electrical Power Critical Notations .................................................. 210
5 Plans and Data to Be Submitted ..................................................... 210
7 Standard Distribution System ......................................................... 210
9 Voltage and Frequency Variations .................................................. 210
11 Materials.......................................................................................... 210
13 Insulation Material ........................................................................... 211
13.1 Class A Insulation ........................................................................ 211
13.3 Class B Insulation ........................................................................ 211
13.5 Class E Insulation ........................................................................ 211
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 199
13.7 Class F Insulation ........................................................................ 211
13.9 Class H Insulation ........................................................................ 211
13.11 Insulation for Temperature Above 180°C (356°F)........................ 211
15 Degree of Protection for Enclosure .................................................211
17 Temperature Ratings ...................................................................... 212
17.1 General ........................................................................................ 212
17.3 Reduced Ambient Temperature ................................................... 212
19 Clearances and Creepage Distances .............................................212
21 Service Trial .................................................................................... 213
21.1 Electrical Installation for Ship Services ........................................ 213
21.3 Communication Facilities ............................................................. 213
200 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
7 Distribution System ......................................................................... 229
7.1 Ship Service Distribution System ................................................ 229
7.3 Hull Return System ..................................................................... 231
7.5 Earthed Distribution Systems ...................................................... 231
7.7 External or Shore Power Supply Connection .............................. 231
7.9 Harmonics ................................................................................... 232
9 Circuit Protection System................................................................ 232
9.1 System Design ............................................................................ 232
9.3 Protection for Generators ............................................................ 234
9.5 Protection for Alternating-current (AC) Generators ..................... 235
9.7 Protection for Direct Current (DC) Generators ............................ 236
9.9 Protection for Accumulator Batteries ........................................... 236
9.11 Protection for External or Shore Power Supply ........................... 236
9.13 Protection for Motor Branch Circuits ............................................ 237
9.15 Protection for Transformer Circuits .............................................. 238
9.17 Protection for Meters, Pilot Lamps and Control Circuits .............. 238
9.18 Harmonic Distortion for Ship Electrical Distribution System
including Harmonic Filters ........................................................... 238
9.19 Protection of Harmonic Filter Circuits .......................................... 239
11 System for Steering Gear ............................................................... 240
11.1 Power Supply Feeder .................................................................. 240
11.3 Protection for Steering Gear Circuit............................................. 240
11.5 Emergency Power Supply ........................................................... 240
11.7 Controls, Instrumentation, and Alarms ........................................ 240
13 Lighting and Navigation Light Systems........................................... 241
13.1 Lighting System ........................................................................... 241
13.3 Navigation Light System .............................................................. 241
15 Interior Communication Systems .................................................... 242
15.1 Navigation Bridge ........................................................................ 242
15.3 Main Propulsion Control Stations ................................................ 242
15.5 Voice Communications ................................................................ 242
15.7 Emergency and Interior-communication Switchboard ................. 243
15.9 Public Address System................................................................ 243
17 Manually Operated Alarms ............................................................. 244
17.1 General Emergency Alarm System ............................................. 244
17.3 Engineers’ Alarm ......................................................................... 244
17.5 Refrigerated Space Alarm ........................................................... 244
17.7 Elevator ....................................................................................... 245
19 Fire Protection and Fire Detection Systems ................................... 245
19.1 Emergency Stop .......................................................................... 245
19.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System ................................................ 245
TABLE 1 Alarms and Safeguards for Emergency Diesel Engines ....... 228
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 201
FIGURE 3 Boundary Insulated to A-60 with the Insulation
Extending Beyond the Boundaries of the Space
Containing the Emergency Source .......................................222
202 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
7 Earthing ........................................................................................... 263
7.1 General........................................................................................ 263
7.3 Permanent Equipment ................................................................. 263
7.5 Connections ................................................................................ 263
7.7 Portable Cords ............................................................................ 263
7.9 Cable Metallic Covering............................................................... 263
7.11 Lightning Earth Conductors ......................................................... 263
9 Installation in Cargo Hold for Dry Bulk Cargoes ............................. 264
9.1 Equipment ................................................................................... 264
9.3 Self-Unloading Controls and Alarms ........................................... 264
11 Equipment and Installation in Hazardous Areas ............................. 264
11.1 General Considerations ............................................................... 264
11.3 Certified-safe Type and Pressurized Equipment and Systems.... 265
11.5 Paint Stores ................................................................................. 266
11.7 Non-sparking Fans ...................................................................... 267
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 203
7 Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Controllers, etc. ......................279
7.1 General ........................................................................................ 279
7.3 Testing and Inspection................................................................. 280
7.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement ............................................ 281
7.7 Dielectric Strength of Insulation ................................................... 281
7.9 Construction and Assembly ......................................................... 281
7.11 Bus Bars, Wiring and Contacts .................................................... 282
7.13 Control and Protective Devices ................................................... 283
7.15 Switchboards ............................................................................... 284
7.17 Motor Controllers and Control Centers ........................................ 285
7.19 Battery Systems and Uninterruptible Power Systems (UPS) ....... 285
9 Transformers ................................................................................... 287
9.1 General ........................................................................................ 287
9.3 Temperature Rise ........................................................................ 287
9.5 Construction and Assembly ......................................................... 287
9.7 Testing ......................................................................................... 288
10 Semiconductor Converters for Adjustable Speed Motor Drives .....288
10.1 Application ................................................................................... 288
10.3 Standards of Compliance ............................................................ 288
10.5 Design, Construction and Assembly Requirements ..................... 288
10.7 Inspection and Testing................................................................. 292
10.9 Integration Requirements ............................................................ 295
11 Other Electric and Electronics Devices ...........................................296
11.1 Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 296
11.3 Fuses ........................................................................................... 296
11.5 Semiconductor Converters .......................................................... 296
11.7 Cable Junction Boxes .................................................................. 297
13 Cables and Wires ............................................................................ 297
13.1 Cable Construction ...................................................................... 297
13.3 Portable and Flexing Electric Cables ........................................... 298
13.5 Mineral-insulated Metal-sheathed Cable ..................................... 298
13.7 Cable Connectors ........................................................................ 298
204 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
TABLE 10 Maximum Current Carrying Capacity for Insulated Copper
Wires and Cables .................................................................. 307
TABLE 11 Additional Services Requiring Electrical Equipment to be
Designed, Constructed and Tested to the Requirements
in Section 4-6-4 ..................................................................... 309
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 205
9 Energy Storage Systems ................................................................ 331
9.1 Lithium Batteries .......................................................................... 331
9.3 Supercapacitors ........................................................................... 332
206 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 1: General
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
SECTION 1 General
1 Applications
Electrical apparatus and wiring systems are to be constructed and installed to the satisfaction of the Surveyor,
in accordance with the following requirements which are applicable to all ocean-going vessels, but which
may be modified for vessels classed for limited service. The following detailed rules are minimum requirements
for classification purposes. Consideration will be given, however, to arrangements or details which can be
shown to comply with other recognized standards, provided they are not less effective.
For vessels having an aggregate generator capacity not exceeding 75 kW, the requirements contained in 4-6-5/7
are to be complied with. Electrical installations in machinery spaces with gasoline engines will be specially
considered.
3 Definitions
The following definitions apply for the purpose of this Section.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 207
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
3.21 Intrinsically-safe
A circuit or part of a circuit is intrinsically safe when any spark or any thermal effect produced in the test
conditions prescribed in a recognized standard (such as IEC Publication 60079-11) is incapable of causing
ignition of the prescribed explosive gas atmosphere.
3.21.1 Category “ia” (2016)
Apparatus which is incapable of causing ignition in normal operation, or with a single fault, or
with any combination of two faults applied, with the following safety factors:
In normal operation: 1.5
With one fault: 1.5
With two faults: 1.0
Above safety factors are applied to the current, voltage, or their combination, as specified in 5.2 of
IEC Publication 60079-11.
208 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 209
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
11 Materials
All electrical equipment is to be constructed of durable and flame-retardant materials. Materials are to be
resistant to corrosion, moisture, high and low temperatures, and are to have other qualities necessary to prevent
deterioration in the ambient conditions that the equipment may be expected to encounter.
210 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
13 Insulation Material
For the purposes of these requirements, insulating material is designated as follows.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 211
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
17 Temperature Ratings
212 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
21 Service Trial
TABLE 1
Voltage and Frequency Variations [See 4-6-1/9] (2008)
Voltage and Frequency Variations
for AC Distribution Systems
Quantity in Operation Permanent Variation Transient Variation
(Recovery Time)
Frequency ±5% ±10% (5 s)
Voltage +6%, −10% ±20% (1.5 s)
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 213
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
TABLE 2
Degree of Protection of Electrical Equipment (First IP Numeral)
First IP Short Description Definition
Numeral
0 Non-protected No special protection
1 Protected against solid objects A large surface of the body, such as a hand (but no protection against deliberate
greater than 50 mm (2 in.) access). Solid object exceeding 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
2 Protected against solid objects Fingers or similar objects not exceeding 80 mm (3.15 in.) in length. Solid objects
greater than 12 mm (0.5 in.) exceeding 12 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter.
3 Protected against solid objects Tools, wires, etc. of diameter or thickness greater than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.). Solid
greater than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) objects exceeding 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) in diameter
4 Protected against solid objects Wires or strips of thickness greater than 1 mm (0.04 in.). Solid objects exceeding
greater than 1 mm (0.04 in.) 1 mm (0.04 in.) in diameter.
5 Dust protected Ingress of dust is not totally prevented, but dust does not enter in sufficient quantity
to interfere with satisfactory operation of the equipment
[Designation]
The degree of protection is designated as shown in the following examples:
When it is required to indicate the degree of protection by only one characteristic numeral which shows either degree of
protection against foreign bodies and electrical shock or against liquid, the omitted numeral is to be replaced by the letter X.
Examples:
1 IP56 The first characteristic numeral of “5”
The second characteristic numeral of “6”.
2 IPX5 Degree of protection against only liquid.
3 IP2X Degree of protection against only foreign bodies and electrical shock.
214 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
TABLE 3
Degree of Protection of Electrical Equipment (Second IP Numeral) (2016)
Second IP Short Description Definition
Numeral
0 Non-protected No special protection.
1 Protected against dripping Dripping water (vertically falling drops) is to have no harmful effect.
water
2 Protected against dripping Vertically dripping water is to have no harmful effect when the enclosure is tilted at
water when tilted up to 15°. any angle up to 15° from its normal position.
3 Protected against spraying Water falling as spray at an angle up to 60° from the vertical is to have no harmful
water effect.
4 Protected against splashing Water splashed against the enclosure from any direction is to have no harmful
water effect.
5 Protected against water jets Water projected by a nozzle against the enclosure from any direction is to have no
harmful effect.
6 Protected against heavy seas Water from heavy seas or water projected in powerful jets is not to enter the
enclosure in harmful quantities.
7 Protected against the effects Ingress of water in a harmful quantity is not to be possible when the enclosure is
of immersion immersed in water under defined conditions of pressure and time.
8 Protected against submersion The equipment is suitable for continuous submersion in water under conditions which
are to be specified by the manufacturer.
Note: Normally, this will mean that the equipment is hermetically sealed. However,
with certain types of equipment, it can mean that water can enter, but only in such a
manner that it produces no harmful effects.
9 (2016) Protected against high pressure Water projected at high pressure and high temperature against the enclosure from
and temperature water jets any direction shall not have harmful effects
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 215
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 1 General 4-6-1
TABLE 4
Primary Essential Services (2019)
(a) Steering gears
(b) Pumps for controllable pitch propellers
(c) (2010) Scavenging air blower, fuel oil supply pumps, fuel valve cooling pumps, lubricating oil pumps and cooling water
pumps for main and auxiliary engines, turbines and shafting necessary for propulsion.
(d) Ventilation necessary to maintain propulsion
(e) Forced draft fans, feed water pumps, water circulating pumps, vacuum pumps and condensate pumps for steam plants on
steam turbine ships, and also for auxiliary boilers on vessels where steam is used for equipment supplying primary
essential services
(f) Oil burning installations for steam plants on steam turbine vessels and for auxiliary boilers where steam is used for
equipment supplying primary essential services
(g) (2010) Low duty gas compressor and other boil-off gas treatment facilities supporting boil-off gas usage as fuel to main
propulsion or electric power generation machinery.
(h) Azimuth thrusters which are the sole means for propulsion/steering with lubricating oil pumps, cooling water pumps, etc.
(i) Electrical equipment for electric propulsion plant with lubricating oil pumps and cooling water pumps
(j) Electric generators and associated power sources supplying primary essential equipment
(k) Hydraulic pumps supplying primary essential equipment
(l) Viscosity control equipment for heavy fuel oil
(m) Control, monitoring and safety devices/systems of equipment for primary essential services.
(n) Fire pumps and other fire extinguishing medium pumps.
(o) Navigation lights, aids and signals.
(p) Internal safety communication equipment.
(q) Lighting system
TABLE 5
Secondary Essential Services (2010)
(a) Windlass
(b) Fuel oil transfer pumps and fuel oil treatment equipment
(c) Lubrication oil transfer pumps and lubrication oil treatment equipment
(d) Pre-heaters for heavy fuel oil
(e) Starting air and control air compressors
(f) Bilge, ballast and heeling pumps
(g) Fire pumps and other fire extinguishing medium pumps
(h) Ventilating fans for engine and boiler rooms
(i) Services considered necessary to maintain dangerous spaces in a safe condition (inert gas system of an oil carrier,
ventilation for Ro-Ro cargo spaces, etc.)
(j) (2010) Re-liquefaction plant on liquefied gas carriers
(k) Navigation lights, aids and signals
(l) Internal communication equipment required by 4-6-2/15
(m) Fire detection and alarm system
(n) Lighting system
(o) Electrical equipment for watertight and fire-tight closing appliances
(p) Electric generators and associated power sources supplying secondary essential equipment
(q) Hydraulic pumps supplying secondary essential equipment
(r) Control, monitoring and safety systems for cargo containment systems
(s) Control, monitoring and safety devices/systems of equipment for secondary essential services.
(t) (2005) Ambient temperature control equipment required by 4-6-1/17.3
(u) (2010) Watertight Doors (see Sections 3-2-7, 3-2-12 and 3-2-13)
216 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 2: Shipboard Systems
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
1.1 Wiring
1.1.1 Systems
One line diagrams for the following electrical systems are to be submitted for review.
• Power Supply and Distribution
• Lighting including Navigation Light
• Internal Communication
• General Emergency Alarm
• Fire Detection and Alarm
• Steering Gear Control
• Intrinsically-safe Equipment
• Emergency Generator Starting
• Inert Gas Control, Monitoring, and Alarm
1.1.2 Data for Wiring Systems
The one line diagrams are to show the circuit designation, type and size of cables, cable grouping
and banking, trip setting and rating of the circuit protection devices, the location of electrical
equipment accompanied by list of components, complete feeder list, rated load current for each
branch circuit. The one line diagram for power supply and distribution systems is to indicate the
following component details.
Note: For vessels having a length of 61 m (200 ft) and over, a voltage drop calculation for the longest run of
each cable size is to be included.
• Generator: kW rating, voltage, rated current, frequency, number of phases, power factor
• Batteries: type, voltage, capacity, conductor protection (when required)
• Motors: kW rating, remote stops (when required)
• Transformers: kVA rating, rated voltage and current on primary and secondary side,
connection method
The one line diagram for power supply and distribution systems is also to include a list of sequential
start of motors and equipment having emergency tripping or preferential tripping features.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 217
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
218 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
In addition, the generating sets are to be such that with any one generator or its primary source of
power out of operation, the remaining generating sets are capable of providing the electrical services
necessary to start the main propulsion plant in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate,
from a dead ship condition, within thirty minutes, as defined in 4-1-1/13.21. See also 4-6-2/3.1.3.
3.1.3 Starting from Dead Ship Condition (2019)
In restoring the propulsion from a dead ship condition (see 4-1-1/13.21), no stored energy is to be
assumed available for starting the propulsion plant, the main source of electrical power and other
essential auxiliaries. It is assumed that means are available to start the emergency generator at all times.
The emergency source of electrical power may be used to restore the propulsion, provided its
capacity either alone or combined with that of any other available source of electrical power is
sufficient to provide at the same time those services required to be supplied by 4-6-2/5.3.2 to
4-6-2/5.3.3.
The emergency source of electrical power and other means needed to restore the propulsion are to
have a capacity such that the necessary propulsion starting energy is available within 30 minutes
from a dead ship condition, as defined in 4-1-1/13.21. Emergency generator-stored starting energy
is not to be directly used for starting the propulsion plant, the main source of electrical power
and/or other essential auxiliaries (emergency generator excluded).
See also 4-6-2/3.1.6 and 4-6-4/7.15.2, below.
3.1.4 Power Supplied by Propulsion Generator
For vessels propelled by electric power and having two or more constant voltage propulsion generators,
the ship’s service electric power may be derived from this source and additional ship’s service
generators need not be fitted, provided that with one propulsion generator out of service, a speed
of seven knots or one-half of the design speed, whichever is the lesser, can be maintained. See
4-6-5/3.17.4 and 4-6-5/3.17.5.
3.1.5 Fuel Capacity for Generator Prime Mover
Where the fuel for any ship’s service generator prime mover differs from the fuel for the main
propulsion plant, adequate fuel capacity for that ship’s service generator prime mover with adequate
margins is to be provided for the longest anticipated run of the vessel between fueling ports.
3.1.6 System Arrangement (2004)
3.1.6(a) General. For vessels of 500 GT and above where the main source of electrical power is
necessary for propulsion and steering and the safety of the vessel, the system is to be so arranged
that the electrical supply to equipment necessary for these services is maintained or is capable of
being restored in the case of loss of any one of the generators in service in accordance with the
provision in 4-6-2/3.1.6(b) or 4-6-2/3.1.6(c).
Load shedding of nonessential services and, where necessary, secondary essential services (see
4-6-1/3.7) or other arrangements as may be necessary are to be provided to protect the generators
against the sustained overload. For main bus bar subdivision, see 4-6-4/7.15.2.
3.1.6(b) Single Generator Operation. Where the electrical power is normally supplied by a single
generator, provision is to be made upon loss of power for automatic starting and connecting to the
main switchboard of a stand-by generator(s) of sufficient capacity with automatic restarting of the
essential auxiliaries in sequential operation, if necessary to permit propulsion and steering and to
ensure the safety of the vessel. Starting and connection to the main switchboard of the standby
generator is to be preferably within 30 seconds after loss of the electrical power supply, but in no
case in more than 45 seconds.
3.1.6(c) Multiple Generator Operation. Where the electrical power is normally supplied by more
than one generator set simultaneously in parallel operation, the system is to be so arranged that in
the event of the loss of any one of the generators in service, the electrical supply to equipment
necessary for propulsion and steering and to ensure the safety of the vessel will be maintained by
the remaining generator(s) in service.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 219
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
5.1 General
A self-contained emergency source of electrical power is to be provided.
220 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
FIGURE 1
Cofferdam with Extension Beyond the Boundaries of
the Space Containing the Emergency Source (2008)
Cofferdam
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 221
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ii) Separation by a cofferdam having dimensions as required for ready access between category
A machinery space and the space containing the self-contained emergency source of power
and its associated equipment as stated in 4-6-2/5.1.2(a) without extension beyond the
boundaries. Any contiguous lines between these spaces at the corner of the cofferdam are
to be insulated to A-60 for a length of 450 mm (18 in.) at the category A machinery space
side. See 4-6-2/Figure 2 below.
FIGURE 2
Cofferdam without Extension Beyond the Boundaries of
the Space Containing the Emergency Source (2008)
Cofferdam
iii) The contiguous boundaries insulated to A-60 with the insulation extending at least 450 mm
(18 in.) beyond the boundary of the space containing the self-contained emergency source
of power and its associated equipment as stated in 4-6-2/5.1.2(a). See 4-6-2/Figure 3 below.
The arrangements indicated in 4-6-2/Figure 3 below can be considered only when it can
be shown that the arrangements are in compliance with the requirements of the flag
Administration.
FIGURE 3
Boundary Insulated to A-60 with the Insulation
Extending Beyond the Boundaries of the Space
Containing the Emergency Source (2008)
222 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ii) The emergency source of electrical power is to be capable, having regard to starting
currents and the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the
services listed in 4-6-2/5.3.2 through 4-6-2/5.3.8 for the period specified.
5.3.2 Lighting Systems and Navigation Light
5.3.2(a) Emergency Lighting for 3 hours:
i) At muster and embarkation stations for the survival craft
ii) At the survival craft, their launching appliances and the area of water into which they are
to be launched.
5.3.2(b) Emergency Lighting for 18 hours:
i) In all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits, personnel elevators and
shafts;
ii) In the machinery spaces and main generating stations, including their control positions;
iii) In all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at each main and emergency
switchboard;
iv) At all stowage positions for firemen’s outfits;
v) At the steering gear; and
vi) At the fire pump referred to in 4-6-2/5.3.4, at the sprinkler pump, if any, at the emergency
bilge pump, if any, and at the starting positions of their motors.
vii) (1 July 2002) In all cargo pump-rooms of tankers 500 GT and over which have their keel
laid or are in a similar stage of construction on or after 1 July 2002.
5.3.2(c) For period of 18 hours:
i) Navigation lights and other lights required by the International Regulation for Preventing
Collisions at Sea in force.
5.3.3 Communication System, Navigation Aid, and Alarm Systems
For a period of 18 hours:
5.3.3(a) VHF radio installation required by Regulation IV/7.1.1 and IV/7.1.2 of SOLAS 1974, as
amended; and if applicable:
i) The MF radio installation required by Regulation IV/9.1.1, IV/9.1.2, IV/10.1.2 and IV/10.1.3
of SOLAS 1974 as amended
ii) The ship earth station required by Regulation IV/10.1.1 of SOLAS 1974 as amended
iii) The MF/HF radio station required by Regulation IV/10.2.1, IV/10.2.2 and IV/11.1 of
SOLAS 1974 as amended.
5.3.3(b) All internal communication equipment as required in an emergency
5.3.3(c) Shipborne navigational equipment (i.e., radar, gyro compass, etc.), as required by Regulation
V/12 of SOLAS 1974 as amended except that where such provision is unreasonable or impracticable
for vessels less than 5,000 GT, this may be waived if evidence of approval by the Administration
is submitted.
5.3.3(d) Required fire detection and fire alarm systems
5.3.3(e) Intermittent operation of the daylight signaling lamp, the ship’s whistle, manually operated
call points and other internal signals that are required in an emergency, unless such services have
an independent supply for the period of 18 hours from an accumulator battery suitably located for
use in an emergency.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 223
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
224 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 225
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
the supply to the emergency switchboard from being unavailable due to a fault on one of the other
outgoing circuits from the main ship service switchboard.
Note: For the purpose of this Rule, the main ship service switchboard is a switchboard which is connected to
the secondary of the step-down transformer producing the required voltage.
226 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
5.16 Use of Emergency Generator in Port (for Vessel 500 GT and Over) (2002)
Unless instructed otherwise by the flag Administration, the emergency generator may be used during lay
time in port for supplying power to the vessel, provided the following requirements are complied with.
5.16.1 Arrangements for the Prime Mover
5.16.1(a) Fuel oil tank. The fuel oil tank for the prime mover is to be appropriately sized and
provided with a level alarm, which is to be set to alarm at a level where there is still sufficient fuel
oil capacity for the emergency services for the period of time required by 4-6-2/5.3.
5.16.1(b) Rating. The prime mover is to be rated for continuous service.
5.16.1(c) Filters. The prime mover is to be fitted with fuel oil and lubricating oil filters, in
accordance with 4-2-1/7.1 and 4-2-1/9.9, respectively.
5.16.1(d) Monitoring. The prime mover is to be fitted with alarms, displays and automatic
shutdown arrangements, as required in 4-7-4/Table 7, except that for fuel oil tank low-level alarm,
4-6-2/5.16.1(a) above is to apply instead. The displays and alarms are to be provided in the
centralized control station. Monitoring at the engineers’ quarters is to be provided as required in
4-7-4/31.
5.16.1(e) Fire detection. The emergency generator room is to be fitted with fire detectors. Where
the emergency generator is located in a space separated from the emergency switchboard, fire
detectors are to be located in each space. The fire detection and alarm system is to be in
compliance with 4-5-2/21 and may be a part of another system.
5.16.2 System Arrangements
5.16.2(a) Independence. The power supply circuits, including control and monitoring circuits,
for the use of the emergency generator in port are to be so arranged and protected that any
electrical fault, except for the emergency generator and the emergency switchboard, will not affect
the operation of the main and emergency services.
5.16.2(b) Changeover arrangement. Means are to be provided to readily change over to emergency
operation.
5.16.2(c) Overload prevention. The generator is to be safeguarded against overload by automatically
shedding such other loads so that the supply to the required emergency loads is always available.
5.16.3 Operational Instruction
Operational instructions, such as that on fuel oil tank level, harbor/seagoing mode changeover
arrangements, etc., are to be provided onboard. Before the vessel is underway, all valves, switches,
etc. are to be in the positions for their intended mode of operation of the emergency generator and
the emergency switchboard. Such instructions are to be distinctly posted at the emergency generator
room. Planned maintenance is to be carried out only while in port.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 227
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
5.17.2(d) The alarm system is to function in accordance with 4-7-2/5.1 through 4-7-2/5.13, with
additional requirements that grouped alarms are to be arranged on the bridge.
5.17.2(e) In addition to the fuel oil control from outside the space, a local means of engine
shutdown is to be provided.
5.17.2(f) Local indications of at least those parameters listed in 4-6-2/Table 1 are to be provided
within the same space as the diesel engines and are to remain operational in the event of failure of
the alarm and safety systems.
TABLE 1
Alarms and Safeguards for Emergency Diesel Engines
[See 4-6-2/5.17] (2009)
Systems Monitored Parameters A Auto Notes
Shut [ A = Alarm; x = apply ]
Down
Fuel oil A1 Leakage from pressure pipes x
Lubricating oil B1 Temperature – high x For engines having a power of 220 kW
or more.
B2 Lubricating oil pressure – low x
B3 (2009) Oil mist in crankcase, mist x (2009) For engines having a power of
concentration – high; or 2250 kW (3000 hp) and above or having
Bearing temperature – high; or a cylinder bore of more than 300 mm
(11.8 in.).
Alternative arrangements
See 4-2-1/7.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
Cooling medium C1 Pressure or flow – low x For engines having a power of 220 kW
or more.
C2 Temperature – high x
Engine D1 Overspeed activated x x For engines having a power of 220 kW
or more.
5.19 Vessels Less than 500 GT Having Electrical Plants of 75 kW and Above
5.19.1 General
This requirement is intended for vessels less than 500 GT having electrical plants of an aggregate
capacity of 75 kW and above. The emergency source of electrical power is to be self-contained
and readily available. 4-6-2/5.1.1, 4-6-2/5.1.2, 4-6-2/5.5 through 4-6-2/5.13 and 4-6-2/5.21 are
also applicable. Where the source of electrical power is a battery, see 4-6-3/3.7 for the installation.
For emergency lighting, a relay-controlled, battery-operated lantern is acceptable.
5.19.2 Capacity
The emergency source of electrical power is to be capable of supplying simultaneously at least the
following services for the period as specified herein:
5.19.2(a) Emergency lighting for two hours:
i) At muster and embarkation stations for survival craft
ii) At survival craft, their launching appliances and the area of water into which they are
launched
5.19.2(b) Emergency lighting for six hours:
i) In all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits, personnel elevators and
shafts;
ii) In the machinery spaces and main generating stations, including their control positions;
228 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
iii) In all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at each main and emergency
switchboard;
iv) At all stowage positions for firemen’s outfits;
v) At the steering gear; and
5.19.2(c) Navigation lights and other lights required by the International Regulation for Preventing
Collisions at Sea in force.
5.19.2(d) Radio installations for calling distress signals and rescue for six hours
5.19.2(e) Internal communication equipment, as required in an emergency for six hours.
7 Distribution System
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 229
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
230 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 231
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
7.7.3 Indicators
The external supply connection or shore connection is to be provided with a pilot lamp and a voltmeter
(and frequency meter for AC) at main or emergency switchboard to show energized status of the cable.
7.7.4 Polarity or Phase Sequence
Means are to be provided for checking the polarity (for DC) or the phase sequence (for three-phase
AC) of the incoming supply in relation to the vessel’s system.
7.7.5 Information Plate
An information plate is to be provided at or near the connection box giving full information on the
system of supply and the nominal voltage (and frequency if AC) of the vessel’s system and the
recommended procedure for carrying out the connection.
7.7.6 Securing of Trailing Cable
Provision is to be made for securing the trailing cable to a framework to absorb stress on the electrical
terminals by catenary tension of the cable.
232 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
9.1.2(b) Rated Short-circuit Breaking Capacity. The rated short-circuit breaking capacity of every
protective device is not to be less than the maximum available fault current at that point. For
alternating current (AC), the rated short-circuit breaking capacity is not to be less than the root
mean square (rms) value of the AC component of the prospective short-circuit current at the point
of application. The circuit breaker is to be able to break any current having an AC component not
exceeding its rated breaking capacity, whatever the inherent direct current (DC) component may
be at the beginning of the interruption.
9.1.2(c) Rated Short-circuit Making Capacity. The rated short-circuit making capacity of every
switching device is to be adequate for maximum peak value of the prospective short-circuit current
at the point of installation. The circuit breaker is to be able to make the current corresponding to
its making capacity without opening within a time corresponding to the maximum time delay required.
9.1.3 Protection Against Overload
9.1.3(a) Circuit Breakers. Circuit breakers or other mechanical switching devices for overload
protection are to have a tripping characteristic (overload-trip time) adequate for the overload
capacity of all elements in the system to be protected and for any discrimination requirements.
9.1.3(b) Fuses. A fuse of greater than 320 amperes is not to be used for overload protection.
9.1.3(c) Rating (2005). Fuse ratings and rating (or settings, if adjustable) of time-delay trip elements
of circuit breakers are not to exceed the rated current capacity of the conductor to be protected as
listed in 4-6-4/Table 10, except as otherwise permitted for generator motor, and transformer circuit
protection in 4-6-2/9.3, 4-6-2/9.13 and 4-6-2/9.15. If the standard ratings or settings of overload
devices do not correspond to the rating or the setting allowed for conductors, the next higher
standard rating or setting may be used, provided that it does not exceed 150% of the allowable
current carrying capacity of the conductor, where permitted by the Standard to which the feeder
cables have been constructed. Except as otherwise permitted for motor and transformer branch-
circuit protection, adjustable-trip circuit breakers of the time-delay or instantaneous type are to be
set to operate at not more than 150% of the rated capacity of the conductor to be protected.
9.1.3(d) Indication. The rating or setting of the overload protective device for each circuit is to
be permanently indicated at the location of the protective device.
9.1.4 Back-up Protection (2011)
9.1.4(a) Back-up Fuse Arrangements. Circuit breakers having breaking and/or making capacities
less than the prospective short-circuit current at the point of application will be permitted, provided
that such circuit breakers are backed-up by fuses which have sufficient short-circuit capacity for
that application. The fuse is to be specifically designed for back-up combinations with the circuit
breaker, and the maximum fault rating for the combination is to be provided.
9.1.4(b) Cascade Protection. Cascade protection may be permitted, subject to special consideration.
Such special consideration is not intended for new construction vessels, however may be granted
when modifications are performed to existing vessels. The cascade protection is to be arranged
such that the combination of circuit protective devices has sufficient short-circuit breaking
capacity at the point of application [see 4-6-2/9.1.2(b)]. All circuit protective devices are to
comply with the requirements for making capacity [see 4-6-2/9.1.2(c)]. Cascade protection is not
to be used for circuits of primary essential services. Where cascade protection is used for circuits
of secondary essential services, such services are to be duplicated, provided with means of
automatic transfer and the automatic transfer is to alarm at a manned location. Cascade protection
may be used for circuits of non-essential services.
9.1.5 Coordinated Tripping
Coordinated tripping is to be provided between generator, bus tie, bus feeder and feeder protective
devices. See also 4-6-2/9.3.2 and 4-6-2/9.7.1. Except for cascade system (backup protection) in
4-6-2/9.1.4, the coordinated tripping is also to be provided between feeder and branch-circuit protective
devices for essential services. Continuity of service to essential circuits under short-circuit conditions
is to be achieved by discrimination of the protective devices, as follows:
9.1.5(a) The tripping characteristics of protective devices in series is to be coordinated.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 233
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
9.1.5(b) Only the protective device nearest to the fault is to open the circuit, except for the cascade
system (back-up protection), as specified in 4-6-2/9.1.4(a).
9.1.5(c) The protective devices are to be capable of carrying, without opening, a current not less
than the short-circuit current at the point of application for a time corresponding to the opening of
the breaker, increased by the time delay required for discrimination.
234 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 235
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
236 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
When fuses are used to protect polyphase motor circuits, it is to be arranged to protect against
single-phasing.
The setting of magnetic instantaneous trips for short-circuit protection only is to exceed the transient
current inrush of the motor, and to be the standard value nearest to, but not less than, 10 times full-
load motor current.
9.13.4 Motor Running Protection (2005)
Running protection is to be provided for all motors having a power rating exceeding 0.5 kW,
except that such protection is not to be provided for steering gear motors (see 4-6-2/11.3). The
running protection is to be set between 100% and 125% of the motor rated current.
For athwartship thrusters having only instantaneous trips, a motor overload alarm in the wheelhouse
is acceptable in lieu of the motor running protection.
9.13.5 Undervoltage Protection and Undervoltage Release (2011)
Undervoltage protection is to be provided for motors having power rating exceeding 0.5 kW (0.7 hp)
to prevent undesired restarting upon restoration of the normal voltage, after a stoppage due to a
low voltage condition or voltage failure condition.
Undervoltage release is to be provided for the following motors unless the automatic restart upon
restoration of the normal voltage will cause hazardous conditions:
i) Primary essential services (see 4-6-1/Table 4).
ii) Only those secondary essential services (see 4-6-1/Table 5) necessary for safety, such as:
• Fire pumps and other fire extinguishing medium pumps.
• Ventilating fans for engine and boiler rooms where they may prevent the normal
operation of the propulsion machinery (See Note 1 below)
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 237
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
Special attention is to be paid to the starting currents due to a group of motors with undervoltage
release controllers being restarted automatically upon restoration of the normal voltage. Means
such as sequential starting is to be provided to limit excessive starting current, where necessary.
Note 1: Undervoltage protection is to be provided for ventilation fans for engine and boiler room, which are
supplied by an emergency source of power for the purpose of removing smoke from the space after a fire
has been extinguished.
9.18 Harmonic Distortion for Ship Electrical Distribution System including Harmonic Filters
(1 July 2017)
9.18.1 Monitoring
Where the electrical distribution system on board a ship includes harmonic filters, such ships are
to be fitted with facilities to continuously monitor the levels of harmonic distortion experienced on
the main bus bar as well as alert the crew should the level of harmonic distortion exceed the
acceptable limits. Where the engine room is provided with automation systems, this reading is to
be logged electronically, otherwise it is to be recorded in the engine log book for future inspection
by the Surveyor. However, harmonic filters installed for single application frequency drives such
as pump motors may be excluded from the requirements of this section.
9.18.2 Measurement
As a minimum, harmonic distortion levels of main bus bar on board such existing ships are to be
measured annually under seagoing conditions as close to the periodical machinery survey as possible
so as to give a clear representation of the condition of the entire plant to the Surveyor. Harmonic
distortion readings are to be carried out when the greatest amount of distortion is indicated by the
measuring equipment. An entry showing which equipment was running and/or filters in service is
to be recorded in the log so this can be replicated for the next periodical survey. Harmonic distortion
levels are also to be measured following any modification to the ship’s electrical distribution system
or associated consumers by suitably trained ship’s personnel or from a qualified outside source.
Records of all the above measurements are to be made available to the surveyor at each periodical
survey in accordance with the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
238 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 239
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
240 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 241
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
242 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
15.5.2 Elevator
Where an elevator is installed, a telephone is to be permanently installed in all cars and connected
to a continuously manned area. The telephone may be sound powered, battery operated or electrically
powered from the emergency source of power.
15.5.3 Independence of Power Supply Circuit
Final sub-circuit for power supply to these voice communication systems is to be independent of other
electrical systems and control, monitoring and alarm systems. See 4-6-2/5.3.3(b) for power supply.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 243
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
244 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 2 Shipboard Systems 4-6-2
17.7 Elevator
A device which will activate an audible and visual alarm in a manned control center is to be provided in all cars.
Such alarm system is to be independent of power and control systems of the elevator. See 4-6-2/5.3.3(e)
for power supply.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 245
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
246 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 247
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
FIGURE 1
Example of Area Affected by Local Fixed Pressure Water-spraying or Local
Water-mist Fire Extinguishing System in Machinery Spaces (2014)
Generator
3.3 Generators
All generators are to be located with their shafts in a fore-and-aft direction on the vessel and are to operate
satisfactorily in accordance with the inclination requirements of 4-1-1/17. Where it is not practicable to
mount the generators with the armature shafts in the fore-and-aft direction, their lubrication will require
special consideration. Provision is to be made to prevent oil or oil vapor from passing into the machine
windings.
248 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 249
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
3.7.3 Ventilation
3.7.3(a) Battery Rooms. Battery rooms are to be ventilated to avoid accumulation of flammable
gas. Natural ventilation may be employed if ducts are run directly from the top of the battery room
to the open air above.
If natural ventilation is impractical, mechanical exhaust ventilation is to be provided with fan intake
at the top of the room. Fans are to be of non-sparking construction in accordance with 4-6-3/11.7
and capable of completely changing the air in the battery room in not more than two minutes.
Alternatively, a lesser ventilation rate may be considered, provided that satisfactory calculations
are submitted substantiating that adequate ventilation is available to maintain the flammable gases
within the battery room to a level below the lower explosive limit (L.E.L.) at the maximum battery
charging current. Where the ventilation rate is based on low hydrogen emission type batteries, a
warning notice to this effect is to be provided in a visible place in the battery room. Openings for
air inlet are to be provided near the floor.
3.7.3(b) Battery Lockers. Battery lockers are to be ventilated, if practicable, similarly to battery
rooms by a duct led from the top of the locker to the open air or to an exhaust ventilation duct.
Louvers or equivalent are to be provided near the bottom for entrance of air.
3.7.3(c) Deck Boxes. Deck boxes are to be provided with a duct from the top of the box, terminating
in a goose neck, mushroom head or equivalent to prevent entrance of water. Holes for air inlet are
to be provided on at least two opposite sides of the box. The entire deck boxes, including openings
for ventilation, is to be weathertight to prevent entrance of spray or rain.
3.7.3(d) Small Battery Boxes. Boxes for small batteries require no ventilation other than openings
near the top to permit escape of gas.
3.7.4 Protection from Corrosion
The interiors of battery rooms, including the structural parts and shelves therein, as well as ventilation
inlets and outlets are to be painted with corrosion-resistant paint. Shelves in battery rooms or lockers
for acid batteries are to have a watertight lining of sheet lead not less than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) on all
sides. For alkaline batteries, the shelves are to be similarly lined with steel not less than 0.8 mm
(1/32 in.) thick. Alternatively, a battery room may be fitted with a watertight lead pan, steel for
alkaline batteries, over the entire deck, carried up not less than 152 mm (6 in.) on all sides. Deck
boxes are to be lined in accordance with the above alternative method. Boxes for small batteries
are to be lined to a depth of 76 mm (3 in.), consistent with the methods described above.
3.7.5 Maintenance of Batteries (2008)
3.7.5(a) Maintenance Schedule of Batteries (1 July 2016). Where batteries are fitted for use for
essential and emergency services, a maintenance schedule of such batteries is to be provided and
maintained.
The schedule is to include all batteries used for essential and emergency services, including system
batteries installed in battery rooms, battery lockers and deck boxes as well as batteries installed
within vendor supplied equipment. Examples of batteries included with equipment are:
• Computer equipment and programmable logic controllers (PLC) used in computer based systems
and programmable electronic systems, when used for essential or emergency services.
• Navigation equipment, such as the equipment required by SOLAS, Chapter V, Regulation 19.
The schedule is to be submitted for review, during their plan approval or the new building survey,
and is to include at least the following information regarding the batteries.
• Type and manufacturer’s type designation.
• Voltage and ampere-hour rating.
• Location.
• Equipment and/or system(s) served.
• Maintenance/replacement cycle dates.
250 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 251
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
252 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
3.27 Installation Requirements for Recovery from Dead Ship Condition (2019)
Means are to be provided to ensure that machinery can be brought into operation from the dead ship condition
without external aid. See 4-1-1/19.
Where the emergency source of power is an emergency generator which complies with 4-6-2/5.15 and
4-6-2/3.1.3, this emergency generator may be used for restoring operation of the main propulsion plant,
boilers and auxiliary machinery.
Where there is no emergency generator installed, the arrangements for bringing main and auxiliary machinery
into operation are to be such that the initial charge of starting air or initial electrical power and any power
supplies for engine operation can be developed onboard ship without external aid. If for this purpose an
emergency air compressor or an electric generator is required, these units are to be powered by a hand-
starting oil engine or a hand-operated compressor.
The arrangements for bringing the main and auxiliary machinery into operation are to have a capacity such
that the starting energy and any power supplies for propulsion engine operation are available within 30 minutes
from a dead ship condition.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 253
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
5 Cable Installation
254 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 255
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
If the above values are not obtained, any or all appliances connected to the circuit may be disconnected for
this test.
256 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
5.9.1(b) The distances between supports are to be suitably chosen according to the type of cable
and the probability of vibration, and are not to exceed 400 mm (16 in.); for a horizontal cable run
where the cables are laid on cable supports in the form of tray plates, separate support brackets or
hanger ladders, the spacing between the fixing points may be up to 900 mm (36 in.), provided that
there are supports with maximum spacing, as specified above. This exemption does not apply to
cable runs along weather decks when the cable run is arranged so that the cables can be subjected
to forces by water washing over the deck.
Note: When designing a cable support system for single-core cables, consideration is also to be given to the
effects of electrodynamic forces developing on the occurrence of a short-circuit.
The above-given distances between cable supports are not necessarily adequate for these cables.
Further, other recognized standards for cable support and fixing will be considered.
5.9.1(c) The supports and the corresponding accessories are to be robust and are to be of
corrosion-resistant material or suitably treated before erection to resist corrosion.
5.9.1(d) Cable clips or straps made from an approved material other than metal (such as polyamide,
PVC) may be used.
5.9.1(e) When cables are fixed by means of clips or straps, referred to in Item 4-6-3/5.9.1(d) above,
and these cables are not laid on top of horizontal cable trays or cable supports, suitable metal cable
clips or saddles are to be added at regular distances not exceeding 2 m (6.5 ft) in order to prevent
the release of cables during a fire. This also applies to the fixing of non-metallic conduits or pipes.
Note: Item 4-6-3/5.9.1(e) does not necessarily apply in the case of cable runs with only one or a few cables
with small diameters for the connection of a lighting fitting, alarm transducer, etc.
5.9.1(f) (2004) Non-metallic clips, saddles or straps are to be flame retardant in accordance with
IEC Publication 60092-101.
5.9.2 Bending Radius
For bending radius requirements, see 4-6-3/Table 2.
5.9.3 Plastic Cable Trays and Protective Casings (2004)
5.9.3(a) Installations (2008). Cable trays and protective casings made of plastic materials are to
be supplemented by metallic fixing and straps such that, in the event of a fire, they and the cables
affixed are prevented from falling and causing an injury to personnel and/or an obstruction to any
escape route. See 4-6-3/5.9.1(e). Cable trays and protective casings made of plastic materials are
to be flame retardant (see Appendix 4-8-4A1 of the Steel Vessel Rules). Where plastic cable trays
and protective casings are used on open deck, they are additionally to be protected against UV
light by such as anti-UV coating or equivalent.
Note: “Plastic” means both thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials with or without reinforcement,
such as PVC and fiber reinforced plastics (FRP). “Protective casing” means a closed cover in the form of
a pipe or other closed ducts of non-circular shape.
5.9.3(b) Safe Working Load (2008). The load on the cable trays and protective casings is to be
within the Safe Working Load (SWL). The support spacing is to be not greater than the manufacturer’s
recommendation nor in excess of the spacing at the SWL test (see Appendix 4-8-4A1 of the Steel
Vessel Rules). In general, the spacing is not to exceed 2 meters.
Note: The selection and spacing of cable tray and protective casing supports are to take into account:
• Dimensions of the cable trays and the protective casings;
• Mechanical and physical properties of their material;
• Mass of the cable trays/protective casings;
• Loads due to weight of cables, external forces, thrust forces and vibrations;
• Maximum accelerations to which the system may be subjected;
• Combination of loads.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 257
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
5.9.3(c) Cable occupation ratio in protective casing. The sum of the total cross-sectional area of
all cables on the basis of their external diameter is not to exceed 40% of the internal cross-
sectional area of the protective casing. This does not apply to a single cable in a protective casing.
5.9.3(d) Hazardous areas (2008). Cable trays and protective casings passing through hazardous
areas are to be electrically conductive (see Appendix 4-8-4A1 of the Steel Vessel Rules).
5.9.3(e) Type Testing (2008). Cable trays and protective casings made of plastic materials are to
be type tested in accordance with Appendix 4-8-4A1 of the Steel Vessel Rules. Alternate test
procedures for impact resistance test, safe working load test, flame retardant test, smoke and
toxicity tests and/or resistivity test from an international or national standard may be considered
instead of the test specified in Appendix 4-8-4A1 of the Steel Vessel Rules. The type test reports
are to be submitted for review.
Bunches of more than twelve cables will be subject to special consideration based on the type and
service of the various cables in the bunch.
5.11.2 Clearance and Segregation
A clearance is to be maintained between any two cable bunches of at least the diameter of the
largest cable in either bunch. Otherwise, for the purpose of determining the number of cables in
the bunch, the total number of cables on both sides of the clearance will be used.
5.11.3 Cable of Lower Conductor Temperature
The current rating of each cable in a bunch is to be determined based on the lowest conductor
temperature rating of any cable in the bunch.
258 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 259
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
FIGURE 2
Cables within High Fire Risk Areas (2008)
DB
5.17.2(b) At least two loops/radial distributions run as widely apart as is practicable and so arranged
that in the event of damage by fire at least one of the loops/radial distributions remains operational.
Systems that are self-monitoring, fail safe or duplicated with cable runs separated as widely as
practicable, may be exempted from the requirements in 4-6-3/5.17.2(a) and 4-6-3/5.17.2(b).
5.17.3 Electrical Cables for the Emergency Fire Pump (2013)
The electrical cables to the emergency fire pump are not to pass through the machinery spaces
containing the main fire pumps and their sources of power and prime movers. They are to be of a
fire resistant type, in accordance with 4-6-4/13.1.3, where they pass through other high fire risk
areas.
5.17.4 Requirements by the Governmental Authority
Attention is directed to the requirements of the governmental authority of the country whose flag
the vessel flies for the installation of emergency circuits required in various types of vessels.
260 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 261
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
262 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
vi) Cable connectors are to be rated for the voltage, current, and short circuit current expected in the
system at the connection points.
vii) Cables arranged for connection with cable connector are to be well-supported and fastened so that
conductor contacts are not subjected to undue stress.
7 Earthing
7.1 General
Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be live but which are
liable under fault conditions to become live are to be earthed unless the machines or equipment are:
i) (1998) supplied at a voltage not exceeding 50 volts DC or 50 volts AC rms between conductors;
auto-transformers are not to be used for the purpose of achieving this voltage; or
ii) Supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V AC rms by safety isolating transformers supplying only
one consuming device; or
iii) Constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation.
7.5 Connections
7.5.1 General
All earthing conductors are to be of copper or other corrosion-resistant material and are to be protected
against damage. The nominal cross-sectional area of every copper earthing conductor is to be not
less than that required by 4-6-3/Table 3.
7.5.2 Earthed Distribution System
Earthing conductors in an earthed distribution system are to comply with 4-6-3/7.5.1, except that
the earthing conductor in line C4 of 4-6-3/Table 3 is to be A/2.
7.5.3 Connection to Hull Structure
All connections of an earth-continuity conductor or earthing lead to the vessel’s structure are to be
made in an accessible position and be secured by a screw of brass or other corrosion-resistant material
having a cross-sectional area equivalent to the earth-continuity conductor or earthing lead, but not
less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter. The earth connection screw is to be used for this purpose only.
See 4-4-1/9.21 for control of static electricity.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 263
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
9.1 Equipment
The installation of electrical equipment in cargo holds for dry bulk cargoes is to be limited to only that
which is absolutely necessary. Where electrical equipment must be installed in such spaces, it is to be
protected from mechanical damage. All electrical equipment in cargo holds or spaces through which cargo
passes is to have an IP55 enclosure, as defined in 4-6-1/15.
264 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 265
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
11.3.2(c) Sub-compartment. When intrinsically safe components are located by necessity within
enclosures that contain non-intrinsically safe systems, such as control consoles and motor starters,
such components are to be effectively isolated in a sub-compartment by earthed metallic or
nonmetallic insulating barriers having a cover or panel secured by bolts, locks, Allen-screws, or
other approved methods. The intrinsic safety in the sub-compartment is not to be adversely affected
by external electric or magnetic fields under normal operating condition and any fault conditions
in non-intrinsically safe circuits.
11.3.2(d) Termination Arrangements. Where it is impracticable to arrange the terminals of
intrinsically safe circuit in the sub-compartment, they are to be separated from those for non-
intrinsically safe circuits by either of the following methods. Other National or International
recognized Standards will also be accepted.
i) When separation is accomplished by distance, then the clearance between terminals is to
be at least 50 mm, or
ii) When separation is accomplished by use of an insulating partition or earthed metal partition,
the partitions are to extend to within 1.5 mm of the walls of the enclosure, or alternatively
provide a minimum measurement of 50 mm between the terminals when taken in any
direction around the partition.
11.3.2(e) Identification Plate. The terminals and sub-compartment for intrinsically safe circuit
and components are to have a nameplate indicating that the equipment within is intrinsically safe
and that unauthorized modification or repairs are prohibited.
11.3.2(f) Replacement. Unless specifically approved, replacement equipment for intrinsically-
safe circuits is to be identical to the original equipment.
11.3.3 Pressurized Equipment
Pressurized equipment is to consist of separately ventilated enclosures supplied with positive-
pressure ventilation from a closed-loop system or from a source outside the hazardous areas, and
provision is to be made such that the equipment cannot be energized until the enclosure has been
purged with a minimum of ten air changes and required pressure is obtained. Ventilating pipes are
to have a minimum wall thickness of 3 mm (0.12 in. or 11 gage). In the case of loss of pressurization,
power is to be automatically removed from the equipment, unless this would result in a condition
more hazardous than that created by failure to de-energize the equipment. In this case, in lieu of
removal of power, an audible and visual alarm is to be provided at a normally manned control station.
Pressurized equipment in compliance with IEC Pub. 60079-2, NFPA 496 or other recognized
standard will also be acceptable.
266 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 267
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
TABLE 1
Minimum Degree of Protection [See 4-6-3/3.1.1] (2018)
(For high voltage equipment, see 4-6-5/Table 1)
Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Motor Control Centers
& Controllers (See 4-6-3/3.9 to 4-6-3/3.13)
Generators (See 4-6-3/3.3)
Example Condition Motors (See 4-6-3/3.5)
of of Transformers, Converters
Location Location Lighting Fixtures
(See 4-6-3/3.17)
Heating Appliances
(See 4-6-3/3.19)
Accessories (3)
Dry accommodation space Danger of touching live IP20 - IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
parts only
Dry control rooms (4) (1999) IP20 - IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Control rooms (1999) Danger of dripping liquid IP22 - IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
and/or moderate mechanical
Machinery spaces above floor plates (5) IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP44
damage
Steering gear rooms IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP44
Refrigerating machinery rooms IP22 - IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP44
Emergency machinery rooms IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP44
General store rooms IP22 - IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
Pantries IP22 - IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP44
Provision rooms IP22 - IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
Bathrooms and Showers Increased danger of liquid - - - - IP34 IP44 IP55
and/or mechanical damage
Machinery spaces below floor plates - - IP44 - IP34 IP44 IP55 (2)
Closed fuel oil or lubricating oil IP44 - IP44 - IP34 IP44 IP55 (2)
separator rooms
Ballast pump rooms Increased danger of liquid IP44 - IP44 IP44 IP34 IP44 IP55
and mechanical damage
Refrigerated rooms - - IP44 - IP34 IP44 IP55
Galleys and Laundries IP44 - IP44 IP44 IP34 IP44 IP44(6)
Shaft or pipe tunnels in double bottom Danger of liquid spray IP55 - IP55 IP55 IP55 IP55 IP56
presence of cargo dust,
Holds for general cargo - - - - IP55 - IP55
serious mechanical damage,
and/or aggressive fumes
Open decks Exposure to heavy seas IP56 - IP56 - IP55 IP56 IP56
Bilge wells Exposure to submersion - - - - IPX8 - IPX8
Notes
1 Empty spaces shown with “-“ indicate installation of electrical equipment is not recommended.
2 (2018) Socket outlets are not to be installed in machinery spaces below the floor plates, enclosed fuel and lubricating oil
separator rooms. Plugs and sockets that are present in a hazardous area are to be certified for use in the particular zone.
3 “Accessories” include switches, detectors, junction boxes, etc. Accessories which are acceptable for use in hazardous
areas are limited by the condition of the areas. Specific requirements are given in the Rules. See 4-6-3/3.23.
4 (1999) For the purpose of this Table, the wheelhouse may be categorized as a “dry control room” and consequently,
the installation of IP20 equipment would suffice therein, provided that: (a) the equipment is located as to preclude
being exposed to steam or dripping/spraying liquids emanating from pipe flanges, valves, ventilation ducts and outlets,
etc., installed in its vicinity, and (b) the equipment is placed to preclude the possibility of being exposed to sea or rain.
5 (2006) See 4-6-3/3.1.1(b) where the equipment is located within areas protected by local fixed pressure water-
spraying or water-mist fire extinguishing system and its adjacent areas.
6 (2014) Socket outlets in galleys and laundries are to maintain their protection against splashed water when not in use.
268 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 3 Shipboard Installation 4-6-3
TABLE 2
Minimum Bending Radii of Cables [See 4-6-3/5.9.2] (1999)
Cable Construction Overall Diameter, Minimum Internal
Insulation Outer Covering D Bending Radius
Thermoplastic or Unarmored or unbraided D ≤ 25 mm (1 in.) 4D
thermosetting with 6D
D > 25 mm
circular copper
conductor Metal braid screened or armored Any 6D
Metal wire or metal-tape armored or Any 6D
metal-sheathed
Composite polyester/metal laminate Any 8D
tape screened units or collective tape
screening
Thermoplastic or Any Any 8D
thermosetting with
shaped copper
conductor
Mineral Hard metal-sheathed Any 6D
TABLE 3
Size of Earth-continuity Conductors and Earthing Connections
[See 4-6-3/7.5] (2003)
Cross-sectional Area, A, of
Minimum Cross-sectional Area of
Type of Earthing Connection Associated Current
Copper Earthing Connection
Carrying Conductor
A1 A ≤ 16 mm2 A
Earth-continuity conductor in
A2 16 mm < A ≤ 32 mm
2 2 16 mm2
flexible cable or flexible cord
A3 A > 32 mm 2 A/
2
For cables having an insulated earth-continuity conductor
B1a A ≤ 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2
B1b 1.5 mm < A ≤ 16 mm
2 2 A
Earth-continuity conductor B1c 16 mm2 < A ≤ 32 mm2 16 mm2
incorporated in fixed cable B1d A > 32 mm2 A/
2
For cables with bare earth wire in direct contact with the lead sheath
B2a A ≤ 2.5 mm2 1 mm2
B2b 2.5 mm < A ≤ 6 mm
2 2 1.5 mm2
C1a Stranded earthing connection:
1.5 mm2 for A ≤ 1.5 mm2
A ≤ 3 mm 2 A for A > 1.5 mm2
C1b Unstranded earthing connection:
Separate fixed earthing conductor
3 mm2
C2 3 mm < A ≤ 6 mm
2 2 3 mm2
C3 6 mm < A ≤ 125 mm
2 2 A/
2
C4 A > 125 mm2 64 mm2 (see Note 1)
Notes:
1 (2003) For earthed distribution systems, the size of earthing conductor is not to be less than A/2.
2 Conversion Table for mm2 to circular mils:
mm2 circ. mils mm2 circ. mils mm2 circ. mils mm2 circ. mils
1 1,973 2.5 4,933 6 11,841 70 138,147
1.5 2,960 4 7,894 16 31,576 120 236,823
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 269
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
3 Rotating Machines
3.1 General
3.1.1 Applications (2019)
All rotating electrical machines of 100 kW and over intended for essential services (see 4-6-1/3.7)
or for services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11 are to be designed, constructed and tested in accordance
with the requirements of 4-6-4/3.
Furthermore, their design and construction is to withstand all loads (e.g., mechanical, electrical,
thermal, cyclic, etc.) that would be imposed during the intended operation.
For squirrel cage electric motors serving essential services, special attention is also to be given to
the method of attachment of the rotor bars to the rotor so that the overall operational integrity of
the motor will not be affected during service. The common arrangement is with the shorting ring
in full contact, via brazing or welding, with the ends of the rotor bars. A less common arrangement
is with the shorting ring only in partial contact with the ends of the rotor bars. For these less
common arrangements, calculations, analyses, tests and/or operational service history data may be
required in this regard substantiating the design and construction of the rotating machine for its
intended application and service.
270 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
All other rotating electrical machines are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance
with established industrial practices and manufacturer’s specifications. Manufacturer’s tests for
rotating electric machines less than 100 kW for essential services or for services indicated in
4-6-4/Table 11 are to include at least the tests described in 4-6-4/3.3.1(b), regardless of the standard
of construction The test certificates are to be made available when requested by the Surveyor.
Acceptance of machines will be based on satisfactory performance test after installation.
3.1.2 Certification on Basis of an Approved Quality Assurance Program
See 4-1-1/3.
3.1.3 References
3.1.3(a) Inclination. For the requirements covering inclination for design condition, see 4-1-1/17.
3.1.3(b) Insulation Material. For the requirements covering insulation material, see 4-6-1/13.
3.1.3(c) Capacity of Generators. For requirements covering main generator capacity, see 4-6-2/3.1.2
and 4-6-2/3.5. For requirements covering emergency generator capacity, see 4-6-2/5.3.1.
3.1.3(d) Power Supply by Generators. For requirements covering power supply by main or
emergency generator, see 4-6-2/3.1.2 and 4-6-2/5.5.2, respectively.
3.1.3(e) Protection for Generator Circuits. For requirements covering protection for generator,
see 4-6-2/9.3, 4-6-2/9.5 and 4-6-2/9.7.
3.1.3(f) Protection for Motor Circuits. For requirements covering protection for motor branch
circuit, see 4-6-2/9.13.
3.1.3(g) Installation. For requirements covering installation, see 4-6-3/3.3 for generators and
4-6-3/3.5 for motors.
3.1.3(h) Protection Enclosures and its Selection. For requirements covering degree of the protection
and the selection of equipment, see 4-6-1/15 and 4-6-3/3.1, respectively.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 271
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
When automatic excitation is used, the limit of torque values is to be the same as with the excitation
equipment operating under normal conditions.
272 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 273
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
3.13.2(b) Rotors of integrated auxiliary machinery (2012). Shaft motors and shaft generators, which
are an integral part of the line shafting, shall be evaluated for maximum combined load (steady and
dynamic torque and bending) acting within operating range of installation. Accordingly, the shaft
diameter design criteria per 4-2-4/5.3.1 and 4-2-4/5.3.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules is to be evaluated
for maximum torsional moment acting within the operating speeds, instead of torsional moment T
at rated speed.
The shaft diameter of the motors and generators, that are an integral part of the line shafting, may
also be designed per 4-3-1/7 and are to be evaluated based on engineering analyses.
3.13.3 Circulating Currents
Means are to be provided to prevent circulating currents from passing between the journals and
the bearings, where the design and arrangement of the machine is such that damaging current may
be expected. Where such protection is required, a warning plate is to be provided in a visible place
cautioning against the removal of such protection.
3.13.4 Rotating Exciters
Rotating exciters are to conform to all applicable requirements for generators.
3.13.5 Insulation of Windings
Armature and field coils are to be treated to resist oil and water.
3.13.6 Protection Against Cooling Water
Where water cooling is used, the cooler is to be so arranged as to avoid entry of water into the
machine, whether through leakage or from condensation in the heat exchanger.
3.13.7 Moisture Condensation Prevention (2014)
All generators, and each motor rated 50 kW and over, are to be provided with a means to prevent
moisture condensation in the machine when idle.
Where steam-heating coils are installed for this purpose, there are to be no pipe joints inside of the
casings. See item 7 in 4-6-4/Table 7 for space heater pilot lamp for alternating-current generators.
3.13.8 Terminal Arrangements
Terminals are to be provided at an accessible position and protected against mechanical damage
and accidental contact for earthing, short-circuit or touching. Terminal leads are to be secured to
the frame and the designation of each terminal lead are to be clearly marked. The ends of terminal
leads are to be fitted with connectors. Cable glands or similar are to be provided where cable
penetrations may compromise the protection property of terminal enclosures.
3.13.9 Nameplates
Nameplates of corrosion-resistant material are to be provided in an accessible position of the
machine and are to indicate at least the information as listed in 4-6-4/Table 4a.
3.15 Lubrication
Rotating machines are to have continuous lubrication at all running speeds and all normal working bearing
temperatures, with the vessel’s inclinations specified in 4-1-1/17. Unless otherwise approved, where forced
lubrication is employed, the machines are to be provided with means to shut down their prime movers
automatically upon failure of the lubricating system. Each self-lubricating sleeve bearing is to be fitted
with an inspection lid and means for visual indication of oil level or an oil gauge.
274 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
3.17.1(a) Transient Frequency Variations. The transient frequency variations in the electrical
network, when running at the indicated loads below, are to be within ±10% of the rated frequency
when:
i) Running at full load (equal to rated output) of the generator and the maximum electrical
step load is suddenly thrown off,
In the case when a step load equivalent to the rated output of a generator is thrown off, a
transient frequency variation in excess of 10% of the rated frequency may be acceptable,
provided the overspeed protective device, fitted in addition to the governor, as required by
4-6-4/3.17.2, is not activated.
ii) Running at no load and 50% of the full load of the generator is suddenly thrown on followed
by the remaining 50% load after an interval sufficient to restore the frequency to steady state.
In all instances, the frequency is to return to within ±1% of the final steady state condition
in no more than five seconds.
3.17.1(b) Frequency Variations in Steady State. The permanent frequency variation is to be within
±5% of the rated frequency at any load between no load and full load.
3.17.1(c) Emergency Generator Prime Movers. For gas turbines driving emergency generators,
the requirements of 4-6-4/3.17.1(a) and 4-6-4/3.17.1(b) are to be met. However, for the purpose of
4-6-4/3.17.1(a)ii), where the sum of all loads that can be automatically connected is larger than
50% of the full load of the emergency generator, the sum of these loads is to be used as the first
applied load.
3.17.2 Overspeed Governor
In addition to the normal operating governor, an overspeed governor is to be fitted which will trip
the turbine throttle when the rated speed is exceeded by more than 15%. Provision is to be made
for hand tripping. See 4-6-4/3.15 for pressure-lubricated machines.
3.17.3 Power Output of Gas Turbines
To satisfy the requirements of 4-6-2/3.1, the required power output of gas turbine prime movers
for ship’s service generator sets is to be based on the maximum expected inlet air temperature.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 275
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
3.19.1(b) Power Management System. Where the electrical power system is fitted with a power
management system and sequential starting arrangements, the application of loads in multiple
steps of less than 50% of rated load in 4-6-4/3.19.1(a)ii) above may be permitted, provided it is in
accordance with 4-6-4/Figure 1. The details of the power management system and sequential
starting arrangements are to be submitted and its satisfactory operation is to be demonstrated to
the Surveyor.
FIGURE 1
Limiting Curves for Loading 4-stroke Diesel Engines
Step by Step from No-load to Rated Power as Function
of the Brake Mean Effective Pressure (1998)
3.19.1(c) Frequency Variations in Steady State. The permanent frequency variation is to be within
±5% of the rated frequency at all loads between no load and full load.
3.19.1(d) Emergency Generator Prime Movers (2007). For prime movers driving emergency
generators, the requirements of 4-6-4/3.19.1(a)i) and 4-6-4/3.19.1(c) above are to be met even
when:
i) Their total consumer load is applied suddenly, or
ii) Their total consumer load is applied in steps, subject to:
• The total load is supplied within 45 seconds since power failure on the main switchboard
• The maximum step load is declared and demonstrated
• The power distribution system is designed such that the declared maximum step loading
is not exceeded
• The compliance of time delays and loading sequence with the above is to be
demonstrated at ship’s trials.
3.19.2 Overspeed Governor
In addition to the normal operating governor, each auxiliary diesel engine having a maximum
continuous output of 220 kW and over is to be fitted with a separate overspeed device so adjusted
that the speed cannot exceed the maximum rated speed by more than 15%. Provision is to be made
for hand tripping. See 4-6-4/3.15 for pressure-lubricated machines.
276 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 277
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
3.21.3(b) Load Sharing. For any load between 20% and 100% of the sum of the rated output
(aggregate output) of all generators, the load on any generator is not to differ more than 15% of
the rated output in kilowatt of the largest generator or 25% of the rated output in kilowatt of the
individual generator in question, whichever is the less, from its proportionate share of the combined
load for any steady state condition. The starting point for the determination of the foregoing load-
distribution requirements is to be at 75% of the aggregate output with each generator carrying its
proportionate share.
3.21.3(c) Facilities for Load Adjustment. Facilities are to be provided to adjust the governor
sufficiently fine to permit an adjustment of load not exceeding 5% of the aggregate output at normal
frequency.
278 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
5 Accumulator Batteries
5.1 General
5.1.1 Application
All accumulator batteries for engine starting, essential or emergency services are to be constructed
and installed in accordance with the following requirements. Accumulator batteries for services
other than the above are to be constructed and equipped in accordance with good commercial
practice. All accumulator batteries will be accepted subject to a satisfactory performance test
conducted after installation to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
5.1.2 Sealed Type Batteries
Where arrangements are made for releasing gas through a relief valve following an overcharge
condition, calculations demonstrating compliance with the criteria in 4-6-3/3.7.3 under the expected
rate of hydrogen generation are to be submitted together with the details of installation and mechanical
ventilation arrangements.
5.1.3 References
5.1.3(a) Emergency Services. For requirements covering emergency services and transitional
source of power, see 4-6-2/5.5.3 and 4-6-2/5.7, respectively.
5.1.3(b) Protection of Batteries. For requirements covering protection of batteries, see 4-6-2/5.9.
5.1.3(c) Battery Installation. For requirements covering battery installation, ventilation of the battery
location and protection from corrosion, see 4-6-3/3.7.
5.1.3(d) Cable Installation. For requirements covering cable installation in the battery room, see
4-6-3/5.23.
7.1 General
7.1.1 Applications (2010)
Switchboards are to provide adequate control of the generation and distribution of electric power.
The following equipment are to be constructed and tested in accordance with the following
requirements to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 279
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
7.1.1(a) Switchboards. Switchboards for essential services or for services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11.
7.1.1(b) Motor Controllers. Motor Controllers of 100 kW and over intended for essential services
or for services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11.
7.1.1(c) Motor Control Centers. Motor control centers with aggregate loads of 100 kW or more
intended for essential services or for services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11.
7.1.1(d) Battery Charger Units and Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) Units. Battery charger
units of 25 kW and over and uninterruptible power system (UPS) units of 50 kVA intended for
essential services, services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11, emergency source of power or transitional
source of power.
7.1.1(e) Distribution Boards. Distribution boards associated with the charging or discharging of
the battery system or uninterruptible power system (UPS) in 4-6-4/7.1.1(d).
Switchboard, distribution board, battery charger units, uninterruptible power system (UPS) units, motor
control centers and motor controllers not covered by the above paragraph are to be constructed
and equipped in accordance with good commercial practice, and will be accepted subject to a
satisfactory performance test conducted after installation to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
7.1.2 References
7.1.2(a) Inclination. For requirements covering inclination for design condition, see 4-1-1/17.
7.1.2(b) Emergency Switchboard. For requirements covering emergency switchboard, see 4-6-3/5.9.
7.1.2(c) Circuit Breakers. For requirements covering generator circuit breakers, see 4-6-4/11.1.
7.1.2(d) Feeder Protection. For requirements covering feeder protection, see 4-6-2/9.3 to 4-6-2/9.17,
4-6-2/11.3, 4-6-2/13.1.4 and 4-6-2/13.3.3
7.1.2(e) Hull Return and Earthed Distribution System. For requirements covering hull return system
and earthed distribution system, see 4-6-2/7.3 and 4-6-2/7.5, respectively
7.1.2(f) Earthing. For requirements covering earthing connections, see 4-6-3/7.
7.1.2(g) Installation. For requirements covering installation, see 4-6-3/3.9 for switchboard,
4-6-3/3.11 for distribution boards and 4-6-3/3.13 for motor controllers and control centers.
7.1.2(h) Protection Enclosures and its Selection. For requirements covering degree of the protection
and the selection of equipment, see 4-6-1/15 and 4-6-3/3.1, respectively.
280 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
7.3.1(d) Battery Charger Units, Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) Units, and Distribution
Boards (2010). Battery charger units of 25 kW and over, uninterruptible power system (UPS) units
of 50 kW and over, and distribution boards [associated with the charging or discharging of the
battery system or uninterruptible power system (UPS)] are used for essential services (see 4-6-1/3.7),
services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11, emergency source of power (see 4-6-2/5), and transitional
source of power (see 4-6-2/5.7) are to be tested in the presence of and inspected by the Surveyor,
preferably at the plant of the manufacturer. For all other battery charger units, uninterruptible power
system (UPS) units, and distribution boards, the tests may be carried out by the manufacturer
whose certificate of tests will be acceptable and is to be submitted upon request from ABS.
7.3.1(e) Test Items. Tests are to be carried out in accordance with the requirements in 4-6-4/Table 5.
7.3.2 Special Testing Arrangements
In cases where all of the required tests are not carried out at the plant of the manufacturer, the Surveyor
is to be notified and arrangements are to be made so that the remaining tests may be witnessed.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 281
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
282 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
7.11.6(b) Alternative (2014). Alternatively, reduced creepage and clearance distances may be used
provided:
i) The equipment is not installed in ‘Machinery Spaces of Category A’ or in areas affected
by a Local Fixed Pressure Water-spraying or Local Water-mist Fire Extinguishing System.
ii) The minimum clearance distance shall not be less than 8 mm
iii) The minimum creepage distance shall not be less than 16 mm.
iv) The equipment complies with IEC 61439-1.
v) In applying IEC 61439-1, the equipment is considered to be:
• Of overvoltage Category III,
• Installed in an environment of pollution degree 3,
• Having insulating material of type IIIa, and
• Installed in inhomogeneous field conditions
vi) The temperature dependent criteria in IEC 61439-1 are derated to meet the ambient
temperatures found on marine installations. Refer to 4-1-1/Table 2.
vii) The equipment is subject to an impulse voltage test with test voltage values shown in the
Table below. Where intermediate values of rated operational voltage are used, the next
higher rated impulse withstand test voltage is to be used. The impulse voltage test reports
are to be submitted to ABS for review.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 283
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
7.15 Switchboards
In addition to 4-6-4/7.1 to 4-6-4/7.13, as applicable, the switchboards for essential or emergency services
are to comply with the following requirements.
7.15.1 Handrails
Insulated handrail or insulated handles are to be provided on the front of the switchboard. Similarly,
where access to the rear is required, insulated handrail or insulated handles are also to be fitted on
the rear of the switchboard.
7.15.2 Main Bus Bar Subdivision (2014)
Vessels with the keel laid or in similar stage of construction on or after 1 July 1998 are to meet the
following requirements. Where the main source of electrical power is necessary for propulsion of
the vessel, the main bus bar is to be subdivided into at least two sections which are to be normally
connected by circuit breaker or other approved means. As far as practicable, the connection of
generating sets and any other duplicated equipment is to be equally divided between the sections.
If the arrangement is such that the main switchboard is divided into separate sections which are
interconnected by cable, the cable is to be protected at each end against faults.
7.15.3 Equalizer Circuit for Direct-current (DC) Generators
7.15.3(a) Equalizer Main Circuit. The current rating of the equalizer main circuit for direct-
current (DC) generators is not to be less than half of the rated full-load current of the generator.
7.15.3(b) Equalizer Bus Bars. The current rating of the equalizer bus bars is not to be less than
half of the rated full-load current of the largest generator in the group.
7.15.4 Equipment and Instrumentation (2005)
Equipment and instrumentation are to be provided in accordance with 4-6-4/Table 7. They are to
be suitable for starting, stopping, synchronizing and paralleling each generator set from the main
switchboard. They may be mounted on the centralized control console, if the main switchboard is
located in the centralized control station.
284 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 285
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
286 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
9 Transformers
9.1 General
9.1.1 Applications (2004)
All transformers which serve for essential or emergency electrical supply are to be constructed,
tested and installed in accordance with the following requirements. Transformers other than the above
services, auto-transformers for starting motors or isolation transformers are to be constructed and
equipped in accordance with good commercial practice. All transformers are to be of the dry and air
cooled type. The use of liquid immersed type transformers will be subject to special consideration.
Transformers other than for essential or emergency services will be accepted subject to a satisfactory
performance test conducted after installation to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
9.1.2 References
9.1.2(a) Power Supply Arrangement. For requirements covering arrangement of power supply
through transformers to ship’s service systems, see 4-6-2/7.1.6.
9.1.2(b) Protection. For requirements covering protection of transformers, see 4-6-2/9.15.
9.1.2(c) Protection Enclosures and its Selection. For requirements covering selection of the
protection enclosures for location conditions, see 4-6-3/3.1.1.
9.1.3 Forced Cooling Arrangement (Air or Liquid)
Where forced cooling medium is used to preclude the transformer from exceeding temperatures
outside of its rated range, monitoring and alarm means are to be provided and arranged so that an
alarm activates when pre-set temperature conditions are exceeded. Manual or automatic arrangements
are to be made to reduce the transformer load to a level corresponding to the cooling available.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 287
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
9.5.3 Nameplate
Nameplates of corrosion-resistant material are to be provided in an accessible position of the
transformer and are to indicate at least the information as listed in 4-6-4/Table 4c.
9.5.4 Prevention of the Accumulation of Moisture (2002)
Transformers of 10 kVA/phase and over are to be provided with effective means to prevent
accumulation of moisture and condensation within the transformer enclosure where the transformer
is disconnected from the switchboard during standby (cold standby). Where it is arranged that the
transformer is retained in an energized condition throughout a period of standby (hot standby), the
exciting current to the primary winding may be considered as a means to meet the above purpose.
In case of hot standby, a warning plate is to be posted at or near the disconnecting device for the
primary side feeder to the transformer.
10.1 Application
All semiconductor converters that are used to control motor drives having a rated power of 100 kW (135 hp)
and over intended for essential services (see definition in 4-6-1/3.7) or for services indicated in 4-6-4/Table 11
are to be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of 4-6-4/10.
Manufacturer’s tests for semiconductor converters that are used to control motor drives having a rated power
less than 100 kW (135 hp) for essential services (see definition in 4-6-1/3.7) or for services indicated in
4-6-4/Table 11 are to include at least the tests described in 4-6-4/10.7. All other semiconductor converters
used to control motor drives are to be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with established
industrial practices and manufacturer’s specifications.
The required tests may be carried out at the manufacturer facility whose certificates of tests will be acceptable
and are to be submitted upon request to ABS. All semiconductor converters will only be accepted subject
to a satisfactory performance test conducted to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor after installation.
288 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
The semiconductor converter circuits shall be able to withstand voltage and current transients that
the system may be subject to for certain applications.
The semiconductor converters are to be suitable for environmental conditions found in marine
installations such as those mentioned in 4-1-1/Table 1 and 4-1-1/Table 2.
10.5.2 Enclosures
Enclosures and assemblies are to be constructed of steel or other suitable incombustible, moisture-
resistant materials and reinforced as necessary to withstand the mechanical, electro-magnetic and
thermal stresses which may be encountered under both normal and fault conditions.
Enclosures are to be of the closed type. The degree of protection of the enclosure is to be in accordance
with 4-6-3/Table 1. For HV converters, the enclosure is to satisfy the requirements in 4-6-5/Table 1.
All wearing parts are to be accessible for inspection and be readily replaceable.
10.5.3 Nameplate Data
A nameplate made of corrosion resistant material is to be provided on the semiconductor assembly
and is to indicate at least the following:
i) Manufacturer’s name and identification reference/equipment serial number
ii) Number of input and output phases
iii) Rated input voltage and current
iv) Rated output voltage and current
v) Rated input and output frequency, if any
vi) Range of output frequency
vii) Maximum permissible prospective symmetrical rms short-circuit current of the power source
viii) Cooling methods
ix) Degree of protection
10.5.4 Warning Labels
Appropriate warning labels informing the user of the dangers with working with the different parts
of the converter assembly is to be placed at all appropriate places of the assembly.
10.5.5 Hand Rails
Insulated handrails or insulated handles are to be provided for each front panel of the assembly.
Where access to the rear is also required, insulated handrails or insulated handles are to be fitted to
the rear of the assembly as well.
10.5.6 Accessibility
All components of the semiconductor converter assembly are to be mounted in such a manner that
they can be removed from the assembly for repair or replacement without having to dismantle the
complete unit.
10.5.7 Capacitor Discharge
Capacitors within a semiconductor converter assembly shall be discharged to a voltage less than
60 V, or to a residual charge less than 50 µC, within 5 seconds after the removal of power. If this
requirement cannot be met, appropriate warning labels shall be placed on the assembly.
10.5.8 Cooling Arrangements (2017)
Design of cooling systems is to be based on an ambient air temperature of 45°C (113°F) indicated
in 4-1-1/39 and 4-1-1/Table 2.
Semiconductor converter assemblies are to be installed away from sources of radiant energy in
locations where the circulation of air is not restricted to and from the assembly and where the
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 289
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
temperature of the inlet air to air-cooled converters will not exceed that for which the converter
has been designed.
Where arrangements for forced cooling have been provided, the equipment is, unless otherwise
specifically required, to be designed such that power cannot be applied to, or retained on, the
semiconductor circuits, unless effective cooling is maintained. Other effective means of protection
against equipment over-temperature such as reduction in the driven load may also be acceptable.
Semiconductor assemblies with forced cooling are to be provided with a means of monitoring the
temperature of the cooling medium. Over-temperature of the cooling medium is to be alarmed
locally and at a continuously manned location and the equipment shutdown when temperature exceeds
the manufacturer specified value.
Semi-conductor assemblies with liquid cooling are to be provided with a means to detect leakage.
In case of leakage, an audible and visible alarm is to be initiated locally and remotely at a continuously
manned location. Means to contain any leakage are to be provided so that the liquid does not cause
a failure of the semi-conductor assembly or any other electrical equipment located near the converter.
Where the cooling liquid is required to be non-conducting, the conductivity of the cooling liquid is
to be monitored and an alarm given both locally and remotely in a continuously manned location if
the conductivity exceeds the manufacturer specified value.
In case of failure of the cooling system, an alarm is to be given both locally and remotely at a
continuously manned location and the output current is to be reduced automatically.
Cooling liquids which are in contact with live unearthed parts of the assembly are to be non-conductive
and non-flammable.
10.5.9 Emergency Stop
When required, semiconductor converter assemblies shall be provided with an emergency stop
function. The emergency stop circuit is to be hard-wired and independent of any control system signal.
10.5.10 Electrical Protection (2016)
10.5.10(a) Overvoltage Protection. Means are to be provided to prevent excessive overvoltage in
a supply system to which semiconductor converters are connected and to prevent the application
of voltages in excess of the rating of semiconductor devices.
10.5.10(b) Overcurrent Protection. Arrangements are to be made so that the permissible current
of semiconductor converters or semiconductor devices associated with the semiconductor converter
cannot be exceeded during operation.
10.5.10(c) Short Circuit Protection. Semiconductor converters and the associated semiconductor
devices are to be protected against short circuit.
10.5.10(d) Filter Circuits. Filter circuits are to be protected against overvoltage, overcurrent and
short circuit.
10.5.10(e) Alarms. Visual and audible alarms are to be provided at the control station in the event
of operation of the protection system.
10.5.11 Clearance and Creepage Distances
Clearance and creepage distances used in standard production (COTS) semiconductor converter
assemblies are to be in accordance with IEC 61800-5-1 and suitable for overvoltage category III,
pollution degree 3 and insulating material group IIIa. The relevant values are reproduced in the
Table below for convenience.
290 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 291
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
292 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
No. Tests Type Test Routine ABS Reference IEC Test Reference
(see 4-6-4/10.7) Test
1 Visual inspection x x 4-6-4/10.7.1 61800-5-1/5.2.1
2 Insulation test (AC or DC voltage test) x x 4-6-4/10.7.2 61800-5-1/5.2.3.2
3 Insulation resistance test x x 4-6-4/10.7.4 60146-1-1/7.2.3.1
4 Impulse voltage test x 4-6-4/10.7.3 61800-5-1/5.2.3.1
5 Cooling system test x x 4-6-4/10.7.5 61800-5-1/5.2.4.5
6 Breakdown of components test x 4-6-4/10.7.6 61800-5-1/5.2.3.6.4
7 Light load and functional test x x 4-6-4/10.7.7 60146-1-1/7.3.1
8 Rated current test x 4-6-4/10.7.8 60146-1-1/7.3.2
9 Temperature rise test x 4-6-4/10.7.9 61800-5-1/5.2.3.8
10 Capacitor discharge test x 4-6-4/10.7.10 61800-5-1/5.2.3.7
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 293
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
294 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 295
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
i) Take into account the influence of the stiffness of the bearing arrangement and the foundation.
ii) Avoid any continuous running with insufficient damping close to lateral critical speeds
(±20%).
11.3 Fuses
Fuses are to be constructed and tested to comply with IEC Publication 60269 or other recognized standard.
The tests may be carried out by the manufacturer whose certificate of tests will be acceptable and is to be
submitted upon request from ABS. All components of the fuse are to be resistant to heat, mechanical stresses
and corrosive influences which may occur in normal use.
296 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 297
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
Consideration will be given to the special types of cables, such as radio frequency cable, which do
not comply with the above requirements.
13.1.2(b) Alternative Arrangement (2005). Flame-retardant marine cables, including network cables,
which have not passed the above-mentioned bunched cable flammability criteria may be considered,
provided that the cable is treated with approved flame-retardant material or the installation is
provided with approved fire stop arrangements. Special consideration may be given to the flame
retardancy of special types of cables, such as radio frequency cables. When specifically approved,
bus duct may be used in lieu of cable.
13.1.3 Fire Resistant Property (2016)
Where electrical cables are required to be fire resistant, they are to comply with the requirements of
IEC Standard 60331-1 for cables greater than 20 mm overall in diameter, otherwise they are to comply
with the IEC Standard 60331-2 for cable diameters 20 mm or less. For special cables, requirements
in the following standards may be used:
• IEC Standard 60331-23: Procedures and requirements – Electric data cables
• IEC Standard 60331-25: Procedures and requirements – Optical fiber cables
Cables complying with alternative national standards suitable for use in a marine environment
may be considered. Fire resistant type cables are to be easily distinguishable. See also 4-6-3/3.2.9
and 4-6-3/5.17.
13.1.4 Insulation Material
All electrical cables for power, lighting, communication, control and electronic circuits are to have
insulation suitable for a conductor temperature of not less than 60°C (140°F). See 4-6-4/Table 9
for types of cable insulation.
13.1.5 Armor for Single-conductor Cables
The armor is to be nonmagnetic for single-conductor alternating-current cables.
13.1.6 Fiber Optic Cables
Fiber optic cables are to be constructed and tested to a recognized fiber optic cable construction
standard acceptable to ABS. The requirements of flame retardancy for the electrical cables are
applicable to the fiber optic cables. The construction of the fiber optic cable which may pass through
or enter a hazardous area is to be such that escape of gases to a safe area is not possible through
the cable.
298 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
Cable connectors used in shipboard cabling systems are to be constructed of material as described in 4-6-1/11.
Live parts within the connector are to be provided with suitable clearances and creepage distances, or with
shielding by flame retarding insulation material. Cable connectors are to have a locking arrangement so
that the connector is not easily disconnected during installation and under operating condition. Cables
within the connector are to be well supported so as not to put stress on the cable contacts. Cable connectors
are not allowed for high voltage cables having a rated voltage exceeding 1 kV. Cable connectors are to be
rated for the voltage, current, and short circuit current expected in the system at the connection points.
In general, cable connector is to be type tested and at least Tier 2 level (PDA) approved (see 1-1-A3/1 and
1-1-A4/Tier 2), unless it complies with a recognized standard. The type test is to contain at least the
following tests.
• Electrical property tests for insulation resistance test, high voltage withstanding test, IP rating (see
4-6-3/Table 1);
• Flame retardant test as equivalent to the flame retardant cables;
• In case of power service, short circuit current capacity test to verify if the connector is capable of
withstanding for the short circuit current at the location where it is installed;
• Vibration test in accordance with item 5 “Vibration” of 4-7-2/Table 1, and
• Salt mist test in accordance with item 10 “Salt Mist” of 4-7-2/Table 1, where the connector is installed
on open deck space.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 299
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 1
Factory Test Schedule for Generators and Motors ≥ 100 kW (135 hp)
[See 4-6-4/3.3.1(a)] (2003)
AC generators AC motors DC machines
Tests Type Routine Type Routine Type Routine
test (1) test (2) test (1) test (2) test (1) test (2)
1 Visual inspection. x x x x x x
2 Insulation resistance
x x x x x x
measurement.
3 Winding resistance
x x x x x x
measurement.
4 Verification of voltage
x x(3)
regulation system.
5 Rated load test and temperature
x x x
rise measurement.
6 Overload/over-current test. x x(4) x x(4) x x(4)
7 Verification of steady short
x
circuit condition. (5)
8 Over-speed test. x x x(6) x(6) x(6) x(6)
9 Dielectric strength test. x x x x x x
10 Running balance test. (7) x x x x x x
11 Verification of degree of
x x x
protection.
12 Bearing check after test. x x x x x x
13 Air gap measurement. x x x x
14 Commutation check. x
Notes:
1 Type tests apply to prototype machines or to at least the first of a batch of machines.
2 Machines to be routine tested are to have reference to the machine of the same type that has passed a type test.
Reports of routine tested machines are to contain manufacturers’ serial numbers of the type tested machines and
the test results.
3 Only functional test of voltage regulator system.
4 Applicable only to generators and motors ≥ 100 kW (135 hp) for essential services.
5 Verification at steady short circuit condition applies to synchronous generators only.
6 Where so specified and agreed upon between purchaser and manufacturer. Not required for squirrel cage motors.
7 Static balance (machine rated 500 rpm or less) or dynamic balance (over 500 rpm) will be accepted in lieu of the
specified test on machines to be close-coupled to engines and supplied without shaft and/or bearings, or with incomplete
set of bearings.
300 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 2
Dielectric Strength Test for Rotating Machines [See 4-6-4/3.9]
Item Machine or Part Test Voltage (AC rms)
1 Insulated windings of rotated machines having rated output 500 V + twice the rated voltage.
less than 1 kVA, and of rated voltage less than 100 V with the
exception of those in items 4 to 8.
2 Insulated windings of rotating machines having rated output 1,000 V + twice the rated voltage with minimum of 1,500 V
less than 10,000 kVA with the exception of those in items 1 (See Note 1).
and 4 to 8 (See Note 2).
3 (1999) Insulated windings of rotating machines having rated 1,000 V + twice the rated voltage.
output 10,000 kVA or more, and of rated voltage (see Note 1)
up to 24,000 V with the exception of those in items 4 to 8 (see
Note 2).
4 Separately-excited field windings of DC machines. 1,000 V + twice the maximum rated circuit voltage with
minimum of 1,500 V (See Note 1).
5 Field windings of synchronous generators and synchronous
motors.
a) Field windings of synchronous generators Ten times the rated excitation voltage with a minimum of
1,500 V and a maximum of 3,500 V.
b) When the machine is intended to be started with the field Ten times the rated excitation voltage with a minimum of
winding short-circuited or connected across a resistance of 1,500 V and a maximum of 3,500 V.
value less than ten times the resistance of winding.
c) When the machine will be started either with: 1,000 V + twice the maximum value of the voltage with a
– the field winding connected across resistance or more than minimum of 1,500 V
ten times the field winding resistance, or – between the terminals of the field winding,
– the field windings on open circuit or without a field dividing or
switch. – between the terminals of any section for a sectionalized field
winding,
which will be occurred under the specified starting conditions
(see Note 3).
6 Secondary (usually rotor) windings of induction motors or
synchronous induction motors if not permanently short-
circuited (e.g., if intended for rheostatic starting)
a) For non-reversing motors or motors reversible from standstill 1,000 V + twice the open-circuit standstill voltage as
only. measured between slip-rings or secondary terminals with rated
voltage applied to the primary windings.
b) For motors to be reversed or braked by reversing the primary 1,000 V + four times the open-circuit standstill secondary
supply while the motor is running. voltage as defined in item 6.a. above.
7 Exciters (except as listed below) As for windings to which they are connected. 1,000 V + twice
Exception 1—Exciters of synchronous motors (including the rated exciter voltage with a minimum of 1,500 V.
synchronous induction motors) if connected to earth or
disconnected from the field winding during starting
Exception 2—Separately excited field windings of exciters
(see Item 4 above).
8 Assembled group of machines and apparatus. A repetition of the tests in items 1 to 7 above is to be avoided
if possible. But, if a test on an assembled group of several
pieces of new apparatus, each one is made, the test voltage to
be applied to such assembled group is to be 80% of the lowest
test voltage appropriate for any part of the group (see Note 4).
Notes:
1 For two-phase windings having one terminal in common, the rated voltage for the purpose of calculating the test
voltage is to be taken as 1.4 times the voltage of each separate phase.
2 High-voltage tests on machines having graded insulation is to be subject to special consideration.
3 The voltage, which is occurred between the terminals of field windings or sections thereof under the specified starting
conditions, may be measured at any convenient reduced supply voltage. The voltage so measured is to be increased
in the ratio of the specified starting supply voltage to the test supply voltage.
4 For windings of one or more machines connected together electrically, the voltage to be considered is the maximum
voltage that occurs in relation to earth.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 301
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 3
Limits of Temperature Rise for Air-Cooled Rotating Machines
[See 4-6-4/3.11.1] (2015)
Ambient Temperature = 45°C
302 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 4
Nameplates
a. Rotating Machines [See 4-6-4/3.13.9] b. Accumulator Battery [See 4-6-4/5.3.3]
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 303
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 5
Factory Testing Schedule for Switchboards, Chargers, Motor Control Centers and
Controllers [See 4-6-4/7.3.1] (2016)
1 Insulation resistance measurements in accordance with 4-6-4/7.5.
2 Dielectric strength test in accordance with 4-6-4/7.7 and the table below.
3 (1998) Protective device tripping test, such as overcurrent tripping, emergency tripping, preferential tripping, etc.
4 Inspection of the assembly including inspection of wiring and, if necessary, electrical operation test.
TABLE 6
Clearance and Creepage Distance for Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Chargers,
Motor Control Centers and Controllers (1) [See 4-6-4/7.11.6] (2018)
Rated insulation voltage (V) Minimum clearances mm (in.) Minimum creepage distances mm (in.)
Up to 250 15 (19/32) 20 (25/32)
From 251 to 690 20 (25/32) 25 (1)
Above 690 (2) 25 (1) 35 (13/8)
Notes:
1 The values in this table apply to clearances and creepage distances between live parts as well as between live parts
and exposed conductive parts, including earthing.
2 For 1 kV to 15 kV systems, see 4-6-5/1.1.3.
304 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 7
Equipment and Instrumentation for Switchboard [See 4-6-4/7.15.4] (2018)
Instrumentation and
Equipment Alternating-current (AC) Switchboard Direct-current (DC) Switchboard
1. Pilot Lamp A pilot lamp for each generator connected between A pilot lamp for each generator connected between
generator and circuit breaker. (3) generator and circuit breaker.
2. Generator A generator switch or disconnecting links in series with A generator switch, or disconnecting links, in series with
Disconnect the generator circuit breaker which is to disconnect the circuit breaker which will open positive, negative,
completely all leads of the generator and the circuit neutral and equalizer leads, except that for 3-wire
breaker from the buses, except the earth lead. (1) generators, equalizer poles may be provided on the
circuit breaker. For 3-wire generators, the circuit
breakers are to protect against a short circuit on the
equalizer buses. (1)
3. Field Rheostat A field rheostat for each generator and each exciter. (2) A field rheostat for each generator. (2).
4. Insulation A means for continuously monitoring the electrical A means for continuously monitoring the electrical
Monitor and insulation level to earth, and an audible or visual alarm insulation level to earth, and an audible or visual alarm
Alarm for abnormally low insulation values. (3,5) for abnormally low insulation values. For 3-wire
generators, see 4-6-5/5.3. (3)
5. Ammeter An ammeter for each generator with a selector switch to An ammeter for each 2-wire generator. For each 3-wire
read the current of each phase. (3) generator, an ammeter for each positive and negative
lead and a center-zero ammeter in the earth connection at
the generator switchboard. Ammeters are to be so
located in the circuit as to indicate total generator
current.
6. Voltmeter A voltmeter for each generator, with a selector switch to A voltmeter for each generator with voltmeter switch for
each phase of the generator and to one phase of the bus. (3) connecting the voltmeter to indicate generator voltage
and bus voltage. For each 3-wire generator, a voltmeter
with voltmeter switch for connecting the voltmeter to
indicate generator voltage, positive to negative, positive
to neutral, and neutral to negative. Where permanent
provisions for shore connections are fitted, one voltmeter
switch to provide also for reading shore-connection
voltage, positive to negative.
7. Space Heater Where electric heaters are provided for generators, a Where electric heaters are provided for generators, a
Pilot Lamp heater pilot lamp is to be fitted for each generator. heater pilot lamp is to be fitted for each generator.
8. Synchroscope A synchroscope or synchronizing lamps with selector Not applicable.
or Lamps switch for paralleling in any combination. (3)
9. Prime mover Control for prime mover speed for paralleling. (3) Not applicable.
Speed Control
10. Wattmeter Where generators are arranged for parallel operation, an Not applicable.
indicating wattmeter is to be fitted for each generator. (3)
11. Frequency A frequency meter with selector switch to connect to any Not applicable.
Meter generator. (3)
12. Field Switch A double-pole field switch with discharge clips and Not applicable.
resistor for each generator. (2)
13. Voltage A voltage regulator. (3) Not applicable.
Regulator
14. Stator Winding For alternating current propulsion generator above 500 For direct current propulsion generator above 500 kW,
Temperature kW, a stator winding temperature indicator is to be fitted an interpole winding temperature indicator is to be fitted
Indicator for each generator control panel. (3,4) for each generator control panel. (3,4)
Notes:
1 The switch or links may be omitted when draw-out or plug-in mounted generator breakers are furnished.
2 For generators with variable voltage exciters or rotary amplifier exciters, each controlled by voltage-regulator unit acting
on the exciter field, the field switch, the discharge resistor and generator field rheostat may be omitted.
3 (2005) Where vessels have centralized control systems in accordance with Part 4, Chapter 7 and the generators can be
paralleled from the centralized control station, and the switchboard is located in the centralized control station, this
equipment may be mounted on the control console. See 4-6-4/7.15.4.
4 For high voltage systems, see also 4-6-5/1.11.1(c).
5 (2018) For high voltage systems, see 4-6-5/1.3.5.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 305
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 8
Temperature Rise for Transformers (1, 2) (2014)
Insulation Class Average Winding-Temperature Rise Limits
at Rated Current, °C (°F)
A (105) 55 (99)
E (120) 70 (126)
B (130) 75 (135)
F (155) 95 (171)
H (180) 120 (216)
200 130 (234)
220 145 (261)
Notes:
1 Metallic parts in contact with or adjacent to insulation are not to attain a temperature in excess of that allowed for
the hottest-spot copper temperature adjacent to that insulation.
2 (2014) Temperature rises are based on an ambient temperature of 45°C (113°F). See 4-6-4/9.3.
TABLE 9
Types of Cable Insulation [See 4-6-4/13.1.4] (2013)
Insulation Type Designation Insulation Materials Maximum Conductor Temperature
V75, PVC Polyvinyl Chloride – Heat resisting 75°C (167°F) *
R85, XLPE Cross-linked Polyethylene 85°C (185°F) *
E85, EPR Ethylene Propylene Rubber 85°C (185°F) *
R90, XLPE Cross-linked Polyethylene 90°C (194°F) *
E90, EPR Ethylene Propylene Rubber 90°C (194°F) *
M95 Mineral (MI) 95°C (203°F) *
S95 Silicone Rubber 95°C (203°F) *
* A maximum conductor temperature of 250°C (482°F) is permissible for special applications and standard end fittings may be
used, provided the temperature does not exceed 85°C (185°F) at the end of fittings. However, when the temperature at the end of
the fittings is higher than 85°C (185°F), special consideration will be given to an appropriate end fitting.
306 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 10
Maximum Current Carrying Capacity for Insulated Copper Wires and Cables (2014)
Conductor Maximum Current in Amperes (see 4-6-4/13.1.1)
Size 45°C (113°F) Ambient; 750 V and Less, AC or DC; see Notes
1-core 2-core 3- or 4-core
103 R85 R90 R85 R90 R85 R90
mm2 circ V75 XLPE XLPE M95 V75 XLPE XLPE M95 V75 XLPE XLPE M95
mils E85 E90 S95 E85 E90 S95 E85 E90 S95
EPR EPR EPR EPR EPR EPR
1.0 13 16 20 11 14 17 9 11 14
1.25 15 18 23 13 15 20 11 13 16
1.5 17 21 23 26 14 18 20 22 12 15 16 18
4.11 21 25 32 18 21 27 15 18 22
2.5 24 28 30 32 20 24 26 27 17 20 21 22
6.53 28 34 38 24 29 32 20 24 27
4 32 38 40 43 27 32 34 37 22 27 28 30
10.4 38 45 51 32 38 43 27 32 36
6 41 49 52 55 35 42 44 47 29 34 36 39
16.5 51 60 68 43 51 58 36 42 48
10 57 67 72 76 48 57 61 65 40 47 50 53
20.8 59 70 78 50 60 66 41 49 55
26.3 68 81 91 58 69 77 48 57 64
16 76 91 96 102 65 77 82 87 53 64 67 71
33.1 79 93 105 67 79 89 55 65 74
41.7 91 108 121 77 92 103 64 76 85
25 101 120 127 135 86 102 108 115 71 84 89 95
52.6 105 124 140 89 105 119 74 87 98
66.4 121 144 162 103 122 138 85 101 113
35 125 148 157 166 106 126 133 141 88 104 110 116
83.7 140 166 187 119 141 159 98 116 131
50 156 184 196 208 133 156 167 177 109 129 137 146
106 163 193 217 139 164 184 114 135 152
133 188 222 250 160 189 213 132 155 175
70 192 228 242 256 163 194 206 218 134 160 169 179
168 217 257 289 184 218 246 152 180 202
95 232 276 293 310 197 235 249 264 162 193 205 217
212 251 297 335 213 252 285 176 208 235
120 269 319 339 359 229 271 288 305 188 223 237 251
250 278 330 371 236 281 315 195 231 260
150 309 367 389 412 263 312 331 350 216 257 272 288
300 312 370 416 265 315 354 218 259 291
350 343 407 458 292 346 389 240 285 321
185 353 418 444 470 300 355 377 400 247 293 311 329
400 373 442 498 317 376 423 261 309 349
450 402 476 536 342 405 456 281 333 375
240 415 492 522 553 353 418 444 470 291 344 365 387
500 429 509 572 365 433 486 300 356 400
550 455 540 607 387 459 516 319 378 425
300 477 565 601 636 405 480 511 541 334 396 421 445
600 481 570 641 409 485 545 337 399 449
650 506 599 674 430 509 573 354 419 472
700 529 628 706 450 534 600 370 440 494
750 553 655 737 470 557 626 387 459 516
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 307
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 10 (continued)
Maximum Current Carrying Capacity for Insulated Copper Wires and Cables (2014)
Conductor Maximum Current in Amperes (see 4-6-4/13.1.1)
Size 45°C (113°F) Ambient; 750 V and Less, AC or DC; see Notes
1-core 2-core 3- or 4-core
103 R85 R90 R85 R90 R85 R90
mm2 circ V75 XLPE XLPE M95 V75 XLPE XLPE M95 V75 XLPE XLPE M95
mils E85 E90 S95 E85 E90 S95 E85 E90 S95
EPR EPR EPR EPR EPR EPR
400 571 677 690 761 485 575 587 647 400 474 483 533
800 576 682 767 490 580 652 403 477 540
850 598 709 797 508 603 677 419 496 558
900 620 734 826 527 624 702 434 514 578
950 641 760 854 545 646 726 449 532 598
500 656 778 780 875 558 661 663 744 459 545 546 613
1000 662 784 882 563 666 750 463 549 617
600 736 872 981 626 741 834 515 610 687
625 755 894 1006 642 760 855 529 626 704
Notes:
1 The values given above have been calculated for an ambient of 45°C (113°F), and assume that a conductor temperature
equal to the maximum rated temperature of the insulation is reached and maintained continuously in the case of a
group of four cables bunched together and laid in free air.
2 The current rating values given in 4-6-4/Table 10 (and those derived therefrom) may be considered applicable, without
correction factors, for cables double-banked on cable trays, in cable conduits or cable pipes, except as noted in
Note 3.
3 For bunched cables, see 4-6-3/5.11.1.
4 These current ratings are applicable for both armored and unarmored cables.
5 If ambient temperature differs from 45°C (113°F), the values in 4-6-4/Table 10 are to be multiplied by the following
factors.
Maximum Conductor Ambient Correction Factor
Temperature 40°C (104°F) 50°C (122°F) 55°C (131°F) 60°C (140°F) 65°C (149°F) 70°C (158°F)
75°C (167°F) 1.08 0.91 0.82 0.71 0.58 —
85°C (185°F) 1.06 0.94 0.87 0.79 0.71 0.61
90°C (194°F) 1.05 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.74 0.67
95°C (203°F) 1.05 0.95 0.89 0.84 0.77 0.71
6 Where the number of conductors in a cable exceeds four, as in control cables, the maximum current carrying capacity
of each conductor is to be reduced as in the following table:
7 When a mineral-insulated cable is installed in such a location that its copper sheath is liable to be touched when in
service, the current rating is to be multiplied by the correction factor 0.80 in order that the sheath temperature does
not exceed 70°C (158°F).
8 Cables being accepted based on approved alternate standard may have current carrying capacity of that standard,
provided the cables are in full compliance with that standard.
308 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 4 Machinery and Equipment 4-6-4
TABLE 11
Additional Services Requiring Electrical Equipment to be Designed, Constructed and
Tested to the Requirements in Section 4-6-4
[See 4-6-4/1, 4-6-4/3.1.1, 4-6-4/3.3.1, 4-6-4/7.1.1 and 4-6-4/7.3.1] (2010)
(a) Equipment necessary for specific class notations (Such as refrigerated cargo notations, dynamic positioning
systems, etc.). See Note.
(b) Cargo Pump Motors (oil carriers, gas carriers, chemical carriers, liquefied gas carriers, etc.)
(c) Motors for hydraulic power unit for hydraulically driven cargo pump motors
(d) High duty gas compressors on liquefied gas carriers
Note: See 6-2-1/7 of the Steel Vessel Rules for refrigerated cargo notations and the ABS Guide for Dynamic Positioning
Systems for dynamic positioning notations.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 309
PART Section 5: Specialized Installations
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
1.1 General
1.1.1 Application (2003)
The following requirements in this Subsection are applicable to AC systems with nominal voltage
(phase to phase) exceeding 1 kV. Unless stated otherwise, high voltage equipment and systems are
to comply with the other parts in Part 4, Chapter 6 for low voltage equipment and systems, as well.
1.1.2 Standard Voltages (2003)
The nominal standard voltage is not to exceed 15 kV. A higher voltage may be considered for
special application.
1.1.3 Air Clearance and Creepage Distance (1 July 2016)
1.1.3(a) Air Clearance. Phase-to-phase air clearances and phase-to-earth air clearances between
non-insulated parts are to be not less than the minimum as specified below:
Where intermediate values of nominal voltages are accepted, the next higher air clearance is to be
observed.
1.1.3(b) Reduction. Alternatively, reduced clearance distances may be used provided:
i) The equipment is not installed in ‘Machinery Spaces of Category A’ or in areas affected
by a Local Fixed Pressure Water-spraying or Local Water-mist Fire Extinguishing System.
ii) The equipment is subject to an impulse voltage test with test voltage values shown in
Table below. Where intermediate values of rated operational voltage are used, the next
higher rated impulse withstand test voltage is to be used. The impulse voltage test reports
are to be submitted to ABS for review.
310 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
1.1.3(c) Insulating Material. Any insulating material that is used to cover live parts of equipment
used to comply with clearance distance requirements is to be suitable for the application. The
equipment manufacturer is to submit documentation which demonstrates the suitability of such
insulation material.
1.1.3(d) Creepage Distances (1 July 2016). Creepage distances between live parts and between
live parts and earthed metal parts are to be in accordance with IEC 60092-503 for the nominal voltage
of the system, the nature of the insulation material, and the transient overvoltage developed by
switch and fault conditions.
i) The minimum creepage distances for main switchboards and generators are given in the
Table below:
ii) The minimum creepage distances for equipment other than main switchboards and
generators are given in the Table below:
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 311
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
1.3.2(b) Equipment (2003). Electrical equipment in directly earthed neutral or other neutral earthed
systems is to be able to withstand the current due to a single phase fault against earth for a period
necessary to trip the protection device.
1.3.3 Neutral Disconnection
Each generator neutral is to be provided with means for disconnection.
1.3.4 Hull Connection of Earthing Impedance (2003)
All earthing impedances are to be connected to the hull. The connection to the hull is to be so
arranged that any circulating currents in the earth connections will not interfere with radio, radar,
communication and control equipment circuits. In systems with neutral earthed, connection of the
neutral to the hull is to be provided for each generator switchboard section.
1.3.5 Earth Fault Detection and Indication (2018)
i) In unearthed or high impedance earthed systems, an earth fault is to be indicated by visual
and audible means at the centralized control system.
ii) In low impedance or direct earthed systems, provision is to be made to automatically
disconnect the faulty circuits. Audible and visual indication is to be provided at the centralized
control station to indicate that a ground fault had occurred and has been cleared by ground
fault protection. An audible alarm is to be provided if the ground fault was not successfully
cleared.
iii) In high impedance earthed systems where outgoing feeders will not be isolated in case of
an earth fault, the insulation of the equipment is to be designed for the phase to phase voltage.
1.3.6 Number and Capacity of Transformers (2014)
Requirements for the number and capacity of transformers are given in 4-6-2/7.1.6(a).
For transformers with a high voltage winding over 1000 V, the following would not be accepted
as complying with the above requirement:
i) The provision of a spare single phase transformer to substitute a failed transformer.
ii) The operation of two single phase transformers in an open delta (V-V) connection.
1.5 Circuit Breakers and Switches – Auxiliary Circuit Power Supply Systems (2004)
1.5.1 Source and Capacity of Power Supply
Where electrical energy or mechanical energy is required for the operation of circuit breakers and
switches, a means of storing such energy is to be provided with a capacity at least sufficient for
two on/off operation cycles of all of the components. However, the tripping due to overload or
short-circuit, and under-voltage is to be independent of any stored electrical energy sources. This
does not preclude the use of stored energy for shunt tripping, provided alarms are activated upon
loss of continuity in the release circuits and power supply failures. The stored energy may be
supplied from within the circuit in which the circuit breakers or switches are located.
1.5.2 Number of External Sources of Stored Energy
Where the stored energy is supplied from a source external to the circuit, such supply is to be from
at least two sources so arranged that a failure or loss of one source will not cause the loss of more
than one set of generators and/or essential services. Where it will be necessary to have the source
of supply available for dead ship startup, the source of supply is to be provided from the emergency
source of electrical power
312 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 313
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
314 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
1.9.3(f) Cable Current Carrying Capacities (2019). The maximum current carrying capacity of
high voltage cables is to be in accordance with 4-6-4/Table 10.
1.9.3(g) Marking. High voltage cables are to be readily identifiable by suitable marking.
1.9.3(h) Cable Test after Installation (1 July 2016). A voltage withstand test is to be carried out on
each completed cable and its accessories before a new high voltage installation, including additions
to an existing installation, is put into service.
An insulation resistance test is to be carried out prior to the voltage withstand test being conducted.
For cables with rated voltage (Uo/U) above 1.8/3 kV (Um = 3.6 kV) an AC voltage withstand test
may be carried out upon advice from high voltage cable manufacturer. One of the following test
methods to be used:
i) An AC test voltage for 5 min with the phase‐to‐phase voltage of the system applied
between the conductor and the metallic screen/sheath.
ii) An AC voltage test for 24 h with the normal operating voltage of the system.
iii) A DC test voltage equal to 4Uo may be applied for 15 minutes.
For cables with rated voltage (Uo/U) up to 1.8/3 kV (Um = 3.6 kV), a DC voltage equal to 4Uo
shall be applied for 15 minutes.
After completion of the test, the conductors are to be connected to earth for a sufficient period in
order to remove any trapped electric charge.
The insulation resistance test is then repeated.
The above tests are for newly installed cables. If due to repairs or modifications, cables which
have been in use are to be tested, lower voltages and shorter durations should be considered.
1.9.4 High Voltage Shore Connection (2014)
Where arrangements are made for the supply of electricity at high voltage from onshore, and
designed to allow the shipboard generators to be shut down while in port, the requirements given
in the ABS Guide for High Voltage Shore Connection.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 315
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
1.11.1(c) Temperature Detectors. Rotating machines are to be provided with temperature detectors
in their stator windings to actuate a visual and audible alarm in a normally attended position whenever
the temperature exceeds the permissible limit. If embedded temperature detectors are used, means
are to be provided to protect the circuit against over-voltage.
1.11.1(d) Space Heater. Effective means are to be provided to prevent the accumulation of moisture
and condensation within the machines when they are idle.
1.11.1(e) Tests (2014). Each design of HV generator and motor is to be assessed by testing in
accordance with the “type tests” schedule indicated in 4-6-4/Table 1. Each subsequent production
unit of and accepted design is to be tested in accordance with the “routine tests” schedule also
indicated in 4-6-4/Table 1.
i) Inter-turn Insulation Test. In addition to the tests normally required for rotating machinery,
a high frequency, high voltage test, in accordance with IEC Publication 60034-15, is to be
carried out on the individual coils in order to demonstrate a satisfactory withstand level of
the inter-turn insulation to steep fronted switching surges.
ii) Immediately after the high voltage test the insulation resistance is to be measured using a
direct current insulation test meter between:
a) All current carrying parts connected together and earth
b) All current carrying parts of different polarity or phase where both the ends of
each polarity or phase are individually accessible.
The minimum values of test voltage and corresponding insulation resistance are given in
the table below. The insulation resistance is to be measured close to the operating
temperature. If this is not possible then an approved method of calculation is to be used.
316 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
Where intermediate values of switchgear rated voltages are used, the next higher power frequency
withstand test voltage is to be used.
1.11.3 Transformers (2002)
1.11.3(a) Application (1 July 2016). Provisions of 4-6-5/1.11.3 are applicable to power transformers
for essential services. See also 4-6-4/9. Items 4-6-5/1.11.3(c) and 4-6-5/1.11.3(d) are applicable to
transformers of the dry type only. These requirements are not applicable to transformers intended
for the following services:
• Instrument transformers.
• Transformers for static converters.
• Starting transformers.
Dry type transformers are to comply with the applicable Parts of the IEC Publication 60076-11.
Liquid filled transformers are to comply with the applicable Parts of the IEC 60076 Series. Oil
immersed transformers are to be provided with the following alarms and protections:
• Liquid level (Low) – alarm
• Liquid temperature (High) – alarm
• Liquid level (Low) – trip or load reduction
• Liquid temperature (High) – trip or load reduction
• Gas pressure relay (High) – trip
1.11.3(b) Plans (2002). In addition to the details required in 4-6-4/9, the applicable standard of
construction and the rated withstanding voltage of the insulation are also to be submitted for review.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 317
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
1.11.3(c) Enclosure (2003). Transformers are to have a degree of protection in accordance with
4-6-1/Table 2, but not less than IP23. However, when installed in spaces accessible to unqualified
personnel, the degree of protection is to be increased to IP44. For transformers not contained in
enclosures, see 4-6-5/1.9.1.
1.11.3(d) Space heater. Effective means to prevent accumulation of moisture and condensation
within the transformers (when de-energized) is to be provided.
1.11.3(e) Testing (2002). Three-phase transformers or three-phase bank transformers of 100 kVA
and above are to be tested in the presence of the Surveyor. The test items are to be in accordance
with the standard applicable to the transformer. The tests are also to be carried out in the presence
of the Surveyor for each individual transformer. Transformers of less than 100 kVA will be accepted
subject to a satisfactory performance test conducted to the satisfaction of the Surveyor after installation.
Specific requirements are applicable for the following tests:
i) In the dielectric strength test, the short duration power frequency withstand voltage to be
applied is to follow the standard applicable to the transformer but not less than the estimated
voltage transient generated within the system. If the short duration power frequency withstand
voltage is not specified in the applicable standard, IEC 60076-3 is to be referred to. For
the voltage transient, see 4-6-5/1.7.2(c).
ii) The induced over-voltage withstand test (layer test) is also to be carried out in accordance
with the standard applicable to the transformers in the presence of the Surveyor. This test
is intended to verify the power-frequency withstand strength along the winding under test
and between its phase (strength between turns and between layers in the windings). If the
induced over-voltage withstand test is not specified in the applicable standard, IEC
60076-3 is to be referred to.
1.11.3(f) Nameplate (2002). In addition to the requirements in 4-6-4/Table 4c, the following
information is also to be indicated on the nameplate:
• Applicable standard
• Short duration power frequency withstand voltage for verification of insulation level of each
winding
1.11.4 Cables (2003)
1.11.4(a) Standards. Cables are to be constructed to IEC Publication 60092-353, 60092-354 or
other equivalent recognized standard. See also 4-6-4/13.1.
318 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 319
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
The manual is to be complete and sufficiently detailed to capture each piece of HV equipment and
how the activities associated with that equipment can be achieved consistently with the Design
Operating Philosophy. This manual is to be made available to the Owner by the shipyard.
The Owner will need the information contained in the preliminary operations manual to understand
how the shipyard designed the HV equipment to be operated safely. It is likely that the Owner will
modify some aspects of the manual to bring it in line with their own company policies, organizational
responsibilities and legal duties.
The preliminary operations manual is to include for each piece of HV equipment:
i) Details of the tasks (operations and activities) associated with that piece of equipment
ii) Details of the ‘Authorization’ needed to perform each of the tasks
iii) Details of the tools required to perform each of the tasks
iv) Details of PPE and safety equipment (locks, barriers, tags, rescue hooks, etc.)
v) Identify the tasks for which a ‘permit to work’ system is to be used.
1.15.2 Details of Authorization
For each operation or task involving HV switchgear and for access to the HV switchgear rooms,
the appropriate authorizations are to be determined before delivery.
1.15.3 Training Requirements for Authorization
Part of the basis of establishing any level of authorization is training. It is not expected that the
shipyard will stipulate what training qualifications are required. However, a description of the
subjects that would need to be covered in the training for each level of authorization should be
included.
The Owner can be guided by the above information in making decisions regarding the crew training
requirements.
1.15.4 Test, Maintenance Tools and PPE
Where tasks require the use of PPE, the required protection clothing rating should be identifiable
in the preliminary operations manual and on a label on the HV equipment where that task will take
place. The level of protection offered by the PPE is to be readily identified on the PPE itself in the
same terms or units as used on the labels.
Some PPE for general use is not suitable for High Voltage or arc flash hazards, mostly through
inappropriate fire performance; such PPE is to be excluded from high voltage switchgear rooms.
Information alerting the crew of the need to be able to recognize and use the right PPE is to be
included in the manual.
1.15.5 Inspection and Maintenance of Test Equipment Tools and PPE
Where PPE or test equipment is provided by the shipyard the means for its proper use, inspection,
calibration and maintenance is to be made available. The instructions or directions regarding
where they are kept are to be contained in the Preliminary Operations Manual.
Where the PPE is not provided by the shipyard a description or specification regarding the required
tools and PPE should be provided in the Preliminary Operations Manual.
320 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 321
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
322 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
3.5.1(c) Multiple Systems. Systems having two or more propulsion generators, two or more
semiconductor converters or two or more motors on one propeller shaft are to be so arranged that
any unit may be taken out of service and disconnected electrically without preventing the operation
of the remaining units.
3.5.1(d) Excitation Systems. Arrangements for electric propulsion generators are to be such that
propulsion can be maintained in case of failure of an excitation system or failure of a power supply
for an excitation system. Propulsion may be at reduced power under such conditions where two or
more propulsion generators are installed, provided such reduced power is sufficient to provide for
a speed of not less than 7 knots or 1/2 of design speed, whichever is the lesser.
3.5.1(e) Features for Other Services. If the propulsion generator is used for other purposes than
for propulsion, such as dredging, cargo oil pumps and other special services, overload protection
in the auxiliary circuit and means for making voltage adjustments are to be provided at the control
board. When propulsion alternating-current generators are used for other services for operation in
port, the port excitation control is to be provided with a device that is to operate just below normal
idling speed of the generator to remove excitation automatically.
3.5.2 Propulsion Excitation
3.5.2(a) Excitation Circuits. Every exciter set is to be supplied by a separate feeder. Excitation
circuits are not to be fitted with overload circuit-interrupting devices, except those intended to
function in connection with the protection for the propulsion generator. In such cases, the field
circuit breaker is to be provided with a discharge resistor, unless a permanent discharge resistor is
provided.
3.5.2(b) Field Circuits. Field circuits are to be provided with means for suppressing voltage rise
when a field switch is opened. Where fuses are used for excitation circuit protection, it is essential
that they do not interrupt the field discharge resistor circuit upon rupturing.
3.5.2(c) Ship’s Service Generator Connection. Where the excitation supply is obtained from the
ship’s service generators, the connection is to be made to the generator side of the generator circuit
breaker with the excitation supply passing through the overload current device of the breaker.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 323
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
324 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 325
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
326 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
3.17.4(c) Manual Controls. Where the speed control of the propeller requires speed variation of
the prime mover, the governor is to be provided with means for local manual control, as well as
for remote control. For turbines driving AC propulsion generators, where required by the system of
control, the governor is to be provided with means for local hand control, as well as remote adjustment
from the control station.
3.17.4(d) Parallel Operation. In case of parallel operation of generators, the governing system is
to permit stable operation to be maintained over the entire operational speed range of the prime movers.
3.17.4(e) Protection for Regenerated Power. Braking resistors or ballast consumers are to be
provided to absorb excess amounts of regenerated energy and to reduce the speed of rotation of
the propulsion motor. These braking resistors or ballast consumers are to be located external to the
mechanical and electric rotating machines. Alternatively, the amount of regenerated power may be
limited by the action of the control system.
3.17.5 Rotating Machines for Propulsion
The following requirements are applicable to propulsion generators and propulsion motors.
3.17.5(a) Ventilation and Protection. Electric rotating machines for propulsion are to be enclosed
ventilated or be provided with substantial wire or mesh screen to prevent personnel injury or entrance
of foreign matter. Dampers are to be provided in ventilating air ducts, except when re-circulating
systems are used.
3.17.5(b) Fire-extinguishing Systems. Electric rotating machines for propulsion which are enclosed
or in which the air gap is not directly exposed are to be fitted with fire-extinguishing systems suitable
for fires in electrical equipment. This will not be required where it can be established that the
machinery and insulation is self-extinguishing.
3.17.5(c) Air Coolers (2004). Air cooling systems for propulsion generators are to be in accordance
with 4-2-1/11.3 and 4-2-1/11.7. Water-air heat exchangers of rotating propulsion machines for
single systems (single generator and single motor), as specified in 4-6-5/3.5.1(b), are to have double
wall tubes and be fitted with a leak detector feature to monitor for any water leakage. A visual and
audible alarm is to be provided at a normally manned location to indicate such water leakage.
3.17.5(d) Temperature Sensors (1997). Stator windings of AC machines and interpole windings
of DC machines rated above 500 kW are to be provided with temperature sensors. See 4-7-4/Table 6.
3.17.5(e) Generator Excitation (2014). Excitation current for propulsion generators may be
derived from attached rotating exciters, static exciters, excitation motor-generator sets or special
purpose generating units. Power for these exciters may be derived from the machine being excited
or from any ship service, emergency or special purpose generating units.
3.17.5(f) Propulsion Motors (2014). Propulsion motors are to be designed to be capable of
withstanding the mechanical and thermal effects of a short-circuit at its terminals.
3.17.6 Direct-current (DC) Propulsion Motors
3.17.6(a) Rotors. The rotors of DC propulsion motors are to be capable of withstanding overspeeding
up to the limit reached in accordance with the characteristics of the overspeed protection device at
its normal operational setting.
3.17.6(b) Overspeed Protection. An overspeed protection device is to be provided to prevent
excessive overspeeding of the propulsion motors due to light loads, loss of propeller, etc.
3.17.7 Electric Couplings
3.17.7(a) General. Couplings are to be enclosed ventilated or be provided with wire or mesh screen
to prevent personnel injury or the entrance of foreign material. All windings are to be specially
treated to resist moisture, oil and salt air.
3.17.7(b) Accessibility for Repairs. The coupling is to be designed to permit removal as a unit
without moving the engine. See also 4-6-5/3.15.2.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 327
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
3.17.7(c) Temperature Rating. The limits of temperature rise are to be the same as for
alternating-current generators given in 4-6-4/Table 3, except that when a squirrel-cage element is
used, the temperature of this element may reach such values as are not injurious. Depending upon
the cooling arrangements, the maximum temperature rise may occur at other than full-load rating
so that heat runs will require special consideration. For this purpose, when an integral fan is fitted,
the coupling temperatures are not to exceed the limits in 4-6-4/Table 3 when operated continuously
at 70% of full-load rpm, full excitation and rated torque. Temperature rises for insulation materials
above 180°C (356°F) will be considered in accordance with 4-6-1/13.11.
3.17.7(d) Excitation. Excitation is to be provided as required for propulsion generators. See
4-6-4/3.21.1, 4-6-4/3.23.1 and 4-6-5/3.17.5(e).
3.17.7(e) Control Equipment. Electric-coupling control equipment is to be combined with the
prime mover speed and reversing control and is to include a two-pole disconnect switch, short-circuit
protection only, ammeter for reading coupling current, discharge resistor and interlocking to prevent
energizing the coupling when the prime mover control levers are in an inappropriate position.
3.17.7(f) Nameplates. Nameplates of corrosion-resistant material are to be provided in an
accessible position of the electric coupling and are to contain the following typical details:
• Manufacturer’s name, serial number and frame designation
• Rated output and type of rating
• Ambient temperature range
• Rated voltage, speed and temperature rise
• Rated exciter voltage and current
3.17.8 Semiconductor Converters for Propulsion (2014)
Semiconductor converters are to comply with the requirements in 4-6-4/10.
3.17.9 Reactors and Transformers for Semiconductor Converters
3.17.9(a) General. Interphase reactors and transformers used with semiconductor converters are
to conform with the requirements of 4-6-4/9.1.1, 4-6-4/9.1.2(c), 4-6-4/9.3, 4-6-4/9.5.1 and 4-6-4/9.5.2,
and the following.
3.17.9(b) Voltage Regulation. Means to regulate transformer output voltage are to be provided to
take care of increase in converter forward resistance and, in addition, to obtain the necessary
performance characteristics of the converter unit in which the transformer is used.
3.17.9(c) High Temperature Alarm. Interphase reactors and transformers used with the
semiconductor converters for main and auxiliary propulsion systems are to be provided with high
temperature alarm at the switchboard or the propulsion control station. The setting value of the
alarm is to be determined by their specific insulation class and is not to exceed the temperature
corresponding to the limit listed in 4-6-4/Table 8.
3.17.10 Switches
3.17.10(a) General Design. All switches are to be arranged for manual operation and so designed
that they will not open under ordinary shock or vibration. Contactors, however, may be operated
pneumatically, by solenoids or other means in addition to the manual method which is to be provided,
unless otherwise approved.
3.17.10(b) Generator and Motor Switches. Switches for generators and motors are preferably to
be of the air-break type, but for alternating-current systems, where they are to be designed to open
full-load current at full voltage, oil-break switches using nonflammable liquid may be used if provided
with leak-proof, non-spilling tanks.
3.17.10(c) Field Switches. Where necessary, field switches are to be arranged for discharge resistors
unless discharge resistors are permanently connected across the field. For alternating-current systems,
means are to be provided for de-energizing the excitation circuits by the unbalance relay and ground
relay.
328 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 329
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
330 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
7.11 Generators
Vessels using electricity for propulsion auxiliaries or preservation of cargo are to be provided with at least
two generators. These generators are not to be driven by the same engine. The capacity of the generating
sets is to be sufficient to carry the necessary load essential for the propulsion and safety of the vessel and
preservation of the cargo (if applicable) with any one generator set in reserve. Vessels having only one
generator are to be provided with a battery source to supply sufficient lighting for safety.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 331
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 5 Specialized Installations 4-6-5
9.3 Supercapacitors
For vessels installed with supercapacitors, see the requirements in the ABS Guide for the Use of
Supercapacitors in the Marine and Offshore Industries.
TABLE 1
High Voltage Equipment Locations and Minimum Degree of Protection (2014)
Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Motor Control Centers
and Controllers
Generators
Example Condition Motors
of of Transformers, Converters
Location Location Junction/Connection Boxes
Dry control rooms Danger of touching live IP32 N/A N/A IP23 IP44
Authorized Personnel Only parts only
Dry control rooms IP42 N/A N/A IP44 IP44
Control rooms Danger of dripping liquid IP32 N/A N/A IP23 IP44
Authorized Personnel Only and/or moderate mechanical
Control Rooms damage IP42 N/A N/A IP44 IP44
Above floor plates in machinery spaces IP32 IP23 IP23 IP23 IP44
Authorized Personnel Only (1)
Above floor plates in machinery spaces IP42 IP23 IP43 IP44 IP44
Emergency machinery rooms IP32 IP23 IP23 IP23 IP44
Authorized Personnel Only
Emergency machinery rooms IP42 IP23 IP43 IP44 IP44
Below floor plates in machinery spaces Increased danger of liquid N/A N/A * * IP44
Authorized Personnel Only and/or mechanical damage
Below floor plates in machinery spaces N/A N/A * N/A IP44
Ballast pump rooms Increased danger of liquid IP44 N/A IP44 IP44 IP44
Authorized Personnel Only and mechanical damage
Ballast pump rooms IP44 N/A IP44 IP44 IP44
Holds for general cargo Danger of liquid spray * * * * IP55
presence of cargo dust,
serious mechanical damage,
and/or aggressive fumes
Open decks (2) Not exposed to seas N/A IP56 IP56 IP56 IP56
Open decks (2) Exposed to seas N/A N/A * * *
“*” indicates that equipment in excess of 1000 V is not normally permitted in these locations
Notes:
1 See 4-6-3/3.1.1 where the equipment is located within areas affected by local fixed pressure water-spraying or
water-mist fire extinguishing systems
2 For High Voltage Shore Connections (HVSC) see the requirements in the ABS Guide for High Voltage Shore
Connection
3 Where the IP rating of the high voltage electrical equipment has been selected on the basis that it is only accessible
to authorized personnel, the entrance doors to the spaces in which such equipment is located, are to be marked
accordingly.
332 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 6: Specialized Vessels and Services
4
CHAPTER 6 Electrical Installations
1 Oil Carriers
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 333
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
v) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces immediately above cargo pump rooms or having bulkheads above
and in line with cargo bulkheads, where permitted by Reg. II-2/56 of SOLAS 1974, as amended
vi) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces, immediately above cargo pump rooms, or above vertical cofferdams
adjacent to cargo tanks, unless separated by a gas-tight deck and suitably mechanically ventilated,
where permitted by Reg. II-2/56 of SOLAS 1974, as amended
vii) Spaces, other than cofferdams, adjacent to and below the top of a cargo tank (for example, trunks,
passageways and holds)
viii) Areas on open decks, or semi-enclosed spaces on open decks, within 3 m of any cargo tank outlets,
gas or vapor outlet, cargo manifold valve, cargo valve, cargo pipe flange, cargo pump room entrances
or cargo pump room ventilation openings
Note: Such areas are, for example, all areas within 3 m of cargo tank hatches, sight ports, tank cleaning opening,
valve openings, sounding pipes, cargo vapor outlets, cofferdam of cargo tanks.
ix) Areas on open deck within spillage coaming surrounding cargo manifold valves and 3 m beyond
these and other coamings intended to keep spillages clear of accommodation and service spaces,
up to a height of 2.4 m above the deck
x) Areas on open deck over all cargo tanks (including all ballast tanks within cargo tank area) and to
the full breadth of the vessel plus 3 m fore and aft on open deck, up to a height of 2.4 m above the
deck which do not belong to the hazardous areas defined in 4-6-6/1.5viii) and 4-6-6/1.5ix)
xi) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces, having an opening into any hazardous area unless 4-6-6/1.7 is
applicable
xii) Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces containing no source of hazard and having openings (including
those for ventilating systems) into a hazardous area described in 4-6-6/1.5xiii)
xiii) Areas on open deck:
• A spherical-shaped area within 3 m to 5 m of pressure/vacuum valves used for small flow of
vapor due to normal thermal variations in the tanks, or
• A cylindrical-shaped area of infinite height within 3 m to 10 m of vent outlets for free flow of
vapor mixtures and high velocity vent outlets for passage of large amounts of vapor, air or inert
gas mixtures, which do not belong to the hazardous areas defined in 4-6-6/1.5viii), 4-6-6/1.5ix)
and 4-6-6/1.5x).
FIGURE 1
Typical Hazardous Areas on Open Deck [See 4-6-6/1.5]
3m
5m
During flow of Open Deck
small volume
3m During cargo loading and
ballasting and discharging
3m 3m
10 m 10 m 3m
334 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 335
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
1.9.3(a) Hull fittings containing terminals or shell-plating penetrations are to be housed within a
gas-tight enclosure and are not to be located adjacent to cargo tank bulkhead
1.9.3(b) The box containing actual electrical connection of the cable, such as terminal box or junction
box, is to be filled with insulating material, such as silicon grease, silicon sealing or equivalent
and also to be of gastight construction;
1.9.3(c) All associated cables passing through these spaces are to be installed in extra-heavy steel
pipe with gas-tight joints (no flanged joints), and with corrosion resistant coating up to, and including
the underside of the main deck;
1.9.3(d) Cable gland with gastight packing is to be provided for the cable at both ends of the cable
conduit pipe; and
1.9.3(e) Cable inside the vertical cable conduit pipe is to be suitably supported, e.g., by sand-filling,
or by strapping to a support-wire. Alternatively, the cable inside the vertical conduit pipe may be
accepted without provided support if the mechanical strength of the cable is sufficient to prevent
cable damage due to the cable weight within the conduit pipe under continuous mechanical load.
Supporting documentation is to be submitted to verify the mechanical strength of the cable with
respect to the cable weight inside the conduit.
336 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 337
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
iv) The gas detection equipment, including sampling piping, sampling pumps, solenoids, analyzing units,
etc., are to be contained in a gas-tight steel cabinet monitored by its sampling point. The entire gas
analyzing unit is to be shut down when the gas concentration inside of the cabinet reaches 30% of
the lower flammability limit.
v) Where it is impracticable to mount the cabinet on the front bulkhead, sampling pipes are to be of
steel or other equivalent material and without any detachable connections except for the isolating
valves at the bulkhead and analyzing units. Runs of sampling pipes within safe space are to be of
the shortest possible length.
1.19 Gas Detection for Double Hull and Double Bottom Spaces in the Cargo Area (1999)
Suitable portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable vapor concentrations are to be provided.
Where the atmosphere in double hull spaces cannot be reliably measured using flexible gas sampling hoses,
such spaces are to be fitted with permanent gas sampling lines. The materials of construction and dimensions
of gas sampling lines are to be such as to prevent restriction. Where plastic materials are used, they are to
be electrically conductive.
1.21 Integrated Cargo and Ballast Systems – All Cargo Flash Points (2004)
1.21.1 Application
The following requirements are applicable to integrated cargo and ballast systems installed on tankers
(i.e., cargo ships constructed or adapted for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk), regardless of
the flash point of the cargoes. The integrated cargo and ballast system means any integrated hydraulic
and/or electric system used to drive both cargo and ballast pumps (including active control and
safety systems and excluding passive components, e.g., piping).
1.21.2 Functional Requirements
The operation of cargo and/or ballast systems may be necessary, under certain emergency
circumstances or during the course of navigation, to enhance the safety of tankers. As such,
measures are to be taken to prevent cargo and ballast pumps becoming inoperative simultaneously
due to a single failure in the integrated cargo and ballast system, including its control and safety
systems.
338 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
3.1 Application
3.1.1 General (1998)
The foregoing requirements in this Section and the requirements in 4-6-6/3.3 and 4-6-6/3.5 are
applicable to vessels intended to carry coal in bulk by which an explosive and flammable atmosphere
may be created.
3.1.2 Flag Administration (1998)
Attention is directed to the requirements for the carriage of coal in bulk in the IMO BC Code and
their application as may be prescribed by the vessel’s flag Administration. If requested by the
vessel’s Owner and authorized by the Administration, ABS will review the plans and carry out
surveys in accordance with the above Code on behalf of the Administration.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 339
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
5.1 Application
In addition to the foregoing requirements in this Section, the following requirements are applicable to the
cargo spaces carrying motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks.
340 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
7 Ro-Ro Vessels
7.1 Application
In addition to the foregoing requirements in this Section, the following requirements are applicable to the
vessels of roll-on/roll-off (ro-ro) type.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 341
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
342 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 6 Electrical Installations
Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services 4-6-6
TABLE 1
Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Areas for Oil Carriers [See 4-6-6/1.9.1]
Hazardous Area Acceptable Electrical Equipment
Cargo tanks and cargo piping as defined by a1 Category “ia” intrinsically-safe apparatus and its associated wiring
4-6-6/1.5. only.
Cofferdams and permanent (for example, b1 Category “ia” intrinsically-safe apparatus and its associated wiring.
segregated) ballast tanks adjacent to cargo b2 Hull fittings containing transducers for electrical depth sounding or
tanks, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5ii). log devices or containing the terminals. See 4-6-6/1.9.3.
b3 Shell penetrations for anodes or electrodes of an impressed current
cathodic protection system for underwater hull protection. See
4-6-6/1.9.3.
Cargo pump rooms, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5iii). c1 Intrinsically-safe apparatus.
c2 Electrical devices as described in items b2 and b3 above this Table.
c3 Explosion-proof lighting fixtures. See 4-6-3/11.1.2 and 4-6-6/1.13.3.
c4 Explosion-proof type audible and/or visual devices for
communication, general alarm and fire extinguishing medium release
alarm.
c5 Through-run of cables in extra-heavy pipe. See 4-6-6/1.13.4.
Compartments for cargo hoses, as defined by d1 Intrinsically-safe apparatus.
4-6-6/1.5iv). d2 Explosion-proof type lighting fixtures. See 4-6-3/11.1.2.
Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces, as defined by
4-6-6/1.5v) and 4-6-6/1.5vi). d3 Through-runs of cable.
Spaces adjacent to and below the top of cargo e1 Intrinsically-safe apparatus.
tank, except for cofferdams, as defined by e2 Electrical devices as described in items b2 and b3 of this Table.
4-6-6/1.5vii).
e3 Explosion-proof type lighting fixtures. See 4-6-3/11.1.2 and
4-6-6/1.17.2.
e4 Explosion-proof type audible and/or visual devices for
communication, general alarm and fire extinguishing medium release
alarm.
e5 Through-run of cable; excepting those for intrinsically-safe circuits,
such cables require special consideration.
Areas on open deck or semi-enclosed spaces on f1 Explosion-proof, intrinsically-safe, increased safety or pressurized
open deck, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5viii). type equipment suitable for use on open deck.
Areas on open deck as defined by 4-6-6/1.5ix) f2 Through-runs of cables without expansion bends in these areas.
Areas on open deck over all cargo tanks, g1 Explosion-proof, intrinsically safe, increased safety or pressurized
including all ballast tanks within cargo tank type equipment suitable for use on open deck.
area, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5x). g2 Through-runs of cables.
Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces having an h1 Explosion-proof or intrinsically-safe type equipment.
opening into any hazardous area, as defined by
4-6-6/1.5xi).
Enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces (not i1 Explosion-proof, intrinsically safe, increased safety or pressurized
containing a source of hazard) having openings type equipment suitable for use on open deck.
to hazardous areas, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5xii).
Areas on open deck, as defined by 4-6-6/1.5xiii),
which are outside the hazardous areas in
4-6-6/1.5viii), 4-6-6/1.5ix) and 4-6-6/1.5x).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 343
PART Chapter 7: Shipboard Automatic or remote Control and Monitoring Systems
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
CONTENTS
SECTION 1 General ..................................................................................................350
1 Scope .............................................................................................. 350
3 Propulsion Class Notations ............................................................. 350
3.1 Vessels ≥ 500 GT and ≤ 46 m (150 ft) in Length ......................... 350
5 Definitions ....................................................................................... 351
5.1 Machinery Space ......................................................................... 351
5.3 Manned Space ............................................................................ 351
5.5 Automatic Control ........................................................................ 351
5.7 Remote Control............................................................................ 351
5.9 Local Control ............................................................................... 351
5.11 Remote Station ............................................................................ 351
5.13 Centralized Control and Monitoring Station ................................. 351
5.15 Instrumentation ............................................................................ 351
5.17 Monitoring .................................................................................... 351
5.19 Display Systems .......................................................................... 351
5.21 Alarm ........................................................................................... 352
5.23 Summary-alarm ........................................................................... 352
5.25 Safety Systems ............................................................................ 352
5.27 Emergency Shutdown Systems ................................................... 352
5.29 Fail-safe ....................................................................................... 352
5.31 Independent................................................................................. 352
5.33 Programmable Electronic System (PES) ..................................... 352
5.35 Nonvolatile Memory ..................................................................... 352
5.37 Computer Monitor (Video Display Unit) ....................................... 352
5.39 ABS Type Approval Program ....................................................... 352
5.41 Integrated Propulsion Machinery ................................................. 353
5.43 Data Communication Link............................................................ 353
5.45 System Security ........................................................................... 353
5.47 Worst Case Execution Time (WCET) .......................................... 353
5.49 Worst Case Response Time (WCRT) .......................................... 353
7 Required Plans and Data ................................................................ 353
9 Tests and Surveys .......................................................................... 355
9.1 Installation Tests .......................................................................... 355
9.3 Periodical Surveys ....................................................................... 355
344 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
SECTION 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements ............ 356
1 General ........................................................................................... 356
3 Automatic or Remote Control Systems........................................... 356
3.1 Characteristics............................................................................. 356
3.3 Interlocks ..................................................................................... 356
3.5 Transfer of Control ...................................................................... 356
3.7 Automatic Controls ...................................................................... 356
3.9 Remote Controls ......................................................................... 356
3.11 Local Controls ............................................................................. 356
3.13 Suitability of Equipment ............................................................... 357
5 Alarm Systems ................................................................................ 357
5.1 Characteristics............................................................................. 357
5.3 Independence.............................................................................. 357
5.5 Visual and Audible Alarm ............................................................ 357
5.7 Acknowledgment of Alarms ......................................................... 357
5.9 Disconnection and Resumption of Alarm Functions .................... 357
5.11 Summary-alarms ......................................................................... 357
5.13 Built-in Testing............................................................................. 357
5.15 Suitability of Equipment ............................................................... 357
7 Safety Systems ............................................................................... 358
7.1 General........................................................................................ 358
7.3 Characteristics............................................................................. 358
7.5 Independence.............................................................................. 358
7.7 Activation ..................................................................................... 358
7.9 Resumption of Operation............................................................. 358
7.11 Override of Safety Provisions ...................................................... 358
7.13 Suitability of Equipment ............................................................... 358
9 Computer-based Systems .............................................................. 358
9.1 General........................................................................................ 358
9.3 Independence.............................................................................. 359
9.5 Visual Display of Alarm................................................................ 359
9.7 Memory Capacity and Response Time ....................................... 359
9.9 Data Loss and Corruption............................................................ 359
9.11 Power Supply Disruption ............................................................. 359
9.13 Parameters and Program Changes ............................................. 359
11 Supply, Arrangement and System Protection of Automatic or
Remote Control and Monitoring System ......................................... 360
11.1 Supply and Arrangement ............................................................. 360
11.3 System Protection ....................................................................... 361
13 Communications Systems .............................................................. 361
15 Equipment Construction, Design and Installation ........................... 361
15.1 General........................................................................................ 361
15.3 Electrical ...................................................................................... 361
15.5 Hydraulic ..................................................................................... 361
15.7 Pneumatic ................................................................................... 361
15.9 Installations ................................................................................. 361
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 345
17 Equipment/Components Qualifications and Trials ..........................363
17.1 Equipment/Components Qualifications ........................................ 363
17.3 Type Approval of Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring
Equipment ................................................................................... 363
17.5 Trials ............................................................................................ 363
346 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
11 Power Supply for Control and Monitoring Systems ........................ 376
11.1 General........................................................................................ 376
11.3 Electrical ...................................................................................... 376
11.5 Power Supply Transfer ................................................................ 376
13 Continuity of Power ......................................................................... 376
13.1 General........................................................................................ 376
13.3 Reduced Power ........................................................................... 376
15 Automatic Transferring of Vital Auxiliary Pumps............................. 376
17 Propulsion Gas Turbines ................................................................ 377
19 Propulsion Diesel Engines .............................................................. 377
19.1 Lubricating Oil ............................................................................. 377
19.3 Overspeed ................................................................................... 377
19.5 Controls and Instrumentation ...................................................... 377
21 Electric Propulsion .......................................................................... 377
23 Electrical Power Generating Machinery.......................................... 377
25 Fuel Oil Settling and Daily Service Tanks....................................... 377
25.1 General........................................................................................ 377
25.3 Automatic Filling .......................................................................... 377
25.5 Heating Arrangements................................................................. 377
27 Propulsion and Associated Machinery Start-up .............................. 378
29 Arrangement and Monitoring of Machinery Space ......................... 378
29.1 Bilges........................................................................................... 378
29.3 Fire Prevention ............................................................................ 378
29.5 Fire Detection and Alarm ............................................................. 379
31 Monitoring Station in Engineers’ Accommodation .......................... 379
31.1 General........................................................................................ 379
31.3 Alternative Arrangement .............................................................. 380
33 Firefighting Arrangements for Propulsion Machinery Space
Fires ................................................................................................ 380
33.1 Location ....................................................................................... 380
33.3 Fire-fighting Controls ................................................................... 380
33.5 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems .............................................. 381
33.7 Fire Alarm Call Points .................................................................. 381
35 Communications ............................................................................. 381
37 Sea Trials ........................................................................................ 381
37.1 Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring System for
Propulsion Machinery and Electrical Power Generating
Machinery .................................................................................... 381
37.3 Local Control ............................................................................... 381
37.5 Fire Control and Alarm System ................................................... 381
37.7 Bilge Detection System ............................................................... 382
37.9 Operational Test of Propulsion Machinery................................... 382
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 347
TABLE 3 Centralized Control and Monitoring Station (Applicable to
ACCU or ABCU Vessels) ......................................................386
TABLE 4A Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Slow Speed
(Crosshead) Diesel Engines .................................................388
TABLE 4B Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Medium/High
Speed (Trunk Piston) Diesel Engines ...................................391
TABLE 5 Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Gas Turbine ..............393
TABLE 6A Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Electric ......................395
TABLE 6B Instrumentation and Safety System Functions in
Centralized Control Station – Generator Prime
Mover for Electric Propulsion ................................................396
TABLE 7 Monitoring of Auxiliary Prime-movers and Electrical
Generators ............................................................................ 398
348 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
9 Propulsion Diesel Engines .............................................................. 404
9.1 Lubricating Oil ............................................................................. 404
9.3 Overspeed ................................................................................... 404
11 Electric Propulsion .......................................................................... 404
13 Fire Protection and Firefighting Arrangements ............................... 404
15 Protection Against Flooding ............................................................ 404
17 Alarms and Displays ....................................................................... 404
19 Sea Trials ........................................................................................ 406
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 349
PART Section 1: General
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
SECTION 1 General
Consideration will be given to vessels of special design such as surface effect vessels, air cushion vessels,
etc., upon submission of manufacturer’s specification and drawings.
350 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 1 General 4-7-1
5 Definitions
The following definitions apply for the purpose of this Chapter:
5.15 Instrumentation
A monitoring device including sensing and transmitting component.
5.17 Monitoring
The display and alarming of the operational status of a specific machinery/system.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 351
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 1 General 4-7-1
5.21 Alarm
A visual and audible signal of a predetermined out of limits parameter for the controlled and/or monitored
machinery or system.
5.23 Summary-alarm
A common alarm activated by any abnormal condition of the monitored machinery or system.
5.29 Fail-safe
Fail-safe means that upon failure or malfunction of a component, subsystem or system, the output automatically
reverts to a predetermined design state of least critical consequence.
5.31 Independent
As applied to two systems, means that one system will operate with the failure of any part of the other
system including power sources and its supply connection. However, for electrical systems which are not
required to have an emergency source of power as the standby power source, failure of the power source
may be excluded from this criteria.
352 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 1 General 4-7-1
7.1
A list of electrical, pneumatic or hydraulic equipment associated with the particular systems. This is to include
manufacturer’s name, model number, material, ratings, degree of protection, permissible angles of inclination
and location of installation within the vessel.
7.3
A list of all major components installed within the particular equipment (i.e., control console, etc.) and the
data as required in 4-7-1/7.1.
7.5
Certificates or test reports, as appropriate, attesting to the suitability of the particular equipment in compliance
with the environmental criteria set forth in 4-7-2/15 and 4-7-2/17, as applicable. For equipment that have
been already certified by ABS and provided their certification remains valid, the submission of a copy of
pertinent certificate will suffice. See 4-7-2/17.3.
7.7
Plans showing the location of control and monitoring stations, controlled equipment and piping/cable runs, etc.
7.9
Arrangements and details of the control consoles and panels, including plan views and elevation details,
installation details and wiring data (rating, construction standard, insulation type, armored/unarmored/shielded/
non-shielded, temperature rating, flame-retardant properties, etc.).
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 353
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 1 General 4-7-1
7.11
A list of all cables connecting equipment associated with the systems. This is to include construction standard,
electrical rating, insulation type, armored/unarmored/shielded/non-shielded, temperature rating, size and
connected load’s power consumption requirements.
7.13
A complete operational description of the automatic or remote control and monitoring systems, including a
list of alarms and displays and functional sketches or description of all special valves, actuator, sensors and
relays.
7.15
A simplified one-line diagram (electrical and piping) of all power and automatic or remote control and
monitoring systems. This is to include power supplies, circuit or piping protection ratings and settings,
cable or pipe sizes and materials, rating of connected loads, etc.
7.17
A schematic diagram of all control, alarm, display and safety systems.
7.19
For computer-based systems, the following is to be included:
i) Overall description and specification of the systems and equipment.
ii) Block diagrams for the computer hardware showing interfacing between the work stations, input/output
(I/O) units, local controllers, traffic controllers, data highways, etc.
iii) Logic flow chart or ladder diagrams.
iv) Description of the alarm system indicating the ways it is acknowledged, displayed on the monitor
or mimic display board, etc.
v) Description of the system redundancy and backup equipment, if any.
vi) Description of the data communication protocol, including anticipated data process response delays.
vii) Description of the system’s security protocol to prevent unauthorized program changes which may
compromise the integrity of the automatic or remote systems.
viii) Description of the system with regard to the degree of independence or redundancy provided for
the control systems, alarm/display systems and safety systems.
ix) Description of system’s task priorities.
x) Where applicable, description of UPS (uninterruptible power supply) and their capacities, including
system’s power consumption.
xi) Equipment ratings and environmental parameters.
7.21
Installation methods (electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic). This is to include details of cable or pipe runs,
separation of cables of different voltage rating and insulating rating, cable tray laying, deck or bulkhead
penetration, prevention of magnetic interference, etc. See also 4-7-2/15.9.
7.23
A matrix chart for each of the systems indicating the following, as applicable, upon activation of a given alarm
or safety action:
i) Name, device designations and type, and location of alarms.
ii) Preset parameter values, if any.
iii) Automatic tripping and other safety provisions of controlled equipment.
354 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 1 General 4-7-1
iv) Location of control stations where shutdown, and control and monitoring power supply transfer
devices are fitted.
v) Special remarks, if any.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 355
PART Section 2: General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
Automatic or remote controls and monitoring systems as referenced in this Section include control,
alarm/display and safety systems. For computer-based systems, see 4-7-2/9.
3.1 Characteristics
Automatic or remote control systems are to be of the fail-safe type and designed to preclude detrimental
mechanical or thermal overloads to the controlled machinery.
3.3 Interlocks
To preclude damage to the controlled machinery, means are to be fitted to disable the starting mechanism
after designated unsuccessful starting attempts. Similarly, controlled machinery or systems fitted with more
than one remote control station are to be provided with interlocking means to preclude simultaneous control
or unauthorized transfer to associated remote stations not in control. However, control units interconnected
with a specific associated remote control station and which are within sight of each other may be accepted
without interlocks.
356 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
5 Alarm Systems
5.1 Characteristics
Alarm systems are to be of the self-monitoring type and designed so that a fault in the alarm system is to
cause it to fail to the alarmed condition. Additionally, they are not to react to normal transient conditions or
spurious signals.
5.3 Independence
Alarm systems are to be independent of control and safety systems, except that common sensors will be
acceptable, as permitted in 4-7-2/7.5.
5.11 Summary-alarms
In addition to required alarms to be fitted at the centralized control and monitoring station, visual alarms
may be displayed and alarmed at other associated remote control stations as summary-alarms.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 357
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
7 Safety Systems
7.1 General
Safety systems are to be provided as required in this Section. Considerations will be given to the manual
activation of safety systems, provided that measures are taken, by the inherent design of the system or by
suitable arrangements, to retard the escalation of the abnormal condition and to alert personnel to take the
appropriate action prior to the developing of a dangerous condition.
7.3 Characteristics
Safety systems are to be of the fail-safe type and are to respond automatically to fault conditions that may
endanger the machinery or safety of the crew. Unless otherwise required in this Section or specially approved,
this automatic action is to cause the machinery to take the least drastic action first, as appropriate, by reducing
its normal operating output or switching to a stand-by machinery and last, by stopping it, i.e., disrupting
source of fuel or power supply, etc.
7.5 Independence
Safety systems for different parts of the machinery plant are to be independent of each other. The safety
system intended for the functions specified in 4-7-1/5.25iii) (shutdown) is to be completely independent of
the control and alarms systems so that a failure in these systems will not prevent the safety system from
operating. However, for the functions specified in 4-7-1/5.25i) and 4-7-1/5.25ii), complete independence
of the safety systems from the control and alarm systems is not required.
7.7 Activation
Each safety action is to be alarmed at the associated remote station. When both an alarm and a safety action
are required for a specific failure condition, the alarm is to be activated first.
9 Computer-based Systems
9.1 General
Computer-based systems are to be designed so that failure of any of the system’s components will not
cause unsafe operation of the system. Hardware and software serving vital and non-vital systems are to be
arranged to give priority to vital systems.
358 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
9.3 Independence
Control, alarm and safety shutdown system functions are to be arranged such that a single failure or malfunction
of the electronic computer equipment will not affect more than one of these system functions. This is to be
achieved by dedicated equipment for each of these functions within a single system, or by the provision of
back-up equipment, or by other suitable means considered not less effective.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 359
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
360 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
13 Communications Systems
For communication systems associated with propulsion control stations, the requirements in 4-6-2/15.5.1
are applicable.
15.1 General
Equipment associated with remote or automatic control and monitoring systems is to meet compliance with
the requirements contained herein. Deviation from the environmental requirements such as temperature,
humidity and corrosion will be considered for equipment intended for installation in ambient controlled rooms
or enclosures. See also 4-7-2/15.9.2 and 4-7-2/15.9.7. Similarly, where equipment is installed in environments
having parameters other than those as specified in 4-7-2/Table 1 (i.e., cryogenic or highly corrosive
environments, etc.), special consideration corresponding to those of the operating environment will be required.
15.3 Electrical
Equipment is to be constructed of robust, durable and flame-retardant material. It is to be designed to
incorporate the degree of enclosure protection as required in 4-6-3/Table 1. Wiring and cables are to meet
the requirements contained in 4-6-4/7.11.4 and 4-6-4/13, respectively.
Non-current carrying metal parts are to be effectively earthed.
15.5 Hydraulic
Hydraulic pumps, actuators, motors and accessories are to be suitable for the intended service, compatible
with the working fluid and are to be designed to operate safely at full-power conditions. In general, the
hydraulic fluid is to be nonflammable or have a flash point above 157°C (315°F).
15.7 Pneumatic
Air compressors, actuators, motors and accessories are to be suitable for the intended service and have
working and other parts that will not be damaged or rendered ineffective by corrosion.
15.9 Installations
15.9.1 General
The installation of equipment associated with automatic or remote control and monitoring systems
is to be carried out taking into consideration adverse effects that may be introduced by their exposure
to unintended temperatures, weather, vibration conditions, falling objects or liquid, electromagnetic
interference, high voltage systems, electric noise, etc. Additionally, the installation is to facilitate
the checking, adjustment and replacement of components, including filters and sensing devices,
without disrupting the normal operation of the system, as far as practicable.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 361
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
362 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
17.5 Trials
Automatic or remote control and monitoring systems and associated equipment are to be tested in the presence
of the Surveyor, under normal operating conditions and for the period that the Surveyor may deem necessary
or otherwise specified in other Subsections.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 363
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note 7]
1. Power supply --- AC Supply
variations
Combination Voltage Frequency
(a) electric variation variation
permanent permanent
(%) (%)
1 +6 +5
2 +6 –5
3 – 10 –5
4 – 10 +5
DC Supply
Voltage tolerance continuous ± 10%
Voltage cyclic variation 5%
Voltage ripple 10 %
364 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note 7]
4. Damp heat IEC 60068-2-30 - Temperature: 55°C (131°F) Measurement of insulation
(2016) Test Db Humidity: 95% resistance before test;
Duration: 2 cycles 2 x (12 + 12 hours) The test shall start with 25°C ±
3°C and at least 95% humidity;
Equipment operating during the
complete first cycle and switched
off during second cycle, except
for functional test;
Functional test during the first
2 hours of the first cycle at the
test temperature and during the
last 2 hours of the second cycle at
the test temperature. Duration of
the second cycle can be extended
due to more convenient handling
of the functional test.
Recovery at standard atmosphere
conditions;
Insulation resistance
measurements and performance
test.
5. Vibration IEC 60068-2-6, 2.0 (+3/-0) Hz to 13.2 Hz – amplitude Duration: 90 minutes at 30 Hz in
(2016) Test Fc ±1 mm (0.039 in.) case of no resonance conditions;
13.2 Hz to 100 Hz – acceleration ±0.7 g Duration: 90 minutes for each
For severe vibration conditions, e.g., on resonance frequency at which
diesel engines, air compressors, etc.: Q ≥ 2 is recorded;
2.0 Hz to 25 Hz – amplitude ±1.6 mm During the vibration test, functional
(0.063 in.) tests are to be carried out;
Tests to be carried out in three
25.0 Hz to 100 Hz – acceleration ±4.0 g
mutually perpendicular planes;
It is recommended as guidance
Note: that Q does not exceed 5;
More severe conditions may exist for example Where sweep test is to be carried
on exhaust manifolds or fuel oil injection out instead of the discrete
systems of diesel engines. For equipment
frequency test and a number of
specified for increased vibration levels, the
resonant frequencies are detected
vibration test is to be conducted at the agreed
vibration level, frequency range and duration. close to each other duration of the
test is to be 120 min. Sweep over
Values may be required to be in these cases a restricted frequency range
40 Hz to 2000 Hz – acceleration ± 10.0g at between 0.8 and 1.2 times the
600 °C duration 90 min.
critical frequencies can be used
where appropriate. Note: Critical
frequency is a frequency at which
the equipment being tested may
exhibit:
• malfunction and/or
performance deterioration
• mechanical resonances
and/or other response effects
occur, for example, chatter
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 365
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note 7]
6. Inclination IEC 60092-504 Static 22.5° a) Inclined at an angle of at
least 22.5° to the vertical;
b) Inclined to at an angle of at
least 22.5° on the other side
of the vertical and in the
same plane as in (a);
c) Inclined to at an angle of at
least 22.5° to the vertical
and in plane at right angles
to that used in (a);
d) Inclined to at an angle of at
least 22.5° on the other side
of the vertical and in the
same plane as in (c)
Note: The duration of testing in
each position should be sufficient
to fully evaluate the behavior of
the equipment.
Dynamic 22.5° Using the directions defined in a)
to d) above, the equipment is to
be rolled to an angle of 22.5° each
side of the vertical with a period
of 10 seconds.
The test in each direction is to be
carried out for not less than
15 minutes
Note: These inclination tests are
normally not required for
equipment with no moving parts.
7. Insulation --- Rated Test Min. Insulation Insulation resistance test is to be
resistance supply voltage Resistence carried out before and after: damp
(2016) voltage (DC heat test, cold test, salt mist test,
Before After
(V) voltage) and high voltage test;
test test
(V) • between all phases and earth;
(MΩ) (MΩ)
Un ≤ 65 2 × Un 10 1.0 • and where appropriate,
between the phases.
(min. 24 V)
Un is the rated (nominal) voltage.
Un > 65 500 100 10 Note: Certain components, e.g.,
for EMC protection, may be
required to be disconnected for
this test. For high voltage
equipment, reference is made to
4-6-5/1.
8. High voltage --- Rated voltage Test voltage [AC voltage Separate circuits are to be tested
Un (V) 50 or 60 Hz] (V) against each other and all circuits
Up to 65 2 × Un + 500 connected with each other tested
against earth;
66 to 250 1500
Printed circuits with electronic
251 to 500 2000 components may be removed
501 to 690 2500 during the test;
Period of application of the test
voltage: one minute
366 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note 7]
9. Cold (2008) IEC 60068-2-1 Temperature: +5°C (41°F) ± 3°C (5.4°F) Initial measurement of insulation
Duration: two hours resistance;
Or Equipment not operating during
Temperature: –25°C (–13°F) ± 3°C (5.4°F) conditioning and testing, except
Duration: two hours for functional test;
[See Note 2] Functional test during the last
hour at the test temperature;
Insulation resistance
measurement and the functional
test after recovery
10. Salt mist IEC 60068-2-52 Four spraying periods with a storage of Initial measurement of insulation
(2016) Test Kb 7 days after each. resistance and initial functional
test;
Equipment not operating during
conditioning of the test specimen;
Functional test on the 7th day of
each storage period;
Insulation resistance
measurement and performance
test: 4 to 6 hours after recovery
[See Note 3]
On completion of exposure, the
equipment shall be examined to
verify that deterioration or
corrosion (if any) is superficial
in nature.
11. Electrostatic IEC 61000-4-2 Contact discharge: 6 kV To simulate electrostatic
discharge Air discharge: 2 kV, 4 kV, 8 kV discharge as may occur when
(2016) persons touch the appliance;
Interval between single discharges: 1 sec.
The test is to be confined to the
Number of pulses: 10 per polarity points and surfaces that can
According to test level 3. normally be reached by the
operator;
Performance Criterion B
[See Note 4].
12. Electro- IEC 61000-4-3 Frequency range: 80 MHz to 2 GHz To simulate electromagnetic
magnetic field Modulation*: 80% AM at 1000 Hz fields radiated by different
(2016) transmitters;
Field strength: 10 V/m
The test is to be confined to the
appliances exposed to direct
Frequency sweep rate: ≤ 1.5 × 10-3 radiation by transmitters at their
decades/s (or 1% / 3 sec) place of installation.
According to test level 3. Performance criterion A
[See Note 5]
* If for tests of equipment, an
input signal with a modulation
frequency of 1000 Hz is
necessary, a modulation
frequency of 400 Hz may be
chosen.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 367
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note 7]
13 Conducted AC: To simulate distortions in the
Low Frequency range: rated frequency to 200th power supply system generated,
Frequency harmonic; for instance, by electronic
(2016) consumers and coupled in as
Test voltage (rms): 10% of supply to 15th harmonics;
harmonic reducing to 1% at 100th harmonic
and maintain this level to the 200th harmonic, Performance criterion A
minimum 3 V (rms), maximum 2 W [See Note 5]
See 4-7-2/Figure 1 for test set-up.
DC: For keeping max. 2 W, the voltage
of the test signal may be lower.
Frequency range: 50 Hz – 10 kHz;
Test voltage (rms): 10% of supply,
maximum 2 W
14. Conducted IEC 61000-4-6 AC, DC, I/O ports and signal/control Equipment design and the choice
Radio lines: of materials are to simulate
Frequency Frequency range: 150 kHz – 80 MHz electromagnetic fields coupled as
(2016) high frequency into the test
Amplitude: 3 V rms [See Note 6] specimen via the connecting lines.
Modulation ** : 80% AM at 1000 Hz Performance criterion A
Frequency sweep range: ≤ 1.5 × 10-3 [See Note 5].
decades/sec. (or 1% / 3 sec.) ** If for tests of equipment, an
According to test level 2. input signal with a modulation
frequency of 1000 Hz is necessary,
a modulation frequency of 400 Hz
should be chosen.
15. Electrical Fast IEC 61000-4-4 Single pulse rise time: 5ns (between 10% Arcs generated when actuating
Transients/ and 90% value) electrical contacts;
Burst Single pulse width: 50 ns (50% value) Interface effect occurring on the
(2016) Amplitude (peak): 2 kV line on power power supply, as well as at the
supply port/earth; external wiring of the test
1kV on I/O data control and specimen;
communication ports (coupling clamp); Performance criterion B
Pulse period: 300 ms; [See Note 4].
Burst duration: 15 ms;
Duration/polarity: 5 min
According to test level 3.
16. Surge IEC 61000-4-5 Test applicable to AC and DC power ports Interference generated for
(2016) Open-circuit voltage: instance, by switching “ON” or
Pulse rise time: 1.2 µs (front time) “OFF” high power inductive
consumers;
Pulse width: 50 µs (time to half value)
Test procedure in accordance
Amplitude (peak): 1 kV line/earth;
with figure 10 of the standard for
0.5 kV line/line equipment where power and
Short-circuit current: signal lines are identical;
Pulse rise time: 8 μs (front time) Performance criterion B
Pulse width: 20 μs (time to half value) [See Note 4].
Repetition rate: ≥ 1 pulse/min
Number of pulses: 5 per polarity
Application: continuous
According to test level 2.
368 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[SEE NOTE 7]
17. Radiated CISPR 16-2-3 For equipment installed in the bridge Procedure in accordance with the
Emission and deck zone: standard but distance 3 m (10 ft)
(2016) Frequency range: Quasi peak Limits: between equipment and antenna
0.15 – 0.3 MHz 80 – 52 dBµV/m Alternatively, the radiation limit
0.3 – 30 MHz 52 – 34 dBµV/m at a distance of 3 m from the
30 – 2000 MHz 54 dBµV/m enclosure port over the frequency
156 MHz to 165 MHz shall be
except for:
30 dB micro-V/m peak.
156 – 165 MHz 24 dBµV/m
For equipment installed in the general
power distribution zone:
Frequency range: Quasi peak Limits:
0.15 – 30 MHz 80 – 50 dBµV/m
30 – 100 MHz 60 – 54 dBµV/m
100 – 2000 MHz 54 dBµV/m
except for:
156 – 165 MHz 24 dBµV/m
18. Conducted CISPR 16-2-1 Test applicable to AC and DC power ports
Emission For equipment installed in the bridge
(2016) and deck zone:
Frequency range: Limits:
10 – 150kHz 96 – 50 dBµV
150 – 350 kHz 60 – 50 dBµV
350 kHz – 30 MHz 50 dBµV
For equipment installed in the general
power distribution zone:
Frequency range: Limits:
10 – 150 kHz 120 – 69 dBµV
150 – 500 kHz 79 dBµV
0.5 – 30 MHz 73 dBµV
19. Flame IEC 60092-101 or Flame application: 5 times 15 sec each. The burnt out or damaged part of
retardant IEC 60695-11-5 Interval between each application: 15 sec. the specimen by not more than
(2008) or 1 time 30 sec. 60 mm long.
Test criteria based upon application. No flame, no incandescence or in the
The test is performed with the Equipment event of a flame or incandescence
Under Test (EUT) or housing of the EUT being present, it shall extinguish
applying needle-flame test method. itself within 30 sec. of the removal
of the needle flame without full
combustion of the test specimen.
Any dripping material shall
extinguish itself in such a way as
not to ignite a wrapping tissue.
The drip height is 200 mm ± 5 mm.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 369
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 2 General Systems Design and Arrangement Requirements 4-7-2
TABLE 1 (continued)
Type Tests for Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
Notes:
1 Equipment to be mounted in consoles, housing, etc., together with other equipment is to be tested with 70°C (158°F).
2 For equipment installed in non-weather protected locations or cold locations, test is to be carried out at –25°C (–13°F).
3 Salt mist test is to be carried out for equipment installed in weather exposed areas.
4 Performance criterion B (for transient phenomena): The equipment under test is to continue to operate as intended
after the tests. No degradation of performance or loss of function is allowed, as defined in the technical specification
published by the manufacturer. During the test, degradation or loss of function or performance which is self-recoverable
is, however, allowed but no change of actual operating state or stored data is allowed.
5 Performance criterion A (for continuous phenomena): The equipment under test is to continue to operate as intended
during and after test. No degradation of performance or loss is allowed, as defined in relevant equipment standard
and the technical specification published by the manufacturer.
6 For equipment installed on the bridge and deck zone, the test levels are to be increased to 10 V rms for spot frequencies,
in accordance with IEC 60945 at 2, 3, 4, 6.2, 8.2, 12.6, 16.5, 18.8, 22, 25 MHz.
7 Alternative equivalent testing procedures may be accepted, provided the requirements in the other columns are complied
with.
8 (2015) When requested, equipment which has undergone the higher temperature and duration test will be recognized
accordingly in the PDA certificate (see Appendix 1-1-A3 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification (Part
1)). The purpose of introducing the optional 3HT test is for the convenience of equipment manufacturers should
their clients request evidence that the equipment has been tested to the higher temperature requirements noted in
Item 3A of the Table.
9 (2016) As used in this document, and in contrast to a complete performance test, a functional test is a simplified
test sufficient to verify that the EUT has not suffered any deterioration caused by the individual environmental
tests.
FIGURE 1
Test Set-up for Conducted Low Frequency Test
(See Test No. 13 of 4-7-2/Table 1) (2008)
Generator
Power Supply
AC DC
L1 (+)
V Voltmeter *)
EUT N (−)
PE
*) Decoupling (optional)
370 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 3: Automatic or Remote Propulsion Control and Monitoring Systems
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
The requirements contained in this section are applicable to propulsion machinery/systems intended for
automatic operation or operation from a remote propulsion control station. Except as noted herein, the
requirements in Sections 4-7-1 and 4-7-2, as applicable, are to be complied with.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 371
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 3 Automatic or Remote Propulsion Control and Monitoring Systems 4-7-3
13 Propulsion Starting
13.1
An alarm is to be provided in the propulsion-machinery space and at any propulsion control station fitted
outside of the propulsion-machinery space to indicate a low level starting condition which is to be set at a
level to permit further main engine starting operations. Where automatic starting of the propulsion machinery
is fitted, the number of consecutive attempts to automatically start an engine is to be limited in order to
safeguard sufficient capacity for local starting from the propulsion-machinery space. See also 4-2-1/13.
13.3
Propulsion machinery control system is to be designed so that it will automatically inhibit the starting of
the propulsion machinery where conditions exist which may damage the propulsion machinery, i.e., shaft
turning gear engaged, insufficient lubricating oil pressure, etc.
15.1
Shutdown of propulsion gas turbines upon failure or loss of the oil lubricating system. See 4-6-5/5.3.3 of
the Steel Vessel Rules.
15.3
Shutdown of prime-movers for propulsion and ship’s service diesel-generators upon activation of overspend
mechanism. See 4-6-4/3.19 of these Rules and 4-2-1/7.3 of the Steel Vessel Rules. However, considerations
will be given to specific cases where due to the vessel’s design and operational requirements, it may be
necessary to momentarily override the propulsion machinery over the overspeed automatic shutdown.
15.5
Shutdown of prime-movers upon failure or loss of oil lubricating system to forced-lubricated propulsion or
ship’s service diesel-generators. See 4-6-4/3.15.
17 Critical Speeds
Adequate means are to be provided at the remote propulsion control station to alert the station operator of
prolonged operation of the propulsion drives within barred speed ranges.
19 Emergency Shutdown
The propulsion machinery is to be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigation bridge
which is to be independent of the navigation bridge control system.
372 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 3 Automatic or Remote Propulsion Control and Monitoring Systems 4-7-3
27 Trials
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 373
PART Section 4: Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
Vessels having the means to control and monitor the propulsion machinery and propulsion-machinery
space from the navigation bridge and from a centralized control and monitoring station installed within, or
adjacent to, a periodically unattended propulsion-machinery space are to comply with the requirements
contained in this subsection. Except as noted herein, the requirements in Sections 4-7-1 through 4-7-3, as
applicable, are to be complied with. The requirements in this subsection cover the operation required for
propulsion machinery start-up, safe sailing during open sea and maneuvering conditions, and do not cover
operations after anchoring or mooring.
3 Equipment (2003)
Equipment associated with the remote or automatic control and monitoring of the propulsion machinery is
to comply with the following requirements.
3.1 Application
Requirements of 4-7-4/3 apply to equipment that are components of the control, monitoring and safety
systems of propulsion machinery, propulsion boilers, vital auxiliary pumps and the electrical power
generating plant, including its prime mover, for vessels to be assigned with ABCU or ACCU notation.
374 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 375
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
11.1 General
The power supply arrangement is to be in accordance with 4-7-2/11.1.1. In addition, an emergency feeder
or pipe is to be provided for control systems, display/alarm systems and safety systems.
11.3 Electrical
The emergency feeder as well as the main supply feeder for control systems, alarm/display systems and safety
are to be connected to the emergency switchboard and main switchboard (distribution boards), respectively,
and are to be provided with short-circuit protection at such boards. Their supply status is to be displayed at
the remote propulsion stations.
13 Continuity of Power
13.1 General
Provision is to be made for automatic starting and connecting to the main switchboard of a standby generator of
sufficient capacity to permit propulsion and steering and to ensure the safety of the vessel with automatic
restarting of the essential auxiliaries, including, where necessary, sequential operations. This standby electric
power is to be available in no more than 45 seconds.
376 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
19.3 Overspeed
An overspeed condition is to cause the automatic shutdown of the main engine.
21 Electric Propulsion
For electric propulsion driven vessels, in order to prevent nuisance tripping of the main generator circuit
breakers, a power management system is to be provided and arranged so that when the power requirement
for the propulsion motors exceeds the on-line generating capacity, the power management system is to
automatically take a corrective action, such as reduction of power, shedding of non-essential loads, etc.
The centralized control and monitoring station is to be provided with the alarms and displays as listed in
4-7-4/Table 6.
25.1 General
Low level conditions of fuel oil settling and daily service tanks are to be alarmed at the centralized control
and monitoring station. Additionally, adequate interlock means to prevent tank overpressurization or overflow
spillages are to be provided.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 377
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
29.1 Bilges
29.1.1 General (2018)
The propulsion-machinery space is to be provided with a bilge water-level system to detect excessive
water influx or rise in the propulsion-machinery space bilges at the various angles of vessel’s heel
and trim during and following any single fault to a sensor, wire, or control and monitoring system
component. The bilge wells are to be large enough to accommodate the normal drainage.
Excessive water influx or rise in the bilge wells is to be alarmed at the centralized control and
monitoring station. See also 4-7-4/Table 2 and 4-7-4/Table 3 for alarms and displays.
For a machinery space with one bilge well port, one bilge well center, and one bilge well starboard,
two bilge level sensors are required in each bilge well such that a fault in one sensor, wire, or
control and monitoring system component does not prevent detection and alarm of high bilge level
at various angles of vessel’s heel and trim.
29.1.2 Excessive Automatic Starting of Bilge Pumps
Means are to be provided to indicate at the centralized control and monitoring station when the
influx of liquid is greater than the pump capacity or when the pump is operating more frequently
than would normally be expected. Additionally, special attention is to be given to oil pollution
prevention requirements.
378 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 379
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
33.1 Location
The firefighting arrangements are to be centralized in a location outside of the propulsion-machinery space.
380 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
33.3.8 (2004)
Operation of a fire pump located outside of the propulsion-machinery space, including associated
valves necessary to deliver the required capacity to the fire main. However, valves located near the
pump need not be provided with remote operation from the fire fighting station if they are kept
locked open (LO) or closed (LC), as appropriate, to provide immediate water supply to the fire main.
The position of the valves (open or closed) is to be clearly marked. Where the sea chest valve is
located in the same compartment as the fire pump and the sea chest valve is kept locked open, a
high-level bilge alarm is to be fitted in the fire pump space. If the sea chest is located in a different
space than the compartment containing the fire pump, then a high-level bilge alarm is to be fitted in
the fire pump space, as well as the compartment containing the sea chest, in order to detect possible
flooding in each of these spaces. The high-level bilge alarm is to sound in the centralized control
station.
33.3.9
Releasing of the fire-fighting media for the propulsion-machinery space. This release is to be
manual and not initiated automatically by signals from the fire-detecting system.
33.3.10 (2012)
Shutdown of fixed local application fire fighting systems, see 4-5-2/9.1, before activation of a
high-expansion foam fire extinguishing system, see 4-5-2/11.5.1, to avoid adverse water action on
the foam.
35 Communications
The communication system required by 4-7-2/13 is to include the engineer’s accommodations area, if provided.
37 Sea Trials
In addition to the requirements in 4-7-3/27, effective operation of the following is to be demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Surveyor. With the exception of 4-7-4/37.9, it is recommended that these demonstrations
or tests be carried out before sea trials and are to include simulated failures so that proper corrective
actions may be carried out and witnessed by the Surveyor.
37.1 Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring System for Propulsion Machinery and
Electrical Power Generating Machinery
In addition to the verification of required control responses, alarms and displays, this demonstration is to
include the automatic transferring of the required standby vital auxiliary pumps.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 381
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
382 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 1
Tests for Unit Certification of Control, Monitoring and Safety Equipment (2016)
PROCEDURE
No TEST ACCORDING. TO: TEST PARAMETERS OTHER INFORMATION
[See Note]
1. Visual --- --- Conformance to drawings, design
inspection data
Quality of workmanship and
construction
2. Performance Manufacturer’s Standard atmosphere conditions Confirmation that operation is in
test performance test Temperature: 25°C (77°F) ± 10°C (18°F) accordance with the requirements
(2016) program based upon specified for particular systems or
specification and Relative humidity: 60% ± 30% equipment;
relevant Rule Air pressure: 96 kPa (0.98 kgf/cm2, 13.92 psi) Checking of self-monitoring
requirements. ± 10 kPa (0.10 kgf/cm2, 1.45 psi) features;
When the EUT is Checking of specified protection
required to comply against an access to the memory;
with an international
performance standard Checking against effect of
(e.g., protection unerroneous use of control
relays), verification elements in the case of computer
of requirements in systems.
the standard are to
be part of the
performance testing
required in this initial
test and subsequent
performance tests
after environmental
testing where
required by 4-7-2/
Table 1.
3. External --- 3 interruptions during 5 minutes; The time of 5 minutes may be
Power supply switching-off time 30 s each case exceeded if the equipment under
failure (2008) test (EUT) needs a longer time for
startup, for example, booting
sequence.
For equipment which requires
booting, one additional power
supply interruption during
booting is to be performed.
Verification of:
the specified action of
equipment upon loss and
restoration of supply;
possible corruption of program
or data held in programmable
electronic systems, where
applicable.
Note: Alternative equivalent testing procedures may be accepted, provided the requirements in the other columns are complied with.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 383
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 2
Control Station in Navigation Bridge
(Applicable to All Classed Vessels) (1 July 2018)
Provisions of
Alarm Device on
Item (), 9) Display (12) Station (1) Remarks
Required for All Vessels (8)
384 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 2 (continued)
Control Station in Navigation Bridge
(Applicable to All Classed Vessels) (1 July 2018)
Provisions of
Alarm Device on
Item (1, 9) Display (12) Station (1) Remarks
H1 Start/stop switch for CPP x If provided
Controllable- hydraulic motor
Pitch
H2 CPP hydraulic motor running Running If provided
Propeller
(CPP) H3 Automatic starting of required x If provided
standby pump
Electric I1 Propulsion generator load- x See 4-6-4/3.21.3 & 4-6-4/3.23.3
Propulsion share overload and 4-7-4/19
Summary- J1 Propulsion and associated x See Notes 6, 7.
alarms machinery failure
Bilges In K1 Level, bilges, high x See 4-7-4/29.1.1 (7)
Machine
Space
Fire in L1 Fire control panel x Fire x See 4-7-4/29.5 (7)
Machinery
Space
Vital M1 Start/stop and transfer switches x For ABCU or ABCU-H vessels
Auxiliary having non-integrated
Pumps propulsion machinery
Notes:
1 Required actuation device or alarm is denoted by a (x).
2 For each system: control systems, alarm/display systems and safety systems. See 4-7-2/11.1.1 and 4-7-4/11.
3 Actuation of propulsion safeties is to either reduce output or shutdown the propulsion machinery, as required. See
also 4-7-2/7, 4-7-3/15 and 4-7-4/Table 4A through 4-7-4/Table 7.
4 Deactivation means are to be arranged so that such action cannot be done inadvertently. Alternative means to
indicate disabling of safety actions or alarms will be considered.
5 This alarm is also to be provided in the machinery space.
6 This summary-alarm is to be activated by any of the alarm conditions as listed in 4-7-4/Table 4A through 4-7-
4/Table 7. See 4-7-4/31.
7 These alarms are also to be alarmed at the engineer’s accommodations, see 4-7-4/31.
8 The listed instrumentation is also applicable to other remote propulsion control stations installed outside of the
navigation bridge. See 4-7-3/25.
9 Provided the audible alarms reactivate automatically after a preset time, audible alarms may be bypassed or deactivated
during machinery start-up.
10 May be arranged as a summary-alarm (common).
11 (1 July 1998) To be provided also at the maneuvering platform.
12 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 385
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 3
Centralized Control and Monitoring Station
(Applicable to ACCU or ABCU Vessels) (2011)
Provisions of
Alarm Device on
Item (1, 6) Display (7) Station (1) Remarks
A1 Failure or malfunctioning of x See Notes 2, 5.
system
A2 Failure, supply x Main/Standby Automatic transfer to standby
supply (2, 5)
A3 Control station in operation Station
A4 (1998) Control transfer x
Control and acknowledgement switch
Monitoring
A5 Control power available, Pressure/Level See Note 5.
System
pressure or level
A6 Alarm, disabled (override) Disabled See Notes 4, 5.
A7 Safety, activation x See Notes 3, 5.
A8 Safety disabled x Disabled See Notes 4, 5.
A9 Safety, disabled (override) x See 4-7-2/7.11 (5)
switch
B1 Remote controls x
B2 Propeller shaft, speed Speed See Note 5.
B3 Propeller shaft, direction Direction See Note 5.
Propulsion, B4 Propeller, pitch Pitch For controllable-pitch
General propeller (6)
B5 Prime movers, critical speed x Visual display may be
acceptable (6)
B6 Engine order telegraph or x Not applicable to certain vessels
similar < 500 GT. See 4-6-2/15.1.2
C1 Starting medium, pressure or x Pressure or See Note 5.
Propulsion, level, low Level
Starting
C2 Hazardous condition present x See 4-7-3/15.5 (5)
Diesel D1 Alarms and displays See 4-7-4/Table 4A & B
Propulsion
Gas Turbine E1 Alarms and displays See 4-7-4/Table 5
Propulsion
F1 Alarms and displays See 4-7-4/Table 6
Electric
Propulsion F2 Propulsion generator load- x See 4-6-4/3.21.3 & 4-6-4/3.23.3
share overload and 4-7-4/19
Elect. Gen. G1 Alarms and displays See 4-7-4/Table 7
Machinery
H1 Level, tank, low x See Note 5.
FO Settling and
H2 Level, tank, high x If automatic filling provided (5)
Daily Service
Tanks H3 Oil temperature, high or oil flow, x Includes L.O. systems (5)
low
FO and LO I1 Level, tank, high x See 4-7-4/29.3.2 (5)
Collect. Tank
High Pres. FO J1 Leakage x See 4-7-4/29.3.1 (5)
System
386 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 3 (continued)
Centralized Control and Monitoring Station
(Applicable to ACCU or ABCU Vessels) (2011)
Provisions of
Alarm Device on
Item (1, 6) Display (7) Station (1) Remarks
LO Stern Tube K1 Level, oil, low x See Note 5.
Tank
Bilges in L1 Level, bilges, high x See 4-7-4/29.1.1 (5)
Machinery L2 Excessive running of bilge x If auto, starting provided.
Space pump motor See 4-7-4/29.1.2 (5)
Notes:
1 Required actuation device or alarm is denoted by a (x).
2 For each system: control systems, alarm/display systems and safety systems. See 4-7-2/11.1.1 and 4-7-4/11.
3 Actuation of propulsion safeties is to either reduce output or shutdown the propulsion machinery, as required. See
4-7-3/15 and 4-7-4/Table 4A through 4-7-4/Table 7.
4 Deactivation means are to be arranged so that such action cannot be done inadvertently. Alternative means to
indicate disabling of safety actions or alarms will be considered.
5 For ABCU vessels, only these items and the alarms and displays per 4-7-4/Table 4A through 4-7-4/Table 7, as
applicable, need to be provided on such station.
6 Provided the audible alarms reactivate automatically after a preset time, audible alarms may be bypassed or deactivated
during machinery start-up.
7 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 387
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 4A
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Slow Speed (Crosshead) Diesel Engines
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Automatic Start
of Required
Standby Vital
Alarm Display Auxiliary Pump
Item (11) (1) (16) with Alarm (1) Remarks (12)
A1 Fuel oil after filter (engine inlet) x Pressure x See Note 3.
pressure – low
A2 Fuel oil before injection pumps, x
temperature – high (or viscosity –
low), and Fuel oil before injection
Fuel Oil pumps, temperature – low (or
System viscosity – high)
A3 Leakage from high pressure pipes x
A4 Fuel oil in daily service tank, low- x See also 4-7-4/25
level
A5 (2010) Common rail fuel oil x
pressure – low
B1 Lube oil to main bearing and thrust x Pressure x See Notes 2, 3, 4.
bearing, pressure-low
B2 Lube oil to crosshead bearing, x Pressure x See Notes 2, 3, 4, 5.
pressure – low
B3 Lube oil to camshaft, pressure – x x Automatic engine
low shutdown (3, 4, 5)
B4 Lube oil to camshaft, temperature – x See Note 5.
high
B5 Lube oil inlet, temperature – high x
Lube Oil B6 Thrust bearing pads or Bearing x Automatic engine
System outlet, excessive temperature – high shutdown/shutdown (2, 3)
B7 (2009) Oil mist in crankcase, mist x Automatic engine
concentration – high; or shutdown (2, 6)
Bearing temperature - high; or
Alternative arrangements
B8 Flow rate cylinder lubricator, flow x Automatic engine
– low. Each apparatus slowdown (2)
B9 Lubricating tanks, level – low x See Note 7.
B10 (2010) Common rail servo oil x
pressure – low
C1 (2010) Lube oil inlet, pressure – low x See Note 13
C2 (2010) Lube oil outlet (each bearing), x See Note 14
temperature – high
Turbocharger C3 Turbocharger speed x Speed (1 July 2017) Alarm
System Activation for High Speed
only required for
turbochargers of categories
B and C
D1 Coolant inlet, pressure – low x x Automatic engine
slowdown (2, 3, 8)
D2 Coolant outlet (each cylinder), x Automatic engine
Piston Cooling temperature – high slowdown (2)
System D3 (2010) Coolant outlet (each x Automatic engine
cylinder), flow – low slowdown (2, 15)
D4 Coolant in expansion tank, level – x
low
388 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 4A (continued)
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery –Slow Speed (Crosshead) Diesel Engines
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Automatic Start
of Required
Standby Vital
Alarm Display Auxiliary Pump
Item (11) (1) (16) with Alarm (1) Remarks (12)
S. W. Cooling E1 Sea water cooling, pressure – low x x See Note 3.
F1 Water inlet, pressure-low x x Automatic engine
slowdown (2, 3)
F2 Water outlet (for each cylinder), x Automatic engine
Cylinder Fresh temperature-high, or Water outlet slowdown (2, 9)
Cooling Water (general), temperature-high
System F3 Oily contamination of engine x See Note 10.
cooling water system
F4 Cooling water in expansion tank, x
level – low
G1 Starting air before main shut-off See item C1 in 4-7-4/Table
valve, pressure – low 3
Air System
G2 Control air, pressure – low x
G3 Safety air, pressure – low x
H1 Scavenge air receiver Pressure
H2 Scavenge air box, temperature – x Automatic engine
Scavenge Air
high (fire) shutdown (2)
Systems
H3 Scavenge air receiver water, level – x
high
I1 Exhaust gas after each cylinder, x Temp. Automatic engine
temperature – high slowdown (2)
I2 Exhaust gas after each cylinder, x
deviation from average,
Exhaust Gas temperature – high
System
I3 Exhaust gas before each T/C, x Temp.
temperature – high
I4 Exhaust gas after each T/C, x Temp.
temperature – high
J1 Fuel valve coolant, pressure – low x x See Note 3.
J2 Fuel valve coolant, temperature – x
Fuel Valve
high
Coolant
J3 Fuel valve coolant in expansion x
tank, level – low
K1 Engine speed/direction of rotation Speed/
rotation
K2 Engine overspeed x Automatic engine
Engine
shutdown (3)
K3 (1998) Direction of rotation – x
Wrong way
L1 Control, alarm or safety system, x
Power Supply
power supply
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 389
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 4A (continued)
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Slow Speed (Crosshead) Diesel Engines
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Notes:
1 Required alarm or starting of standby pump is denoted by a (x).
2 A common sensor for alarm/display and automatic slowdown is acceptable.
3 Separate sensors are required for a) alarm/automatic starting of required standby pump, and b) automatic engine
shutdown.
4 Automatic engine shutdown is to be alarmed and effected upon loss of oil pressure.
5 If separate lube oil systems are installed.
6 (2009) For engines having a power of 2250 kW (3000 hp) and above or having a cylinder bore of more than 300 mm
(11.8 in.). See 4-2-1/7.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
7 Where separate lubricating oil systems are installed (e.g., camshaft, rocker arms, etc.), individual level alarms are
required for the tanks.
8 The slowdown is not required if the coolant is oil taken from the main cooling system of the engine.
9 Where one common cooling space without individual stop values is employed for all cylinder jackets.
10 Where main engine cooling water is used in fuel and lubricating oil heat exchangers.
11 For ABCU vessels having integrated propulsion machinery, exemption from the listed instrumentation and safety
provisions will be considered.
12 (1998) Instead of automatic slowdown, manual slowdown will be acceptable, provided visual/audible alarm with
illumination sign “Reduced Power” is located in the navigation bridge.
13 (2010) Unless provided with a self-contained lubricating oil system integrated with the turbocharger.
14 (2010) Where outlet temperature from each bearing cannot be monitored due to the engine/turbocharger design
alternative arrangements may be accepted. Continuous monitoring of inlet pressure and inlet temperature in combination
with specific intervals for bearing inspection in accordance with the turbocharger manufacturer’s instructions may
be accepted as an alternative.
15 (2010) Where outlet flow cannot be monitored due to engine design, alternative arrangements may be accepted.
16 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
390 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 4B
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery –
Medium/High Speed (Trunk Piston) Diesel Engines
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Automatic Start
of Required
Standby Vital
Alarm Display Auxiliary Pump
Item (11) (1) (14) with Alarm (1) Remarks (12)
A1 Fuel oil after filter (engine inlet), x Pressure x See Note 3
pressure – low
A2 Fuel oil before injection pumps, x See Note 5
temperature – high (or viscosity –
low), and Fuel oil before injection
Fuel Oil pumps, temperature – low (or
System viscosity – high)
A3 Leakage from high pressure pipes x
A4 Fuel oil in daily service tank, level x See also 4-7-4/25
– low
A5 (2010) Common rail fuel oil x
pressure – low
B1 Lube oil to main bearing and x Pressure x Automatic engine
thrust bearing, pressure – low shutdown (3, 4)
B2 (1998) Lube oil filter differential, x Pressure x See Note 3
pressure – high
B3 Lube oil inlet, temperature – high x Temp.
B4 (2009) Oil mist in crankcase, mist – x Automatic engine
Lube Oil concentration high; or shutdown (6)
System
Bearing temperature – high; or
Alternative arrangements
B5 Flow rate cylinder lubricator, flow x (1997) Automatic engine
– low. Each apparatus slowdown (2, 10)
B6 (2010) Common rail servo oil x
pressure – low
C1 Turbocharger lube oil inlet, x Pressure See Note 7
pressure – low
C2 (2013) Turbocharger oil outlet x Temp. See Note 13
temp., each bearing – high
Turbocharger
C3 (1 July 2017) Speed x x Alarm Activation for High
Speed only required for
turbochargers of categories
B and C
S. W. Cooling D1 Sea water cooling, pressure – low x Pressure x See Note 3
E1 Water inlet, pressure-low or flow – x Press. or x Automatic engine
low flow slowdown (2, 3)
Cylinder
E2 Water outlet (general), x Temp. Automatic engine
Fresh Cooling
temperature – high slowdown (8)
Water System
E3 Cooling water in expansion tank, x
level – low
F1 Starting air before main shut-off See item C1 in 4-7-4/Table 3
Air valve, pressure – low
System
F2 Control air, pressure – low x Pressure
Scavenge Air G1 Scavenge air receiver, temperature x
System – high
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 391
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 4B (continued)
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery –
Medium/High (Trunk Piston) Speed Diesel Engines
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Automatic Start
of Required
Standby Vital
Alarm Display Auxiliary Pump
Item (11) (1) (14) with Alarm (1) Remarks (12)
H1 Exhaust gas after each cylinder, x Temp. Automatic engine
temperature – high slowdown (2, 9)
Exhaust Gas
System H2 Exhaust gas after each cylinder, x See Note 9
deviation from average,
temperature – high
I1 Engine speed Speed
Engine I2 Engine overspeed x Automatic engine
shutdown (3)
J1 Control, alarm or safety system, x
Power Supply
power supply failure
Notes:
1 Required alarm or starting of standby pump is denoted by a (x).
2 A common sensor for alarm/display and automatic slowdown is acceptable.
3 Separate sensors are required for a) alarm/automatic starting of required standby pump, and b) automatic engine
shutdown.
4 Automatic engine shutdown is to be alarmed and effected upon loss of oil pressure.
5 For heavy fuel oil burning engines only.
6 (2009) For engines having a power of 2250 kW (3000 hp) and above or having a cylinder bore of more than 300 mm
(11.8 in.). Single sensor having two independent outputs for initiating alarm and for shutdown will satisfy for
independence of alarm and shutdown. See 4-2-1/7.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
7 (2010) Unless provided with a self-contained lubricating oil system integrated with the turbocharger.
8 Two separate sensors are required for alarm and slowdown.
9 For engine power > 500 kW/cyl.
10 If necessary for the safe operation of the engine.
11 For ABCU vessels having integrated propulsion machinery, exemption from the listed instrumentation and safety
provisions will be considered.
12 (1998) Instead of automatic slowdown, manual slowdown will be acceptable, provided visual/audible alarm with
illumination sign “Reduced Power” is located in the navigation bridge.
13 (2010) Where outlet temperature from each bearing cannot be monitored due to the engine/turbocharger design
alternative arrangements may be accepted. Continuous monitoring of inlet pressure and inlet temperature in
combination with specific intervals for bearing inspection in accordance with the turbocharger manufacturer’s
instructions may be accepted as an alternative.
14 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
392 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 5
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Gas Turbine
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (2013)
Automatic
Starting of
Alarm Required Standby
Item (1) Display (6) Pump (1,5), Remarks
A1 Pressure, low x Pressure x (1999)
A2 (1999) Pressure, low-low x Turbine automatic
shutdown (3)
Lube Oil (2) A3 Temperature, inlet – high x Temperature
A4 Differential pressure, filter – x
high
A5 Level, tank – low x In gravity tank and sump
Bearings B1 Temperature – high x Main bearings
Cooling C1 (2013) Pressure or flow – low x x
Medium C2 Temperature – high x
D1 Pressure or flow – low x Pressure or
flow
D2 (1999) Temperature – low or x Temperature For heavy fuel
Fuel
viscosity – high or Viscosity
D3 (1999) Temperature – high or x For heavy fuel
viscosity – low
E1 Temperature – high x Temperature
(1999)
Exhaust Gas E2 Temperature – high-high x (1999) Turbine automatic
shutdown (3)
E3 Temperature deviation – high x
F1 Vibration level – high x
Turbine F2 Vibration level – high-high x (1999) Turbine automatic
shutdown (3)
G1 Axial displacement – high x
G2 (1999) Axial displacement – x Turbine automatic
Rotor high-high shutdown (3,4)
G3 Overspeed x (1999) Turbine automatic
shutdown
Automatic H1 (1999) Failure x
Starting
Ignition and I1 (1999) Failure x Turbine automatic
Flame shutdown (3)
J1 (1999) Pressure, inlet – low x
Compressor J2 (1999) Pressure, inlet – x Turbine automatic
low-low shutdown (3)
Control K1 (1999) Failure x
System
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 393
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 5 (continued)
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Gas Turbine
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (2013)
Notes:
1 Required alarm or starting of standby pump is denoted by a (x).
2 Individual alarms are required where separate systems (e.g., reduction gear, bearing, etc.) are installed.
3 (1999) The automatic shutdown is to be effected upon reaching the preset level (high-high or low-low, where
applicable) or the event.
4 (1999) Automatic shutdown is not required where roller bearings are provided.
5 For ABCU vessels having non-integrated propulsion machinery, starting of required standby pump is to be alarmed.
6 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
394 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 6A
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery – Electric
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (2011)
Item Alarm (1) Display (3) Remarks
A1 Pressure, bearing, lube oil inlet – low x Pressure Prime mover automatic shutdown
A2 Voltage – off-limits x Voltage To read all phases and at least one bus (2)
A3 Frequency – off-limits x Frequency
Propulsion
Generator A4 Current Current To read all phases (2)
A5 Temperature, stationary windings – x Temperature To read all phases; for generators
high > 500 kW
A6 Transfer of standby generator x
B1 Pressure, bearing, lube oil inlet – low x Pressure
B2 Voltage, armature – off-limits x Voltage To read all phases and at least one bus
B3 Voltage, field Voltage
B4 Frequency – off-limits x Frequency
B5 Current, armature Current To read all phases
B6 Current field Current For synchronous motors
Propulsion
A.C. Motor B7 Ground lights or similar Status
B8 Temperature, stationary windings – x Temperature To read all phases; for motors >500 kW
high
B9 Motor running Running
B10 Transfer of standby motor x
B11 Motor cooling medium temperature – x Temperature If required
high
C1 Pressure, bearing, lube oil inlet – low x Pressure Automatic shutdown
C2 Voltage armature x Voltage
C3 Voltage, field Voltage
C4 Current, armature Current
Propulsion C5 Current, field Current
D.C. C6 Ground lights or similar Status
Motor
C7 Motor running Running
C8 Failure of on-line motor x
C9 Transfer of standby motor x
C10 Motor cooling medium temperature – x Temperature If required
high
D1 Voltage, SCR Voltage
D2 Current, SCR Current
D3 Overloading conditions, high current x Alarms before protective device is
Propulsion
activated
Semi-conductor
Rectifier (SCR) D4 Open/close position for assignment Position
switches
D5 SCR cooling medium temperature – x Temperature If required
high
Notes:
1 Required alarm is denoted by a (x).
2 For D.C. generators. Additionally, field voltmeters and ammeters are to be included.
3 (2011) Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 395
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 6B
Instrumentation and Safety System Functions in Centralized Control Station –
Generator Prime Mover for Electric Propulsion (1 July 2017)
Auto Notes
Auto
Systems Monitored parameters A D shut
start [ A = alarm. D = display. x = apply. ]
down
Trunk Piston Type Diesel Engines
E1 Fuel oil after filter (engine inlet), x x x
Pressure – low
E2 Fuel oil before injection pumps, x For heavy fuel oil burning engines
temp. – high (or viscosity – low) only.
E3 Fuel oil before injection pumps, x For heavy fuel oil burning engines
Fuel temp. – low (or viscosity – high) only.
Oil E4 Leakage from high pressure pipes x
E5 Fuel oil service tank, level – low x High level alarm is also required if
without suitable overflow
arrangements.
E6 (2010) Common rail fuel oil x
pressure – low
F1 Lub. oil to main bearing, pressure x x x x
– low
F2 Lub. oil filter differential, x x
pressure – high
F3 Lub. oil inlet, temp. – high x x
F4 (2009) Oil mist in crankcase, mist x x (2009) For engines having power of
concentration – high; or 2250 kW (3000 hp) and above or
Bearing temperature – high; or having cylinder bore of more than 300
Lubricating mm (11.8 in.).
Alternative arrangements
Oil Single sensor having two independent
outputs for initiating alarm and for
shutdown will satisfy independence of
alarm and shutdown.
See 4-2-1/7.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
F5 Each cylinder lubricator, flow rate x If necessary for the safe operation of
– low the engine.
F6 (2010) Common rail servo oil x
pressure - low
Sea Cooling G1 Sea water cooling system x x x
Water pressure – low
H1 Water inlet, pressure – low or x x x
flow – low
Cylinder
H2 Water outlet (general), temp. – x x
Fresh Water
high
Cooling
H3 Cooling water expansion tank, x
level – low
J1 Starting air before shut-off valve, x x
Compressed pressure – low
Air
J2 Control air pressure – low x x
Exhaust K1 Exhaust gas after each cylinder, x x For engine power > 500 kW/cylinder
Gas temp. – high
396 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 6B (continued)
Instrumentation and Safety System Functions in Centralized Control Station –
Generator Prime Mover for Electric Propulsion (1 July 2017)
Auto Notes
Auto
Systems Monitored parameters A D shut
start [ A = alarm. D = display. x = apply. ]
down
L1 Turbocharger oil inlet pressure – x Unless provided with a self-contained
low lubricating oil system integrated with
the turbocharger
L2 (2013) Turbocharger oil outlet x Where outlet temperature from each
temp., each bearing – high bearing cannot be monitored due to the
engine/turbocharger design, alternative
arrangements may be accepted.
Turbocharger Continuous monitoring of inlet pressure
(2010) and inlet temperature in combination
with specific intervals for bearing
inspection in accordance with the
turbocharger manufacturer’s instructions
may be accepted as an alternative.
L3 (1 July 2017) Speed of x Alarm Activation for High Speed only
turbocharger required for turbochargers of
categories B and C.
Engine M1 Over speed x x
Power N1 Main x x
Supply N2 Emergency x
Gas Turbines
O1 Pressure or flow – low x x
Fuel Oil O2 Temperature – high and low (or x x For heavy fuel oil.
viscosity – low and high)
P1 Inlet pressure – low x x x x
P2 Inlet temperature – high x x
Lubricating P3 Bearing temp. or bearing oil x x
Oil outlet temp. – high
P4 Filter differential pressure – high x
P5 Tank level – low x x
Cooling Q1 Pressure or flow – low x x
Medium Q2 Temperature – high x
R1 Stored starting energy level – low x
Starting
R2 Ignition failure x x
Combustion S1 Combustion or flame failure x x
Exhaust Gas T1 Temperature – high x x x
U1 Vibration level – high x x
U2 Rotor axial displacement – large x x Auto shutdown may be omitted for
Turbine rotors fitted with roller bearings
U3 Overspeed x x
U4 Vacuum at compressor inlet – high x x
Power V1 Main x x
Supply V2 Emergency x
(2011) Display = display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to
provide indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.)
or status indication. The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning
the monitored parameter. An alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness,
may be considered.
Auto start = automatic starting of a standby pump, along with activation of suitable alarm.
Auto shut down = automatic stopping of the diesel engines and gas turbine, along with activation of suitable alarm.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 397
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 4 Vessels Classed with ACCU Notation 4-7-4
TABLE 7
Monitoring of Auxiliary Prime-movers and Electrical Generators
(See also 4-7-4/Table 3) (1 July 2017)
Item Alarm Display Remarks
(1) (4)
398 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section 5: Vessels Classed with ABCU Notation
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
The requirements in this subsection apply to vessels capable of operating as ACCU classed vessels but because
of their compact propulsion-machinery space design are not fitted with the means to control the propulsion
and its associated machinery from a centralized location within the propulsion-machinery space. Except as
noted herein, the requirements in Sections 4-7-1 through 4-7-4, as applicable, are to be complied with.
7 Communications
Communications, as required in 4-7-2/13, are also to include the centralized monitoring station in the
propulsion-machinery space.
9 Sea Trials
In addition to the trials per 4-7-4/37, successful operation of the propulsion machinery is to be demonstrated
with the propulsion-machinery space unattended for a period of at least 12 hours.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 399
PART Section 6: Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft)
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
The requirements contained in this Section are intended for vessels less than 500 GT having a length equal
to or greater than 20 m (65 ft). Vessels having a length less than 20 m (65 ft) will be specially considered.
Note: ACCU or ABCU class notation may be granted to vessels of < 500 GT and a length of 20 m (65 ft) ≤ L ≤ 46 m
(150 ft), provided that the applicable requirements in Sections 4-7-1 through 4-7-5 are met.
3 Definitions
See 4-7-1/5.
5 Plans to be Submitted
Plans and specifications are to be submitted in accordance with 4-1-1/7 for approval and are to include the
following information.
i) Machinery arrangement plans showing location of control stations in relation to controlled units;
ii) Arrangements and details of control consoles, including front views, installation arrangements together
with schematic diagrams for all power, control and monitoring systems, including their functions;
and a list of alarms/displays, as required in 4-7-6/15.5.
iii) Type and size of all electrical cables and wiring associated with the control systems, including voltage
rating, service voltage and currents together with overload and short-circuit protection;
iv) Description of all alarm and emergency tripping arrangements; functional sketches or description
of all special valves, actuators, sensors and relays;
v) Schematic plans and supporting data of fire-protection and extinguishing systems, including fire-
detection and alarm systems and bilge high water alarms.
vi) Schematic plans of hydraulic or pneumatic control systems.
400 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 6 Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) 4-7-6
9 Alarms
The alarm system is to be able to indicate more than one fault at the same time and be so arranged that
acceptance of one fault is not to inhibit another alarm. Audible alarms are to be maintained until they are
acknowledged, and visual indication is to remain until the fault is corrected.
11 Safety System
Safety systems are to be of the fail-safe type and are to respond automatically to fault conditions that may
endanger the machinery or safety of the crew. This automatic action is to cause the machinery to take the
least drastic action first, as appropriate, by reducing its normal operating output or switching to a stand-by
machinery and last, by stopping it, i.e., disrupting source of fuel or power supply, etc. However, the propulsion
machinery is to automatically shut down upon a loss of lubricating oil or an overspeed condition, and such
conditions are to be alarmed. Where arrangements for overriding the shutdown of the main propelling
machinery are fitted, these are to be as to preclude inadvertent activation. Visual means shall be provided
to show whether or not it has been activated.
13.1 General
The requirements in 4-7-3/3 through 4-7-3/7 and 4-7-3/19 are applicable.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 401
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 6 Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) 4-7-6
15.1.1(d) Where fuel oil daily service tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements,
a high temperature alarm, audible at the navigation bridge, is to be provided if the flashpoint of the
fuel oil can be exceeded.
15.1.2 Fire Detection
A fire detection system is to be provided for the machinery spaces.
402 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
PART Section7:TowingVesselsLessThan500GTHavingaLengthEqualorGreaterThan20m(65ft)andEqualorLessthan46m(150ft)ClassedwithABCU-HNotation
4
CHAPTER 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and
Monitoring Systems
1 General
The requirements in this Section apply to ABS classed towing vessels capable of operating with unmanned
engine rooms limited to restricted operations in Harbor. These vessels can be assigned the optional notation
ABCU-H provided they meet the requirements of this section. Except as noted herein, the requirements in
Sections 4-7-1 through 4-7-3, as applicable, are to be complied with.
3 Equipment
Equipment associated with the remote or automatic control and monitoring of the propulsion machinery is
to comply with the following requirements.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 403
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 7 Towing Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) and
Equal or Less than 46 m (150 ft) Classed with ABCU-H Notation 4-7-7
7 Continuity of Power
The requirements in 4-7-4/13 are applicable.
9.3 Overspeed
An overspeed condition is to cause the automatic shutdown of the main engine.
11 Electric Propulsion
For electric propulsion driven vessels, the specific requirements in 4-7-4/21 are to be complied with, as
applicable.
404 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 7 Towing Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) and
Equal or Less than 46 m (150 ft) Classed with ABCU-H Notation 4-7-7
TABLE 1
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery –Diesel Engines (1 July 2018)
Automatic Start
of Required
Standby Vital
Alarm Display Auxiliary Pump
Item (1) (9) with Alarm (1) Remarks (7)
Fuel Oil System A1 Leakage from high pressure pipes x
A2 Fuel oil in daily service tank, level x See Note 10
– low
Lube Oil System B1 Lube oil pressure to main engine x Pressure x Automatic engine
and reduction gear shutdown (2, 3)
B2 Oil mist in crankcase, mist – x Automatic engine
concentration high; or shutdown (4)
Bearing temperature – high; or
Alternative arrangements
Turbocharger C1 Turbocharger lube oil inlet, x Pressure See Note 5, 10
pressure – low
C2 Turbocharger oil outlet temp., x Temp. See Note 8, 10
each bearing – high
C3 Speed x x Alarm Activation for High
Speed only required for
turbochargers of categories
B and C
See note 10
Cylinder Fresh E1 Water outlet (general), x Temp. Automatic engine
Cooling Water temperature – high slowdown (6)
System E2 Cooling water in expansion tank, x See Note 10
level – low
Air System F1 Starting air, pressure – low x See Note 10
Scavenge Air G1 Scavenge air receiver, temperature x See Note 10
System – high
Engine H1 Engine speed Speed
H2 Engine overspeed x Automatic engine
shutdown (2)
Power Supply I1 Control, alarm or safety system, x
power supply failure
Notes:
1 Required alarm or starting of standby pump is denoted by a (x).
2 Separate sensors are required for a) alarm/automatic starting of required standby pump, and b) automatic engine
shutdown.
3 Automatic engine shutdown is to be alarmed and effected upon loss of oil pressure.
4 For engines having a power of 2250 kW (3000 hp) and above or having a cylinder bore of more than 300 mm
(11.8 in.). Single sensor having two independent outputs for initiating alarm and for shutdown will satisfy for
independence of alarm and shutdown. See 4-2-1/7.2 of the Steel Vessel Rules.
5 Unless provided with a self-contained lubricating oil system integrated with the turbocharger.
6 Two separate sensors are required for alarm and slowdown.
7 Instead of automatic slowdown, manual slowdown will be acceptable, provided visual/audible alarm with
illumination sign “Reduced Power” is located in the navigation bridge.
8 Where outlet temperature from each bearing cannot be monitored due to the engine/turbocharger design, alternative
arrangements may be accepted. Continuous monitoring of inlet pressure and inlet temperature in combination with
specific intervals for bearing inspection in accordance with the turbocharger manufacturer’s instructions may be
accepted as an alternative.
ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019 405
Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery
Chapter 7 Shipboard Automatic or Remote Control and Monitoring Systems
Section 7 Towing Vessels Less Than 500 GT Having a Length Equal or Greater Than 20 m (65 ft) and
Equal or Less than 46 m (150 ft) Classed with ABCU-H Notation 4-7-7
TABLE 1 (continued)
Monitoring of Propulsion Machinery –Diesel Engines (1 July 2018)
9 Display of the analog or digital signal for the monitored parameter. The display of the signal is to provide
indication of the monitored parameter in engineering units (such as degrees, PSI, RPM, etc.) or status indication.
The engineering unit is to effectively display the relevant information concerning the monitored parameter. An
alternative engineering unit which provides equivalent effectiveness, may be considered.
10 A local indication of alarm may be accepted if a summary alarm in the navigation bridge station to alert operator is
provided.
TABLE 2
Monitoring of Auxiliary Prime-movers and Electrical Generators (1 July 2018)
Item Alarm Display Remarks
(1) (2)
19 Sea Trials
In addition to the trials required by 4-7-4/37, successful operation of the propulsion machinery is to be
demonstrated with the propulsion-machinery space unattended for a period of at least 6 hours.
406 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS UNDER 90 METERS (295 FEET) IN LENGTH . 2019